Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
PP - 17333 SOUTHCENTER PKWY - CHICK-FIL-A - PERMITS AND PLANS
17333 SOUTHCENTER PKWY ASSOCIATED PERMITS 19-H-005 18-S-133 18-F-193 D17-0313 D17-0315 44ittg‘w44 SITE LOCATION Site Address: Tenant Name: CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** King Co. Assessor's Tax No.: j-47- 3 0 T - / ae4 /7333 Soo Act s.12412 147 Property Owner's Name: C/'rrvrlr- �' ] ( �� (p-s4t‘ ©% 0 l v Suite Number: Mailing Address: Woo /4v/1 fix! led • Floor: New Tenant? gl - Yes ❑ - No City axle ;g. 503 9f-21ff State Zip CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. p Name: leek/ 1.4 t / 0 Day Telephone: Aft- y Company Name: gt. Imf 6A/1 e 3. y ( Mailing Address: ,'-3 61' �L i 1/` l�U�(Ll:? �i1 K/ 7,407 j� City Stat5, Zi E-mail Address: R��® 3)Z, H'L'S�D!`t Q 1i (LQ�It /-4. (O.4 Fax Number: 1Z f1 F!' 3/2 3 Contractor's City of Tukwila Business License number: REVM t 3 FS wr /47 Total number of new/relocated devices or sprinkler heads: /10 ,46 s Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ f 0 /1(' I/ W /'( � 57 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): �'/% j 744d� Q L. 11117 % 511 X -R l:1 1 dr/ 14-.1 Cfo) U Pr r 4,65 )P/'( 1' /' 5 5 A bp /" /' PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT BUILDING O ORIZE ) GENT: Signatur Print Name: Plan Permit App.doc 8/22/14 PAID JUN 2f-2011 TUKWI FIRE Day a ephone. Date: 4' _A 1" 1, TFD FP Form 8 SITE LOCATION CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** C King Co. Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: 1 1333 Jl9t' � `mak'^ Po 1e --u/ 140,14oSuite Number: Tenant Name: A 2N- Property Owner's Name: G � t �((_ P1 l -A Mailing Address:vcov1 6V4 fi 303411— Z1..1g City State Zip 1 LSC Floor: New Tenant? ®'- Yes ❑ - No CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. Name: A --pro,‘, Aid Company Name: Mailing Address: q S l 1 AN-e— Day Telephone: 206, ' 3 31 "�n City State Zip E-mail Address: 14�a r > (1 4404-fee-4'PO "S I.vv\ Fax Number: Contractor's City of Tukwila NICET III number: 1:1-615-5-6-Z- Business License number: Total number of new/relocated devices or sprinkler heads: 2 g Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ Y 00 - _ d'n Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): ` 6 l,« -w . C.�- rte- va_A..% Ir` /s��` ,� t- 4rt�t /-. PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AG T: Signatur (j Print Name: 'Y',,A 1d %/tt_. PAID OCT -" D2018 / TUKWILA FIRE Date: tO/ 4 L r g Plan Permit App.doc 8/22/14 Day Telephone: 2-6(o —33 ''S 23 TFD FP Form 8 SITE LOCATION t?333 Site Address: Sou.- .der Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name: C ckt - P.1. - A New Tenant? ❑ - Yes ❑ - No Property Owner's Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. Name:e0ff". 0.,1�.� Day Telephone: 50 3 1SSS 1 3l l D Company Name: StaNCLISS av&Prate; Mailing Address: t lC 1 ICE 3 cd k* . t�dl� t�.v.� O �' Z L L( City State Zip E-mail Address: C S aYtdp r'S6Yl c't. °NIA Fax Number: Contractor's City of Tukwila NICET III number: Business License number: Total number of new/relocated devices or sprinkler heads: Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 2V uv • v v Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): l -t oe - i 1 r 4r d r.o." Cit Su.�ces5� iv1 t{ S4 .m4 (i) i per - �ecc Types o 5 . PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** King Co. Assessor's Tax No.: Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WAST ON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. iiQQ_� 'V BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature • Print Name: G. 5r a Plan Permit App.doc .lrio� -3 Lti k9 TUKWILA FIRE Date: I2/ /l Day Telephone: So 3 1v56 c1 3' - 0 8/22/14 TFD FP Form 8 TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE Phone: 206-575-4407 • Fax: 206-575-4439 • Email: FireMarshal@tukwilawa.gov CONTRACTORS MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE FIRE ALARM AND FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS Fire alarm System is ready for Fire Department acceptance testing. Failure of test will result in termination of the testing and additional fees will be assessed. Contractor is responsible for supplying manpower for Final Acceptance Test with two-way communications. Date 1 —) C¢ - 2-0 (©(. Permit # f c_ £ L I 'ZO 13“ Property Address 1 9-333 Souii. Cew+er Per( Suite # City TUKWILA Zip Code qg i g `g Name of Facility C In i c k - Pit -c( Occupied as -hxu ton? Owner or Representative t f 1n at-tA tiL1 v 6 wtret Phone # d1 C Ct S 7 5 41 7 Installing Company < (Op, pari y Installing Contractor's Address q%1 Pow c t'k City Resnrata Phone # a4Ce a -t 3o co Installer's Name (PRINT) 0 a o ; Ci Alit ekc License and/or Certificate Z'C 0 (P 4- Aim" if General Contractor X pre SS Electrical Contractor S-� FACP Equipment Manufacturer 00 ,g / 4A r" (( Model # 015 195o NO This system has been installed, pre -tested and operates in accordance with the standards listed below and was inspected by On (date) and includes the devices listed on back. Circle all that apply:___.___._._.. _... __.. NFPA 72, Chapter 1 2 4 5 6 7 and/or IFC SEC 907 UNFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 760 Manufacturer's Instructions 17 CManufacturer's Instructions Other (specify) Ftrc L''F - b% Tukwila City Ordinance Numbers 2050, 2051 UL Central Station Monitor SIGNED goo 56-4f ((`)"1 System is monitored by 5fir� Ss.oit045, //e l -5/5441 Date System Firmware: Installed version 1 1 1 Checksum Date Initial program Installation Date Revisions and Reasons Programmed by `j eV.. H'&' EQUIPMENT INSTALLED AND TESTED: Control Panel 1 of _ Make/Model F, re LA +e 64 i-) o Ile.) we i( l /1t) 9050 I/O Manual Station H of _ Make/Model F, re L ik 6y r/areyweil / /3 4 /2 -L X Smoke Detectors 1 of Make/Model Fire Z, /e b,/ f/dn.•ywe// / 5,0 3 5'5— Heat 'SHeat Detectors p of Make/Model Duct Detectors _ of _ Make/Model 5..) 5+e w e ,n -5,,,e, / 4p5 Y 5- A/V Devices _ of Audio Devices /1 of /41 Visual Devices of / 3 Auto Door Release of Trouble Indictors of Batteries Readings Battery 'l t') Generator HVAC Controls Fire Alarm Dialer Monitored by of of of Make/Model Make/Model Make/Model Make/Model Make/Model Full Load Make/Model Make/Model Make/Model C,fe L,tt weir / Pc P, Cc L. -1+e b`l l-{e,n eywe(( Charge 7 1 Annunciator / of / Make/Model Fsee Li/ -c A Sprinkler System. (Fire Alarm connections only) Water Flow Sw. _ of 1 Valve Tamper Sw. of PIV Elec. Alarm Bell of I Make/Model Make/Model Make/Model of Make/Model Automatic time Delay of Water Flow Alarm ,f,1//He y,.e/7J fl n111/ -go Sy 5l -c 6e ` / Wfip as N Ofahe F, ftSpi-.nUet lore / €'1L 30OG Pe -Hei / Ar'_ VS seconds. None Installed Do you meet audible/visible requirements of WAC 51-20, IFC SEC 907., and/or NFPA 72 Chapter 6? Yes No Test of alarm System on emergency power, satisfactory? Yes Test Witnessed by Title No Comments: m0Or.cAfNt-5 Alac/lk.)leS -Cor (luc,4- 5rno s ctrt., t l S.iSke,.,r�5 are Date aid 5CCIkel ),r F,fe L, 1-e b,-/ Nlo ne,1,ve(( PAU hi P 3Od -t- /r/DP. ?do Fire Alarm Certificate.doc Revised: 6/17/14 TFD FP Form #110 FIRE DEPARTMENT HOOD SUPPRESSION PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS Project Name: Chick-Fil-A 17333 Southcenter PY Permit No.: 19-H-005 Date: January 14, 2019 Reviewer: Al Metzler Fire Protection Project Coordinator (206) 575-4407 option # 2 (Inspection Requests) (206) 971-8718 (Plan Review Questions) • Nozzle heights above appliances to be per manufacturers installation guidelines. • Fryers shall be installed with at least a 16 inch space between the fryer and surface flames from adjacent cooking equipment or a minimum 8 inch high steel or tempered glass baffle plate shall be installed between the appliances. • Upon activation of the suppression system, the make-up air supply will shut off and the exhaust will keep running. • Type 1 hood systems shall be designed and installed to automatically activate the exhaust system whenever cooking operations occur. The activation of the exhaust system shall occur through an interlock with the cooking appliances, by means of heat sensors or by means of other approved methods. • Activation of the suppression system shall shunt all electrical power under the hood as well as the gas supply. • Install a "K" rated portable fire extinguisher within 30 ft. of the cooking equipment. • The hood suppression system shall be monitored by a U.L. Central Monitoring Station. • If code compliant fire alarm notification is not already in place in the kitchen, a minimum 110 candela horn/strobe shall be installed above the kitchen hood suppression system manual pull station at a height of 80 inches above the floor. • A separate fire alarm permit from the Tukwila Fire Department is required for all fire alarm work. • The suppression system manual pull station shall be located no closer than 10 ft. and no farther than 20 ft. from the cooking equipment and be placed at a height of 42 to 48 inches above the floor. • The inside lower edge of the hood shall overhang or extend a horizontal distance of not less than 6 inches beyond the edge of the top horizontal surface of the appliance on all open sides. The vertical distance between the front lower lip of the hood and such surface shall not exceed 4 feet. • If cooking appliances are wheeled, the appliance wheels shall be set in tracks permanently mounted to the floor to ensure appliance is returned to original location if moved for cleaning or maintenance. FIRE DEPARTMENT SPRINKLER PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS Project Name: Chick-Fil-A 17333 Southcenter Parkway Permit No.: 18-S-133 Date: July 2, 2018 Reviewer: Al Metzler Fire Protection Project Coordinator (206) 575-4407 option # 2 (Inspection Requests) (206) 971-8718 (Plan Review Questions) • Lateral sway bracing is required at a maximum spacing of 40' for all mains, cross mains, and branch lines 2.5" and larger. Bracing is provided for the last length of pipe but within 6' of the end of a feed or cross main. Bracing is required unless all the pipe is supported by rods less than 6" or by 30 ° wrap-around U -hooks for any size pipe, 9.3.5.3. • Minimum clearance around pipes: 2 " for 1"-3.5", 4" for 4" and larger, see 4 exceptions, 9.3.4. • Longitudinal sway bracing is a maximum of 80' for mains and cross mains and within 40 ' of the end of the line, 9.3.5.4. • Provide lateral and longitudinal bracing for changes in pipe direction per section 9.3.5.11.2 for pipe size 2 '/z inches and larger. • Restrain branch lines at the end sprinkler of each line, restrain against vertical and lateral movement, 9.3.6.3. • Restraints for branch lines shall be at intervals per table 9.3.6.4 and section 9.3.6.4, and restrain sprig ups greater than 4', 9.3.6.6. • Comply with ASCE 7-02, section 9.6.2.6.2 (e). • Ceilings used for flex drop attachments shall comply with ASTM C 635 and ASTM C 636 per section 9.2.1.3.3.2. • Where flexible sprinkler hose fittings exceed 6ft. in length and are supported by a suspended ceiling, a hanger(s) attached to the structure shall be required to ensure that the maximum unsupported length does not exceed 6 ft.(9.2.1.3.3.3). • The main drain is to be plumbed to sanitary sewer. • Provide required annular space around system riser base. • Provide an exterior weather-proof bell/strobe. • Provide a spare sprinkler head/sprinkler wrench box. • The height of the FDC shall be 36 to 48 inches above grade. • PIV's shall have the building address served by the PIV stenciled vertically in 3 -inch high white numbers on a "safety -red" background, facing the direction of vehicular access. • FDC's shall be oriented in the direction of fire apparatus access, have a 4 ft. Clear space in front and to the sides of the connection, be appropriately signed, have the building address served by the FDC stenciled vertically in 3 -inch high white numbers on a "safety red' background directly beneath the hose connection facing the direction of vehicular access, and protected from potential vehicular damage. • Flexible sprinkler hose bends shall not exceed the maximum radius permitted by the listing. • Provide sprinkler protection beneath all obstructions greater than 4 ft. in width. • Extend sprinkler protection to all combustible concealed spaces. • Comply with NFPA 13 obstruction tables. • All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised. • All interior control valves shall be readily accessible, labeled and located not more than 6 ft. above the floor. • Comply with obstructed/non-obstructed construction rules for sprinkler head placement. • Sprinkler heads spaced closer than 6 ft. apart must be baffled. • Modifications involving 20 or more sprinkler heads require hydrostatic test and system isolation if necessary. • For dry pipe and double interlock preaction systems in addition to the standard hydrostatic test, an air pressure leakage test at 40 psi shall be conducted for 24 hours. Any leakage that results in a Toss of pressure in excess of 1.5 psi for the 24 hours shall be corrected. These conditions apply to all sprinkler piping exposed as necessary to accomplish the permitted scope of work. • These conditions apply to all sprinkler piping exposed as necessary to accomplish the permitted scope of work. All code references are NFPA 13, 2016 Edition. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit j)17— 0313 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:ni,&--frli.- Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: rzAsi /961, - >a 4.4 / / do Address: Suite #: / 7313 ,. 1941 Co ct Person/ Occupancy Type: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. Ao9rie", e irfrifrec-17.9 /F07444114/ sia /7 /6, 061z " A/16.14. .571c4/2.04 Atpe- Syitic4ri Li,r#f ,dna oat-- e,i 36 "— *' " -.-L flioAvatify Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 1 Inspector: ;&__ j/3 Date: /1/ 7//d Hrs.: 7- 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: GF �. A 1-- P— Type of Inspecti n: l ,4.- c tov 1 Address: Suite#: f33 5( PiCi/Uti Contact Person: Special Instructions: I Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: 1 G L455 ' /eel H ew%) f r L — 4p 1# '4 et --t S# -a ps 64914 Vole' Gr /, Oes a,J Pt d(z_ rYL / yea- PUL j . y F/4- vo- P/9-55 - ge12A6 5 z 66 >/i) Nr- Syn/e- - - .94,(._ d%7t 2- --7.41- - s7 -i••/6, wrfs Ole- lc. / c, �©/?s� 4,i0 !04-cE-h dPrncr 4,,,, Occupancy Type: - /v -7-0 Pl-,,.1 r PW 1 Fc-- w/ iti)W-$ S Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: 1 Hrs.: 2„.. Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: y Monitor: S LUN C'7 5L,/Tr/i4 S Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: R Inspector:---i4/1`1---1f' Date: (/l --(i9 Hrs.: 2„.. $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 v 3 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Dig - 03/3 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:C, l C A �: _ f7 Type o s io/ / .7 q� Address:/� Suite #:17333 sCi 1041/1 Contact Person: Special Instructions: i Phone No.: nApproved per applicable codes. riCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: ,I°1/144,- ;'1',911 4---- if. 01 fi/11/5/171 --- thrS' //1/S15? -1/ S/7 4r /' v$ At, ,c73 r"' //417 / gill( / .s, ,A--;-- 1 �.ras , — ,t-re,"1•--2 /7 c--€.�, , /ss �' - Needs Shift Inspection: _ Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: Date: Qaw , Hrs.: / C7 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit (f -s-, PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: r''9- Type of InspectionC—�✓ Address: Suite #:e7553 5�.(7/ Fire Alarm: Contact Person: Special Inctions: Phone No.: proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection y/ Sprinklers: Date: /�Zc,//"Hrs.: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Y Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupan Type: 2_ i Inspector: 4 Date: /�Zc,//"Hrs.: 1 r n $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 7)1?"--- 6S13 S 53 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: cjittcti (/ tl Type of Inspection:yyt �YlaI �� C.p�/�v Address: 533 //� Suite #: (7 (( Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. e - COMMENTS: o Cive-✓ 4lc)((ds 4'n /0Si t6.091/0 AIPPaNirP Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /l ` 4/(1/ Date: !1 /, V Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 s INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: ClAtc -(-"‘- A 0/‘,51 Type of Inspection: 5 ‹0c Q‘w, �ln.s?1 Address: \-7333 Suite #: _ 5,(1 Q`-‘ Contact Person: 130i010 i3cs -C1)A_ Special Instructions: Phone No.: 9,1( —60q—\\30 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0/‘,51 Date: 16\5`k91 Hrs.: DY1110v-k- v .4_\)-e(��\j-e tv� U C L I'vi A. ® ..k -to gyp. .. 0 c v V COQ (+'c 7 c4 L Q ® 21n gv c -e- \--th . ,1 a p i vi Ate. 5 PL 219 gr6 v 4 SDC 41 , A <,_ s-, 1 Bobby Bickford Superintendent Needs Shift Inspection: Fire Alarm: 971.804.1130 Mobile bobbybickford@esi-express.coi-n Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector 0/‘,51 Date: 16\5`k91 Hrs.: 1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 ( INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:di/6,k ....a. Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspecti De4A440 ,%i Address:P-3-3 Suite #: 3 � L ? AA7 Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 6,-&—/ki/t- 6 /e, , Dex4,6 *444 -Jr' mom,✓ F6 1 6.10"1 )4- 54,17 A ,fl- k.eets F-t.-e/SlertA 6 Ie.--- 71 7( pe-epvr--- Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: f-72,7 --`t.----- Date: 74Wrir Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 v SANDE/?SON FIRE PROTECTION SANDERSON FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 1101 S.E. Third Avenue • Portland, OR 97214 P: 503.889.3110 • F: 503.889.3192 • 800.452.9955 Visit Us Online: www.SandersonFire.com JOB NAME: SYSTEM INFORMATION Chick-Fil-A Store #4094 1733 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 98188 DATE: December 18, 2018 Design Manual: Ansul R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System Manual (Standard UL 300 Listed) SEPT 01, 2014 SYSTEM INSTALLED PER NFPA 17, 17A, & 96 INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. System is a 9 GALLON - FIRE SYSTEM: • Total maximum flow for 9 gallon system is: 33 . Total flows used: 26 . • Total number of nozzles used: o Appliance 8 o Plenum 2 o Duct 2 • Total number of detectors used: 10 • Total number of fusible links & temp. rating: Oea (360 deq; 2ea 0450 deq;8ea a500 deq. NOTE: Detectors placed above each appliance. Appliances underneath duct share same detector. • Supply pipe size: 3/8" o Maximum supply line: 40' o Maximum duct branch line: 8' o Maximum plenum branch line: 4' o Maximum appliance branch line:12' NOTE: Pipe length does not exceed maximums allowed per Ansul R-102 Manual • Power shutdown: Micro -switches (manual reset) • Fuel shutdown: Mechanical Gas Valve • System tied to building fire alarms: Y / NA • Remote pull location: 10-20' from hood on path of egress • K -class extinguisher: Yes, Located within 30ft of hood OREGON WASHINGTON PORTLAND EUGENE SEATTLE 1101 SE Third Avenue 97214 850 Conger Street 97402 774 Industry Drive 98188 (503) 889.3110 (541) 228.9950 (206) 735.3066 FJRhiIbIRftI SYSTEAl SuLulliIaIPackaije FOR 1111(11FIl-A STORT # 04049 17333 SOFTINVITERPARIWAY 7711117L1, WA. 98188 Pale Prepared: 5/15/2018 PreparedHy: REB r-- Project/nformatfon Project Address: SEE PAGE #1 Owne1: C111CX FI1-1 5200BOFFINGTOA'BD. ATLANTA, 6113O3492998 Consultant: STRONG SYSTIAISINTIRNATIONAI, INC 2827PETERSON PIM NORCROSS, GA 30071 TI1 (770) 729-1199 EQulpmenINanu/acturei• All New Equipment Shall Be OL Listed Installing Contractor: (if applicable) FILENAME CFA Cover.docx FIRELITE J'YJ'TFMSENSOR FAERJ'Y5 POTTER 1011111Th immirmirmsesisi SEE DRAM TIT/.1IAMBI R411 ATOBft14710N RDI BI,WBOWIIIV HIE WPM Ri6BTIMP CORNE&L MS-9050UD(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel with DACT DF -52418:E1 • A1-20 ® Flne•Lrr+'ALarms by Honeywell Addressable General The Fire•Lite MS-9050UD(E) is a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter (DACT) combined into one circuit board. This compact, intelligent addressable control panel supports up to 50 addressable devices of any type of detectors and modules. With an exten- sive list of powerful features, the MS-9050UD programs just like Fire•Lite's larger products, yet fits into applications previously served only by conventional panels. The MS-9050UD's integral DACT transmits system status (alarms, troubles, AC loss, etc.) to a Central Station via the pub- lic switched telephone network. It also allows remote and local programming of the control panel using the PK -CD Upload/ Download utility. In addition, the control panel may be pro- grammed or interrogated off-site via the public switched tele- phone network. Any personal computer with Windows"' 95 or greater, and compatible modem with a speed of 14.4 kbps or faster and Fire•Lite Upload/Download software kit PK -CD, may serve as a Service Terminal. This allows download of the entire program or upload of the entire program, history file, walk -test data, current status and system voltages. The power supply and all electronics are contained on a single circuit board supported on a new quick install chassis and housed in a metal cabinet. Available accessories include local and remote upload/download software, remote annunciators, and reverse polarity/city box transmitter. (4)(TMF) New options include a UL listed printer, PRN -6F and the new IPDACT Internet Monitoring module.The FireWatch Series inter - net monitoring modules IPDACT-2 and IPDACT-2UD permit monitoring of alarm signals over the Internet, saving the monthly cost of two telephone lines. Although not required, the second- ary telephone line may be retained providing backup communi- cation over the public switched telephone line. NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term MS-9050UD is used in this data sheet to refer to both the MS-9050UD and the MS- 905OUDE FACPs. For MS-905OUDC, refer to DF -60445. Features • Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. • Auto -program (learn mode) reduces installation time. Reports two devices set to the same address. • On -board DACT. • Two independently programmable Style Z (Class A) or Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits. • Selectable strobe synchronization for System Sensor, Whee- lock, and Gentex devices. • Remote Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill via address- able monitor modules. • Two programmable relays and one fixed trouble relay. • Built-in Programmer. • Telephone Line Active LEDs. • EIA -232 PC interface. • Integral 80 -character LCD display with backlighting. • Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savings control. • History file with 500 event capacity. • Automatic detector sensitivity testing (NFPA 72 compliant). • Automatic device type -code verification. 5 • Point trouble identification. • Waterflow selection per module point. • Alarm verification selection per detector point. • Maintenance alert warns when smoke detector dust accumu- lation is excessive. • One-person audible or silent walk test with walk -test log and printout. • System alarm verification selection per detector point. • PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and Pre -signal per point (NFPA 72 compliant). • Up to eight ANN -BUS annunciators • Remote Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, Reset and Drill via addressable modules or remote annunciator. • Upload/Download (local or remote) of program and data via integral DACT. SLC COMMUNICATION LOOP • Single addressable SLC loop which meets NFPA Style 4, 6 and 7 requirements. • 50 addressable device capacity (any combination of address- able detectors and modules). • Compatible with Fire•Lite's addressable devices (refer to SLC Wiring Manual). NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NACS) • Two independently programmable output circuits. Circuits can be configured for the following outputs: — Style Y (Class B) — Style Z (Class A) — Door Holder Service (cannot be used for notification appliances) — Aux Power Source (cannot be used for notification appliances) • Silence Inhibit and Autosilence timer options. • Continuous, March lime, Temporal or California code for main circuit board NACs with two-stage capability. • Selectable strobe synchronization per NAC. • 2.5 A total power for NACs. NOTE: Maximum or total 24VDC system power shared between all NAC circuits and the ANN -BUS is 2.7 A. DF -52418:E1 • 1/27/12 — Page 1 of 4 MS-905OUD Rre Alarm Control Panel SD355 Photo Detector AD355 Adapt Detector H355/H355Mt355HT Heat Detector MDF -300 Dual Monitor Module SD355T Photo/Thermal MMF-300 Monitor Module MMF-302 2 -Wire Detector Monitor Module ANN -80 Printer Gateway ANN -SPG Graphic LED Module AWN -VO 40* Relay Module -11111 ANN-RLY Power Supply FCPS-24FS6 FCPS-24FS8 P2R Strobe P2R Strobe P2R Strobe Multi -Modules • CRF -300-6 Six -Relay Control Module • CMF -300-6 Six -Circuit Supervised Control Module • MMF-302-6 Six -Zone Interlace Module • MMF-300-10 Ten -Input Monitor Module an - Beam Detector D355BEAM-335/(S) Duct Detector BG-12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station MS-9050UD ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE • Autoprogram (learn mode) reduces installation time. • Custom English labels (per point) may be manually entered or selected from an internal library file. • Two programmable Form -C relay outputs. • 20 software zones. • Continuous fire protection during online programming at the front panel. • Program Check automatically catches common errors not linked to any zone or input point. • OFFLINE PROGRAMMING: Create the entire program in your office using a Windows based software package(order programming kit PK -CD, containing PS -Tools, separately). Upload/download system programming locally. User interface LED INDICATORS • AC Power (green) • Fire Alarm (red) • Supervisory (yellow) • Trouble (yellow) • Alarm Silenced signals (yellow) KEYPAD • 16 key alpha -numeric pad • Acknowledge/Step • Alarm Silenced • Drill (Manual Evacuate) • Reset (lamp test) Product Line Information MS-9050UD(E): Combination DACT/Fire Alarm Control Panel with one SLC loop. Includes main circuit board with display, chassis with transformer, backbox with door, plastic bag contain- ing screws, cables, key, etc., manual. (For MS-905OUDC, refer to DF -60445.) PK -CD: Contains PS -Tools programming software for Win- dows® -based PC computer (cable not included). DP -51050: Optional dress panel for the MS-9050UD. TR -CE: Optional trim ring for semi -flush mounting. BB -2F: Optional cabinet for one or two modules. BB -6F: Optional cabinet for up to six modules mounted on CHS -6 chassis. BB -26: Battery backbox, holds up to two 25 AH batteries and CHG-75. BB -55F: Battery box, houses two 55 AH batteries CHS -6: Chassis, mounts up to six multi -modules in a BB -6F cabinet. CHG-75: Battery charger for lead -acid batteries with a rating of 25to75AH. CHG-120F: Remote battery charging system for lead -acid bat- teries with a rating of 55 to 120 AH. Requires additional BB -55F for mounting. BAT Series: Batteries, see data sheet DF -52397. PRT/PK-CABLE: Cable printer/personal computer interface cable. PRN -6F: UL listed compatible event printer. Uses tractor -fed paper. IPDACT, IPDACT-2/2UD Internet Monitoring Module: Mounts in bottom of enclosure with optional mounting kit (PN IPBRKT). Connects to primary and secondary DACT telephone output ports for internet communications over customer provided ether - Page 2 of 4 — DF -52418:E1 • 1/27/12 net internet connection. Requires compatible Teldat Visoralarm Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or static IP. (See data sheet df -52424 for more information.) IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT-2/2UD in common enclosure. IPSPLT: Y -adaptor option allows connection of both panel dialer outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input. AC-TRMBLK: AC Terminal Block mounts to a metal bracket, in turn, mounts to the FACP chassis. Use AC-TRMBLK when wire nuts are not allowed for AC connections to the transformer. OPTIONAL MODULES 4XTMF Reverse Polarity Transmitter Module: Provides a supervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter, alarm and trouble. Includes a disable switch and disable trouble LED. ANN -SEC: Optional secondary ANN -BUS interface module. Note: Used only with firmware 3.0 or higher. COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATORS ANN -80(-W): Remote LCD annunciator mimics the information displayed on the FACP LCD display. Recommended wire type is un -shielded. (Basic model is red; order -W version for white; see DF -52417.) ANN -UO: LED Driver Module provides connections to a user supplied graphic annunciator. (See DF -52430.) ANN -LED: Annunciator Module provides three LEDs for each zone: Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory. Ships with red enclo- sure. (See DF -60241.) ANN-RLED: Provides alarm (red) indicators for up to 30 input zones or addressable points. (See DF -60241.) ANN-RLY: Relay Module provides 10 programmable Form -C relays. Can be mounted inside the cabinet. (See DF -52431.) ANN-S/PG: SeriaVParallel Printer Gateway module provides a connection for a serial or parallel printer. (See DF -52429.) ADDRESSABLE DEVICES All feature a polling LED and rotary switches for addressing. CP355: Addressable low -profile ionization smoke detector. SD355: Addressable low -profile photoelectric smoke detector. SD355T: Addressable low -profile photoelectric smoke detector with thermal sensor. SD355R: Remote test capable addressable photoelectric smoke detector for use with DNR(W) duct detector housing. H355: Fast -response, low -profile heat detector. H355R: Fast -response, low -profile heat detector with rate -of - rise option. H355HT: Fast -response, low -profile heat detector that activates at 190°F/88°C. AD355: Low -profile, intelligent, "Adapt" multi -sensor detector (B350LP base included). BEAM355: Intelligent beam smoke detector. BEAM355S: Intelligent beam smoke detector with integral sen- sitivity test. D355PL: InnovairFlex low -flow non -relay duct -detector housing; includes SD355R. DNR: InnovairFlex low -flow non -relay duct -detector housing. (Order SD355R separately.) DNRW: InnovairFlex low -flow non -relay duct -detector housing, with NEMA -4 rating. Watertight. (Order SD355R separately.) MMF-300: Addressable Monitor Module for one zone of nor- mally -open dry -contact initiating devices. Mounts in standard 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box. Includes plastic cover plate and end -of -line resistor. Module may be configured for either a Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) IDC. MDF -300: Dual Monitor Module. Same as MMF-300 except it provides two Style B (Class B) only IDCs. MMF-301: Miniature version of MMF-300. Excludes LED and Style D option. Connects with wire pigtails. May mount in device bac box. MMF-302A: Similar to MMF-300A. Addressable Monitor Module for one zone of conventional two -wire detectors. Requires reset - table 24 VDC power. Refer to the Device Compatibility Docu- ment for listed compatible devices and quantity limitation. CMF -300: Addressable Control Module for one Style Y/Z (Class B/A) zone of supervised polarized Notification Appliances. Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) electrical box. Notification Appliance Circuit option requires external 24 VDC to power noti- fication appliances. CRF -300: Addressable relay module containing two isolated sets of Form -C contacts, which operate as a DPDT switch. Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box, surface mount using the SMB500. BG-12LX: Addressable manual pull station with interface mod- ule mounted inside. 1300: This module isolates the SLC loop from short circuit condi- tions (required for Style 6 or 7 operation). SMB500: Used to mount all modules except the MMF-301 and M301. MMF-300-10: Ten -input monitor module. Mount one or two mod- ules in a BB -2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS -6 chassis in a BB -6F cabinet. MMF-302-6: Six -zone interface module. Mount one or two mod- ules in a BB -2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS -6 chassis in a BB -6F cabinet. CMF -300-6: Six -circuit supervised control module. Mount one or two modules in a BB -2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six mod- ules on a CHS -6 chassis in a BB -6F cabinet. CRF -300-6: Six -relay control module (Form -C relays). Mount one or two modules in a BB -2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS -6 chassis in a BB -6F cabinet. NOTE: For more information on Compatible Addressable Devices for use with the MS-9050UD, see the following data sheets (docu- ment numbers): AD355 (DF -52386), BG-12LX (DF -52013), CMF - 300 -6 (DF -52365), CRF -300-6 (DF -52374), CMF/CRF Series (DF - 52130), CP355 (DF -52383), H355 Series (DF -52385), 1300 (DF - 52389), MMF-300 Series/MDF-300 (DF -52121), MMF-300-10 (DF -52347), MMF-302-6 (DF -52356), SD355/SD355T (DF - 52384). ADDRESSABLE DEVICE ACCESSORIES End -of -Line Resistor Assembly (R -47K and R -3.9K): The 47k ohm assembly supervises the MMF-300, MDF -300, MMF- 301, and CMF -300 module circuits. The 3.9k ohm assembly supervises the MMF-302 module circuit. These resistors are included with each module. Power Supervision Relay: Supervises the power to 4 -wire smoke detectors and notification appliances. Wiring Requirements While shielded wire is not required, it is recommended that all SLC wiring be twisted -pair to minimize the effects of electrical interference. Refer to the panel manual for wiring details. DF -52418:E1 • 1/27/12 — Page 3 of 4 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS System Capacity • Intelligent Signalling Line Circuits 1 • Addressable device capacity 50 • Programmable software zones 20 • Annunciators 8 Electrical Specifications AC Power: MS-9050UD 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.0 A. MS-9050UDE: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 A. Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 mm2) with 600 V insulation. Nonpower -limited, supervised. Battery: Two 12 V 18 AH lead -acid batteries. Battery Charger Capacity: 7-18 AH (MS-9050UD cabinet holds maximum of two 18 AH batteries.) Communication Loop: Supervised and power -limited. Notification Appliance Circuits: Terminal Block provides con- nections for two NACs, Style Y (Class B) or Style Z (Class A). Special Application power. Power -limited, supervised circuitry. Maximum signaling current per circuit: 2.5 A. End -of -Line Resis- tor: 4.7k ohm, 1/ watt (P/N 71252 UL listed) for Style Y (Class B) NAC. Refer to the Fire•Lite Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Two Programmable Relays and One Fixed Trouble Relay: Contact rating: 2.0 A 0 30 VDC (resistive), 0.5 A 0 30 VAC (resistive). Form -C relays, nonpower -limited, nonsupervised. Cabinet Specifications Door: 19.26" (48.92 cm.) high x 16.82' (42.73 cm.) wide x 0.72" (1.82 cm.) deep. Backbox: 19.00" (48.26 cm.) high x 16.65" (42.29 cm.) wide x 5.25' (13.34 cm.) deep. Trim Ring (TR -CE): 22.00" (55.88 cm.) high x 19.65" (49.91 cm.) wide. Shipping Specifications Weight: 26.9 lbs. (12.20 kg.) Dimensions: 20.00" (50.80 cm.) high x 22.5" (57.15 cm.) wide x 8.5" (21.59 cm.) deep. Temperature and Humidity Ranges This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 — 49°C/32 — 120°F and at a relative humidity 93%* 2% RH (non - condensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic compo- nents may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room temperature of 15 — 27°C/60 — 80°F. NFPA Standards The MS-9050UD(E) complies with the following NFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements: — LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). — AUXILIARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires 4XTMF). — REMOTE STATION (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (Where a DACT is not accepted, the alarm, trouble and supervisory relays may be connected to UL 864 listed transmitters. For reverse polarity signaling of alarm and trouble, 4XTMF is required.) — PROPRIETARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow). — CENTRAL STATION (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow, and Sprinkler Supervised). — OT, PSDN (Other Technologies, Packet -switched Data Net- work) Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the basic MS- 9050UD(E) control panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL: S624 • FM approved • CSFM: 7165-0075:210 • MEA: 442-06-E NOTE: See DF -60445 for ULC -listed model. FireLite® Alarms® and System Sensor® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. 02012 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. ISO 9001 C E R T i F i E O EMMIEBIIN S MLIMIALIIIMI IUALITY SYSTEMS This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire•Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Made in the U.S. A Page 4 of 4 — DF -52418:E1 • 1/27/12 Fire -Lite Alarms Page 1 4/15/2015 Fine•usearms MS-9050UD Battery Calculation by Honeywell Secondary Power Source Requirements Standby Current amps) Secondary Alarm Current (amps) Device Qty Current Draw Total Qty Current Dra Total Main Circuit Board 1 x 0.120000 = 0.120000 1 x 0.200000 = 0.200000 > 4XTMF x 0.005000 = x 0.011000 = EOLR-1 x 0.020000 = x 0.020000 = IPDACT-2 x 0.093000 = x 0.136000 = IPDACT-2UD x 0.098000 = x 0.155000 = ANN -BUS Devices ANN -SEC Card x 0.003000 = x 0.003000 = ANN -80(-W) x 0.015000 = x 0.040000 = 1 ANN-(R)LED x 0.028000 = x 0.068000 = ANN-RLY x 0.015000 = x 0.075000 = ANN -I/O x 0.035000 = x 0.200000 = ANN -I/O LED x 0.000000 = x 0.010000 = ANN-S/PG x 0.045000 = x 0.045000 = ANN -LC x 0.150000 = x 0.150000 = Addressable Devices BEAM355 x 0.002000 = BEAM355S x 0.002000 = BEAM1224 x 0.017000 = CP355 x 0.000300 = SD355 x 0.000300 = > SD355T x 0.000300 = AD355 x 0.000300 = H355 x 0.000300 = H355R x 0.000300 = H355HT x 0.000300 = i D350P x 0.000300 = D35ORP x 0.000300 = D350PL x 0.000300 = D35ORPL x 0.000300 = D355PL x 0.000300 = MMF-300 x 0.000400 = > MMF-300-10 x 0.003500 = MDF -300 x 0.000750 = > > MMF-301 x 0.000375 = MMF-302 x 0.000270 = MMF-302-6 x 0.002000 = BG-12LX x 0.000230 = CMF -300 x 0.000390 = CMF -300-6 x 0.002250 = CRF -300 x 0.000270 = CRF -300-6 x 0.001450 = CDRM-300 x 0.001300 = 1300 x 0.000400 = ISO -6 x 0.002700 = 8501 BH -2 x 0.001000 = 8501 BHT -2 x 0.001000 = Fire -Lite Alarms Page 1 4/15/2015 B224RB x 0.000500 = Calculation in Total Sheet B224B1 x 0.000450 = Maximum alarm draw for all Addressable devices >1 0.40000 Resettable Power 4 -Wire Smoke Detectors I x = I I x I = I Auxiliary Power CMF -300 (Aux. Power) x 1 1 = x 0.001700 = Total Current Load x 0.007000 = CMF -300-6 (Aux. Power) x 0.008000 = x 0.020000 = MMF-302 (Aux. Power) x 0.012000 = x 0.090000 = MMF-302-6 (Aux. Power) x 0.050000 = x 0.270000 = B200SR (Aux. Power) x 0.000500 = x 0.035000 = B200SR-LF (Aux. Power) x 0.001000 = x 0.125000 = Miscellaneous Devices x = x = x = x = x = x = x = x = x = x = Output Circuits NAC/Output #1 = = NAC/Output #2 = = Total Standby Load Total Alarm Load (a FireirreAtatfl1S by Honeywell MS-9050UD Battery Calculation Calculation in Total Sheet Required Standby Time in Hours Total Standby Current x = Required Alarm Time in Minutes Total Alarm Load 1 x 1 1 = Total Current Load Multiply by the Derating Factor I 1 = Total Ampere Hours Required � Fire -Lite Alarms Page 2 4/15/2015 ANN -80 80 -Character LCD Serial Annunciator df -52417:c • B-90 FI re•LITe®ALarms by Honeywell Annunciators General The ANN -80 annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80 -character LCD fire annunciator that mimics the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) display. It provides system status indicators for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced condi- tions. The ANN -80 and the FACP communicate over a two -wire serial interface employing the ANN -BUS communication format. Connected devices are powered, via two additional wires, by either the host FACP or a remote UL -listed, filtered power supply. ANN -80 is red; for white, order ANN -80-W. The ANN -80 displays English-language text of system point information including device type, zone, independent point alarm, trouble or supervisory status, as well as any custom alpha labels programmed into the control panel. It includes con- trol switches for remote control of critical system functions. (A keyswitch prevents unauthorized operation of the control switches.) Up to eight ANN -80s may be connected to the ANN -BUS of each FACP. No programming is required, which saves time dur- ing system commissioning. Features • Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. • Backlit 80 -character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines). • Mimics all display information from the host panel. • Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence, Drill, and Reset. • Control switches can be independently enabled or disabled at the FACP. • Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechani- cally locks annunciator enclosure • Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. • Enclosure supervised for tamper. • System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervi- sory, and Alarm Silence. • Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. • ANN -80 connects to the ANN -BUS terminal on the FACP and requires minimal panel programming. • Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trou- ble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels. • Time -and date display field. • Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. • Semi -flush mount to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. Use ANN-SB8OKIT for angled view mounting. • Can be remotely located up to 6,000 feet (1,800 m) from the panel. • Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs. • May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by remote power supply (requires 24 VDC). • Up to eight ANN -80s can be connected on the ANN -BUS. Controls and Indicators • AC Power • Alarm • Trouble eF11131.1Te.ALONTIS - - by Honeywel • Supervisory • Alarm Silenced Specifications • Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC. • Current consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and non- resettable): 40 mA maximum. • Ambient temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). • Relative humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). • 5.375" (13.65 cm.) high x 6.875" (17.46 cm.) wide x 1.375" (3.49 cm.) deep. • For use indoors in a dry location. • All connections are power -limited and supervised. Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the ANN -80. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL: S2424 • FM approved • CSFM: 7120-0075:211 • MEA: 442-06-E The ANN -BUS POWERING THE DEVICES ON THE ANN -BUS FROM AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY The ANN -BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supply when the maximum number of ANN -BUS devices exceeds the ANN -BUS power requirements. See the FACP manual for more information. df -52417:c • 05/22/09 — Page 1 of 2 ANN -BUS DEVICE ADDRESSING Each ANN -BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number) in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devices can be connected to the FACP ANN -BUS communication circuit. See the FACP manual for more information. WIRE REQUIREMENTS: COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUIT The ANN -80 connects to the FACP ANN -BUS communications circuit. To determine the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance that can be used with FACP ANN -BUS accessory mod- ules, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case current draw for all modules on a single 4 -conductor bus. The total worst case current draw is calculated by adding the individual worst case currents for each module. NOTE: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN -BUS refer to appropriate FACP manual. After calculating the total worst case current draw, the following table specifies the maximum distance the modules can be located from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures 6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is lim- ited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (*). Maxi- mum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m), regardless of gauge used. See table below. WIRE REQUIREMENTS: POWER CIRCUIT • 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 - 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power cir- cuit is acceptable. Power wire distance limitation is set by 1.2 volt maximum line drop form source to end of circuit. • All connections are power -limited and supervised. • A maximum of eight ANN -80 modules may be connected to this circuit. Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN -BUS Module Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps) 22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge 0.100 1,852 ft. 4,688 ft. * 6,000 ft. *6,000 ft. 0.200 926 ft. 2,344 ft. 3,731 ft. 5,906 ft. 0.300 617 ft. 1,563 ft. 2,488 ft. 3,937 ft. 0.400 463 ft. 1,172 ft. 1,866 ft. 2,953 ft. 0.500 370 ft. 938 ft. 1,493 ft. 2,362 ft. 0.600 309 ft. 781 ft. 1,244 ft. 1,969 ft. 0.700 265 ft. 670 ft. 1,066 ft. 1,687 ft. 0.800 231 ft. 586 ft. 933 ft. 1,476 ft. 0.900 206 ft. 521 ft. 829 ft. 1,312 ft. 1.000 (max.) 185 ft. 469 ft. 746 ft. 1,181 ft. WIRING CONFIGURATION The following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP and ANN -BUS devices. ANN -BUS and power wiring are supervised and power -limited. 4 ANN -BUS Device 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FACP Wiring to ANN -BUS Device ORDERING OPTIONS: ANN -80: Red 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN -80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-SB8OKIT R: Red surface mount backbox with wedge. ANN-SB8OKIT W: White surface mount backbox with wedge. angled angled FireLite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ®2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. ISO 9001 ENGINEMINS 8 MANOFAI10MNS QUALITY SYSTEMS This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire•Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Made in the U.S. A Page 2 of 2 — df -52417:c • 05/22/09 f L1 r - L. r-- L� . r-' r' r-' r r t-. r• L Lv r' L.. r L i r • L r• L r Selectable Path Description Supervision Times 2010 GSM Single Path (cellular only) 5 minutes 2010 IP Single Path (IP only) 5 minutes 2010 IP & GSM Dual Path (IP and cellular) 24 hours 2013 GSM Single Path (cellular only) 1 hour 2013 IP Single Path (IP only) 1 hour 2013 IP & GSM Dual Path (IP and cellular) 6 hours Features • Saves the cost of two dedicated phone lines. • Single or dual path communications. (Can communicate to central station using cellular technology, internet or both. • Requires no change to the existing Fire Alarm Control Panel configuration. (Connects directly to the primary and secondary telephone ports of a DACT.) Honeywell • Multi -GSM platform compatibility for 2G, 3G and 4G net- works. • Operates over the following communication protocols: HSPA+ (4G) HSPA (HSDPA & HSUPA) (3G) EDGE (2G) GPRS (2G). • Selectable reporting paths and supervision intervals to meet NFPA 72, chapter 26 requirements. (Compliant with NFPA 72 2010 and 2013 supervision requirements.) • Works over any type of customer provided Ethernet 10/100 based network connection (LAN or WAN), DSL modem or cable modem. • Data transmits over standard contact -ID protocol but is secured with the industry's advanced encryption standard (AES 256 bit). • Supports both dynamic (DHCP) or Public and Private Static IP addressing. • Built -In Power Supply module: On board charging circuit design accommodates back-up battery. Includes primary power and battery supervision. • Diagnostic LEDs: Signal strength and status indicators. • Reliable connection: IP and GSM connection tested every day. • QOS: Quality of Service diagnostics via AlarmNet conveys vital communicator information including when message was received, signal strength, and message path used. • 7720P Hand-held programmer for easy setup. Operation When an event occurs, the Fire Alarm Control Panel goes off hook to dial the central station. The IPGSM-4G Dialer Capture Module detects the off -hook condition and provides the fire panel with a dial tone. When the fire panel detects the dial tone, it begins dialing the central station. After the dialing is completed, the Dialer Capture Module returns a handshake to the fire panel. The fire panel then sends the contact ID reports to the Dialer Capture Module, which in turn sends a kiss -off after the report is successfully received from the fire panel. The Dialer Capture Module sends the contact ID reports to the IPGSM communications module. When all the reports are sent, the fire panel goes on -hook. The IPGSM communica- tions module then transmits the messages to the central sta- tion either over the GSM network or the Internet (dependent on configuration). Easy to Program The IPGSM-4G communicator can be pre-programmed using the 7720P programmer to enter all central -station information. This is saved to the IPGSM-4G communicator panel memory. When the IPGSM-4G communicator is installed at the site and connected to the Internet/Intranet, it registers itself with the AlarmNet receiver. .For most installations, the only required parameters are: • Primary City ID (two digits) obtained from your monitoring station. • Primary Central Station ID (two digits) obtained from your monitoring station. • Primary Subscriber ID (four digits) obtained from your mon- itoring station. • Communication Module's MAC ID, and MAC CRC number located on outside of box, and inside of the module. All of these parameters are assigned by the monitoring station. NOTE: Some assembly is required. See Installation and Setup Guide #800-12454 for full details. Fire Communicator Capability The IPGSM-4G is compatible with fire panels that use the Contact ID communications format as described in the SIA DC -05 standard. AlarmNet Honeywell's AlarmNet has been the nationwide leader in alarm communications technology since 1986. A reliable alter- native for the transmission of alarm signals, our radio network provides extensive coverage in the United States and Canada. AlarmNet Network Control center processes signals from pow- erful servers in multiple locations equipped with 24/7 infra- structure support. The AlarmNet network consist of redundant hardware servers, hot back-up databases and generators with battery back-up at all locations to ensure continuity of service. Signals from Alarm -Net are transmitted to the central station's receivers using multiple communications paths consisting of the Internet, radio network or toll-free POTS service. Installation Requirements UL COMPLIANCE To meet UL864/NFPA, ensure the following: • IPGSM-4G must be installed in accordance with NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) standards 70 and 72. • IPGSM-4G must be mounted in the same room and within 20 feet of the fire panel. • IPGSM-4G, and all equipment used for the IP connection (such as the router, hub, modem, etc.) shall be listed, must be powered from an un -switched branch circuit, and be pro- vided with appropriate standby power. • IPGSM-4G must use the 7AH battery (not supplied) to pro- vide 24-hour backup capability. Electrical Specifications Transformer: — Primary 120VAC, 60Hz, 0.5A. — Secondary: 18VDC, 50VA. Battery: — One 12 V 7.0 AH lead -acid battery (not supplied). — Battery charging current: 1 Amp maximum. — Battery discharge current: Standby 230mA, Active 950mA. Cabinet Specifications Dimensions: 14.875" H x 12.75" W x 3.0" D (37.8 cm H x 32.4 cm W x 7.6 cm D). Color: Red. Shipping Specifications Weight: 5.3 lbs. (6.94 kg). Dimensions: 15.625" H x 13.79" W x 9.25" D (39.7 cm H x 34.9 cm W x 23.9 cm D) Temperature and Humidity Ranges This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 - 49°C/32 - 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH (non condensing at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic com- ponents may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room temperature of 15 - 27°C/60 - 80°F. Product Line Information IPGSM-4G: Internet and Digital Cellular Fire Alarm Communi- cator Panel. Includes red cabinet with Ademco key and lock, wall outlet box, Dialer Capture Module, IGSM Communications Module, antenna & mounting adapter, PowerBoostl power supply, LED display board, transformer, manual, & required screws, cables, etc. Antenna Kits GSM-ANT3DB25KT: 25 ft. antenna kit. Includes GSM-ANT3DB, WA7626-CA adapter cable, and a 25' RF cable. GSM-ANT3DB5OKT: 50 ft. antenna kit. Includes GSM-ANT3DB, WA7626-CA adapter cable, and a 50' RF cable. Antenna External Hardware GSM-ANT3DB: 3db gain external/remote antenna. WA7626-CA: SNA to N Adapter. 7626-50HC: 50 ft. antenna cable, low loss. 7626-25HC: 25 ft. antenna cable, low loss. NOTE: The GSM-ANT3DB and the WA7626-CA are both required for installing an external antenna along with the necessary cable needed (7626-50HC: 50 ft. or 7626-25HC: 25 ft.) Other Accessories 7720P: IPGSM-4G hand held programmer. HPTCOVER: Plug in transformer box for IPGSM communicator. BAT -1270: Battery 12 Volts, 7 AH, sealed. Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the basic IPGSM-4G communicator panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Listed: S789. CSFM: 7300-1645:0199. FDNY: COA #6150. Page 2 of 3 — DH -60769:B • 3/25/13 www.honeywell.com This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. ©2014 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 12 Clintonville Road Northford, CT 06472-1610 www. h o n e yw e l l p owe r. co m 1(877) HPP-POWR hpp_techsery@honeywell.com DH -60769:B April 2014 Made in the U.S.A. ® U.S. Registered Trademark e 2014 Honeywell International Inc Page 3 of 3 IS ENCIEBIR M MINIUM MUM SYSTEMS Honeywell SD355(A) Series Addressable Photoelectric Smoke Detectors General The SD355(A), SD355T(A), and SD355R(A) addressable, low - profile plug-in photoelectric detectors use a state-of-the-art pho- toelectric sensing chamber with communications to provide open area protection and are used exclusively with Fire•Lite's Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACPs). The SD355T(A) adds thermal sensors that will alarm at a fixed tem- perature of 135°F (57°C). Since these detectors are address- able, they will help emergency personnel quickly locate a fire during its early stages, potentially saving precious rescue time while also reducing property damage. Two LEDs on each sen- sor light to provide a local, visible sensor indication. Remote LED annunciator capability is available as an optional acces- sory, PN RA100Z(A). The SD355R(A) is a remote test capable detector for use with D355PL(A) or DNR(A)/DNRW duct smoke detector housings. Features SLC loop • Two -wire loop connection. • Unit uses base for wiring. Addressing • Addressable by device. • Rotary, decimal addressing: 01 – 99 with MS -9200 series, and 01 –159 with MS -9600 series. Architecture • Unique single -source, dual-chamber design to respond quickly and dependably to a broad range of fires. • Sleek, low -profile design. • Integral communications and built-in type identification. • Built-in tamper-resistant feature. • Removable cover and insect -resistant screen for simple field cleaning. Operation • Withstands air velocities up to 4,000 feet -per -minute (20 m/ sec.) without triggering a false alarm. • Factory preset at 1.5% nominal sensitivity for panel alarm threshold level. • Visible LED "blinks" when the unit is addressed (communicat- ing with the fire panel) and latches on in alarm. Mechanicals • Sealed against back pressure. • Direct surface mounting or electrical box mounting. • Mounts to: single -gang box, 3.5" (8.89 cm) or 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal box, or 4.0" (10.16 cm) square electrical box (using a plaster ring — included). Other system features • Fully coated circuit boards and superior RF/transient protec- tion. • 94 -VO plastic flammability rating. • Low standby current. Options • Remote LED output connection, PN RA100Z(A). DF -52384:C • E-160 Fire•LITe•ALarms by Honeywell Addressable Devices SD355(A) in B210LP(A) Base Applications Use photoelectric detectors in life -safety applications to provide a broad range of fire -sensing capability, especially where smol- dering fires are anticipated. Ionization detectors are often better than photoelectric detectors at sensing fast, flaming fires. Construction These detectors are constructed of off-white fire resistant plas- tic. SD355(A) series plug-in, low -profile smoke detectors are designed to commercial standards and offer an attractive appearance. Installation SD355(A) series plug-in detectors use a detachable mounting base to simplify installation, service and maintenance. Mount base (all base types) on an electrical backbox which is at least 1.5" (3.81 cm) deep. For a chart of compatible junction boxes, see DF -60059. NOTE: Because of the inherent supervision provided by the SLC loop, end -of -line resistors are not required. Wiring `T -taps" or branches are permitted for Style 4 (Class B) wiring. SD355R(A) mounts in a D355PL(A) or DNR(A)/DNRW duct detector housing. Operation Each SD355(A) series detector uses one of 99 possible addresses on the MS -9200 series and up to 318 (159 on each loop) on the MS -9600 series Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). It responds to regular polls from the system and reports its type and status. The addressable photoelectric sensor in the SD355(A) series has a unique unipolar chamberthat responds quickly and uni- formly to a broad range of smoke conditions. It can withstand wind gusts up to 4,000 feet -per -minute (20 m/sec.) without sending an alarm level signal. Because of its unipolar chamber, the SD355(A) series is approximately two times more respon- sive than most photoelectric sensors. This makes it a more sta- ble detector. DF -52384:C • 12/07/2011 — Page 1 of 2 SD355A: Sames as SD355 with ULC Listing; B210LPA base included. SD355T: Same as SD355 but with thermal element; B210LP base included. SD355TA: Same as SD355T with ULC Listing; B210LPA base included. SD355R: Remote test capable addressable photoelectric detec- tor for use with a D355PL(A) or DNRA/DNRW duct detector housing; B210LP base included. SD355RA: Same as SD355R with ULC Listing for use with a D355PLA or DNRA duct detector housing; B210LPA base included. INTELLIGENT BASES NOTE: "A" suffix indicates ULC Listed model. NOTE: The detector's plug-in base can be changed off for special applications. For details about intelligent bases and their mount- ing, see DF -60059. B210LP(A): Plug-in detector base (included); standard U.S. flanged low -profile mounting base. B210LPBP: Bulk pack of B210LP; package contains 10. B501(A): Standard European flangeless mounting base. B501 BP: Bulk pack of B501; package contains 10. B200SR(A): Intelligent sounder base capable of producing sound output with ANSI Temporal 3 or continuous tone. Replaces 13501 BH series bases in retrofit applications. B224RB(A): Plug-in System Sensor relay base. Screw termi- nals: up to 14 AWG (2.0 mm2). Relay type: Form -C. Rating: 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive; 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive. B224B1(A): Plug-in System Sensor isolator detector base. Maximum 25 devices between isolator bases (see DF -52389). ACCESSORIES F110: Retrofit flange to convert B210LP(A) to match the B350LP(A) profile, or to convert older high-profile bases to low - profile. F110BP: Bulk pack of F110; package contains 15. F210: Replacement flange for B210LP(A) base. RA100Z(A): Remote LED annunciator. 3 - 32 VDC. Mounts to a U.S. single -gang electrical box. For use with B501(A) and B210LP(A) bases only. SMB600: Surface mounting kit M02-04-00:Test magnet. M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescoping handle. XR2B: Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or removal of detector heads from bases in high ceiling applications. XP -4: Extension pole for XR2B. Comes in three 5 -foot (1.524 m) sections. T55-127-010: Detector removal tool without pole. BCK-200B: Black detector covers lor use with SD355(A) only; box of 10. WCK-200B: White detector covers for use with SD355(A) only; box of 10. Fire•Lite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2011 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. ISO 9001 CEr -r• i O ITIIINEUIINI & MANUFACTURING QUALITY SYSTEMS This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire•Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Made in the U.S. A Page 2 of 2 — DF -52384:C • 12/07/2011 BG -1 2LX Addressable Manual Pull Station DF -52013:C1 • E-100 FIne•uTe•ALarms by Honeywell Addressable Devices General The Fire•Lite BG-12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual -action (i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressable interface (mounted inside) for Fire•Lite's addressable fire alarm control panels (FACPs) Because the BG-12LX is addressable, the control panel can display the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fire personnel quickly to the location of the alarm. Features • Maintenance personnel can open station for inspection and address setting without causing an alarm condition. • Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of the station, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when in alarm. • Handle latches in down position and the word "ACTIVATED" appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. • Captive screw terminals wire -ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm2 wire). • Can be surface mounted (with SB -10 or SB -I/O) or semi - flush mounted. Semi -flush mount to a standard single - gang, double -gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. • Smooth dual -action design. • Meets ADAAG controls and operating mechanisms guide- lines (Section 4.1.3113]); meets ADA requirement for 5 Ib. maximum activation force. • Highly visible. • Attractive shape and textured finish. • Key reset. • Includes Braille text on station handle. • Optional trim ring (BG12TR). • Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. Construction Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable polycarbonate material with a textured finish. Specifications • Shipping Weight: 9.6 oz. (272.15 g) • Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. • Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC. • Maximum SLC loop current: 230 NA. • Temperature Range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) • Relative Humidity: 10% to 93% (noncondensing) • For use indoors in a dry location Installation The BG-12LX will mount semi -flush into a single -gang, double - gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet box, or will surface mount to the model SB -10 or SB -I/O surface back - box. If the BG-12LX is being semi -flush mounted, then the optional trim ring (BG12TR) may be used. The BG12TR is e Fire urel'ALarrs by Honeywell usually needed for semi -flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double -gang boxes (not with single -gang boxes). Operation Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the down/activated position. Once latched, the word "ACTI- VATED" (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; dos- ing the door automatically resets the switch. Each manual station, on command from the control panel, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address settings (1 —159 with Breakaway Tab removed for MS -9600 Series, 1 — 99 and MS-92000DLS, 1 — 50 for MS-9050UD). Architectural/Engineering Specifications Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non -coded, with a key - operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated sta- tion shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed of red -colored polycarbonate material with clearly visible operat- ing instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (2.54 cm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox SB -10 or SB -I/O; or semi -flush mounting on a standard single -gang, double -gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within DF -52013:C1 • 8/16/10 — Page 1 of 2 the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the con- trol panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual stations shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches. Product Line Information BG-12LX: Dual -action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. SB -10: Surface backbox; metal. SB -I/O: Surface backbox; plastic. BG12TR: Optional trim ring. 17003: Keys, set of two. Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies. or listing may be in pro- cess. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Listed: S711 • MEA: 67-02-E • CSFM: 7150-0075:0184 • FDNY: • FM Approved Patented: U.S. Patent No. D428,351; 6,380,846; 6,314,772; 6,632,108. Flre•Llte is a registered trademark of Honeywell Intemational Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. ISO 9001 CERTIFIECP ENGINEERING 8 MANIFACIURING QUALITY SYSTEMS This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire•Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Made in the U.S. A. Page 2 of 2 — DF -52013:C1 • 8/16/10 MMF-300(A) Series, MDF -300(A) Addressable Monitor Modules General Four different monitor modules are available for Fire•Lite's intelligent control panels to suit a variety of applications. Moni- tor modules are used to supervise a circuit of dry -contact input devices, such as conventional heat detectors and pull stations, or monitor and power a circuit of two -wire smoke detectors (MMF-302(A)). MMF-300(A) is a standard -sized module (typically mounts to a 4" [10.16 cm] square box) that supervises either a Style D (Class A) or Style B (Class B) circuit of dry -contact input devices. MMF-301(A) is a miniature monitor module a mere 1.3" (3.302 cm) H x 2.75" (6.985 cm) W x 0.5" (1.270 cm) D used to super- vise a Style B (Class B) circuit of dry -contact input devices. Its compact design allows the MMF-301(A) to be mounted in a single -gang box behind the device it monitors. MMF-302(A) is a standard -sized module used to monitor and supervise compatible two -wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Style D (Class A) or Style B (Class B) circuit. MDF -300(A) is a standard -sized dual monitor module used to monitor and supervise two independent two -wire Style B (Class B) dry -contact initiating device circuits (IDCs) at two separate, consecutive addresses in intelligent, two -wire systems. LiteSpeedTM is a communication protocol developed by Fire•Lite Engineering that greatly enhances the speed of com- munication between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of other designs. designs. MMF-300(A) Monitor Module • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device as a monitor module to the control panel. • Powered directly by two -wire SLC loop. No additional power required. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct -dial entry of address: 01 — 159 on MS -9600 series panels, 01 — 99 on other compatible systems. • LED flashes during normal operation and latches on steady to indicate alarm. The MMF-300(A) Monitor Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, two -wire systems, where the individual address of each module is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It pro- vides either a two -wire or four -wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) for normally -open -contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a panel -controlled LED indicator. The MMF-300(A) can be used to replace M300(A) modules in existing systems. MMF-300(A) APPLICATIONS Use to monitor a zone of four -wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally - open dry -contact alarm activation devices. May also be used to monitor normally -open supervisory devices with special supervisory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit DF -52121:C • E-325 Flre•LITe•ALarms by Honeywell MMF-300(A) (Type H) may be wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End -of -Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No resistor is required for supervision of the Style D circuit. MMF-300(A) OPERATION Each MMF-300(A) uses one of the available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/nor- mal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communication with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). MMF-300(A) SPECIFICATIONS Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.0 mA (LED on). Average operating current: 350 pA (LED flashing), 1 com- munication every 5 seconds, 47k EOL. Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 40 ohms. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box. DF -52121:C • 10/06/2010 — Page 1 of 4 MMF-301(A) Mini Monitor Module • • • • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device as a monitor module to the panel. Powered directly by two -wire SLC loop. No additional power required. High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring. Direct -dial entry of address: 01 — 159 on MS -9600 series panels, 01 — 99 on other compatible systems The MMF-301(A) Mini Monitor Module can be installed in a single -gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size and light weight allow it to be installed without rigid mounting. The MMF-301(A) is intended for use in intelligent, two -wire systems where the individual address of each module is selected using rotary switches. It provides a two -wire initiat- ing device circuit for normally -open -contact fire alarm devices. The MMF-301(A) can be used to replace M301(A) modules in existing systems. MMF-301(A) APPLICATIONS Use to monitor a single device or a zone of four -wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally -open dry -contact devices. May also be used to monitor normally -open supervisory devices with special super- visory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit/device is wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End -of -Line Resistor (provided) terminates the cir- cuit. MMF-301(A) OPERATION Each MMF-301(A) uses one of the available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/nor- mal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). MMF-301(A) SPECIFICATIONS Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Average operating current: 350 jA, 1 communication every 5 seconds, 47k EOL; 600 pA Max. (Communicating, IDC Shorted). Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 40 ohms. Maximum IDC Voltage: 11 Volts. Maximum IDC Current: 400 pA. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 1.3" (3.302 cm) high x 2.75' (6.985 cm) wide x 0.65" (1.651 cm) deep. Wire length: 6" (15.24 cm) minimum. MMF-302(A) Interface Module • Supports compatible two -wire smoke detectors. • Supervises IDC wiring and connection of external power source. • High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. • Direct -dial entry of address: 01 — 159 on MS -9600 series panels, 01 — 99 on other compatible systems. • LED flashes during normal operation. • LED latches steady to indicate alarm on control panel. The MMF-302(A) Interface Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, addressable systems, where the individual address of each module is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module allows intelligent panels to interface and monitor two - wire conventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (nor- mal, open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional detectors back to the control panel. All two -wire detectors being moni- tored must be UL compatible with the module. The MMF- 302(A) can be used to replace M302(A) modules in existing systems. MMF-302 (A) APPLICATIONS Use the MMF-302(A) to monitor a zone of two -wire smoke detectors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K ohm End -of -Line Resistor (provided) terminates the end of the Style B or D (class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resistance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8 and 9 for Style D application. MMF-302(A) OPERATION Each MMF-302(A) uses one of the available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/nor- mal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communication with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). MMF-302(A) SPECIFICATIONS Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 25 ohms. Average operating current: 300 pA, 1 communication and 1 LED flash every 5 seconds, 3.9k eol. EOL resistance: 3.9K ohms. External supply voltage (between Terminals T3 and T4): DC voltage: 24 volts power limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 Vrms maximum. Current: 90 mA per module maximum. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box. command from Page 2 of 4 — DF -52121:C • 10/06/2010 MDF -300(A) Dual Monitor Module The MDF -300(A) Dual Monitor Module is intended for use in intelligent, two -wire systems. It provides two independent two - wire initiating device circuits (IDCs) at two separate, consecutive addresses. It is capable of monitoring normally open contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a single panel - controlled LED. NOTE: The MDF -300(A) provides two Style B (Class B) IDC cir- cuits ONLY Style D (Class A) IDC circuits are NOT supported in any application. MDF -300(A) SPECIFICATIONS Normal operating voltage range: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 6.4 mA (LED on). Average operating current: 750 pA (LED flashing). Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1,500 ohms. Maximum IDC Voltage: 11 Volts. Maximum IDC Current: 240 pA EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Maximum SLC Wiring resistance: 40 Ohms. Temperature range: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% (non -condensing). Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep. MDF -300(A) AUTOMATIC ADDRESSING The MDF -300(A) automatically assigns itself to two address- able points, starting with the original address. For example, if the MDF -300(A) is set to address "26", then it will automati- cally assign itself to addresses "26" and "27". NOTE: "Ones" addresses on the MDF -300(A) are 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8 only. Terminals 6 and 7 use the first address, and terminals 8 and 9 use the second address. QCAUTION: Avoid duplicating addresses on the system. Installation MMF-300(A), MMF-302(A), and MDF -300(A) modules mount directly to a standard 4" (10.16 cm) square, 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep, electrical box. They may also be mounted to the SMB500 surface -mount box. Mounting hardware and installa- tion instructions are provided with each module. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regu- lations. These modules are intended for power -limited wiring only. The MMF-301(A) module is intended to be wired and mounted without rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac- tory for latest listing status. • UL: S2424 • ULC: S2424 • FM Approved • CSFM: 7300-0075:0185 • MEA:72-01-E Product Line Information NOTE: "A" suffix indicates ULC -listed model. MMF-300(A): Monitor module. 401111 MMF-301(A): Monitor module, miniature. MMF-302(A): Monitor module, two -wire detectors. MDF -300(A): Monitor module, dual, two independent Class B circuits. SMB500: Optional surface -mount backbox. NOTE: See installation instructions and refer to the SLC Wiring Manual, PN 51309. Architects'/Engineers' Specifications Specifications of these devices and all FireLite products are available from FireLite. DF -52121:C • 10/06/2010 — Page 3 of 4 Fire•Lite® and LiteSpeed® are registered trademarks and FireWatchTM is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. ISO 9001 BIONLMINI B MANIFACTIRIN6 QUALITY SYSTEMS This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire•Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.tirelite.com Made in the U.S. A Page 4 of 4 — DF -52121:C • 10/06/2010 *Th, SYSTEM SENSOR* Indoor Selectable - Output Strobes and Horn Strobes for Ceiling Applications System Sensor L -Series audible visible notification products are rich with features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize profits with lower current draw and modern aesthetics. Features • Plug-in design with minimal intrusion into the back box • Tamper-resistant construction • Automatic selection of 12- or 24 -volt operation at 15 and 30 candela • Field -selectable candela settings on ceiling units: 15, 30, 75, 95, 115, 150, and 177 • Horn rated at 88+ dBA at 16 volts • Rotary switch for horn tone and two volume selections • Universal mounting plate dor ceiling units • Mounting plate shorting spring feature checks wiring continuity before device installation • Electrically Compatible with legacy SpectrAlert and SpectrAlert Advance devices • Compatible with MDL3 sync module • Listed for ceiling mounting only Agency Listings SIGNALING LISTED S5512 S4011 APPROVED FM approved except 71251653.0504 for ALERT models 7135-1653:0503 3057383 The System Sensor L -Series offers the most versatile and easy-to-use line of horns, strobes, and horn strobes in the industry with lower current draws and modern aesthetics. With white and red plastic housings, wall and ceiling mounting options, System Sensor L -Series can meet virtually any application requirement. The entire L -Series product line of ceiling -mount strobes and horn strobes include a variety of features that increase their application versatility while simplifying installation. All devices feature a plug-in design with minimal intrusion into the back box, making installations fast and foolproof while virtually eliminating costly and time- consuming ground faults. To further simplify installation, the L -Series utilizes a universal mounting plate so installers can mount them to a wide array of back boxes. With an onboard shorting spring, installers can test wiring continuity before the device is installed. Installers can also easily adapt devices to a suit a wide range of application requirements using field -selectable candela settings, automatic selection of 12- or 24 -volt operation, and a rotary switch for horn tones with two volume selections. L -Series Specifications Architect/Engineer Specifications General L -Series ceiling -mount strobes and horn strobes shall mount to a standard 4 x 4 x 11/2 -inch back box, 4 -inch octagon back box, or double - gang back box. Two -wire products shall also mount to a single -gang 2 x 4 x 17B -inch back box, A universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products. The notification appliance circuit wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, L -Series products, when used with the Sync•Circuit"' Module accessory, shall be powered from a non -coded notification appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12 -volt -rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 8.5 and 17.5 volts; 24 -volt -rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 16.5 and 33 volts. Indoor L -Series products shall operate between 32 and 120 degrees Fahrenheit from a regulated DC or full -wave rectified unfiltered power supply. Ceiling strobes and horn strobes shall have field -selectable candela settings including 15, 30, 75, 95, 115, 150, and 177. Strobe The strobe shall be a System Sensor L -Series Model listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for fire pro'.ective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary -signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. Horn Strobe Combination The horn strobe shall be a System Sensor L -Series Model listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The horn strobe shall be wired as a primary -signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have two audibility options and an option to switch between a temporal three pattern and a non -temporal (continuous) pattern. These options are set by a multiple position switch. The horn on horn strobe models shall operate on a coded or non -coded power supply. Synchronization Module The module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit model MDL3 listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize L -Series strobes at 1 Hz and horns at temporal three. Also, while operating the strobes, the module shall silence the horns on horn strobe models over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount to a 4 11/16 x 4 11/16 x 2 1B -inch back box. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) circuits or one Style Z (class A) circuit. The module shall synchronize multiple zones. Daisy chaining two or more synchronization modules together will synchronize all the zones they control. The module shall not operate on a coded power supply. Physical/Electrical Specifications Standard Operating Temperature 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Humidity Range 10 to 93% non -condensing Strobe Flash Rate 1 flash per second Nominal Voltage Regulated 12 VDC or regulated 24 DC/FWR1 Operating Voltage Rangel 8 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16 to 33 V (24 V nominal) Operating Voltage Range (MDL3) Input Terminal Wire Gauge 8.5 to 17.5V (12 V nominal) or 16.5 to 33 V (24V nominal) 12 to 18AWG Ceiling -Mount Dimensions (including lens) Ceiling -Mount Surface Mount Back Box Skirt Dimensions (SBBCRL, SBBCWL) 6.8" diameter x 2.5° high (173 mm diameter x 64 mm high) 6.9° diameter x 3.4" high (175 mm diameter x 86 mm high) Notes: 1. Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is a non-regulated, time -varying power source that is used on some power supply and panel outputs. 2. P, S, PC, and SC products will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 and 30 cd. UL Current Draw Data UL Max. Strobe Current Draw (mA RMS) Candela 15 30 75 95 115 150 177 8-17.5 Volts 16-33 Volts DC 87 153 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DC 41 63 111 134 158 189 226 FWR 60 86 142 164 191 228 264 UL Max. Current Draw (mA RMS), 2 -Wire Horn Strobe DC Input Temporal High Temporal Low Non -Temporal High Non-Temportal Low 3.1K Temporal High 8-17.5 Volts 16-33 Volts 15cd 30cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 150cd 177cd 103 167 71 90 143 165 187 217 254 96 165 54 71 137 161 185 211 249 106 173 71 90 141 165 187 230 273 95 166 54 71 124 161 170 216 258 111 164 69 94 147 163 184 229 257 3.1K Temporal Low 103 163 54 88 143 155 185 212 252 3.1K Non -Temporal High 111 172 69 94 144 164 202 229 271 3.1K Non -Temporal Low 103 169 54 88 131 155 187 217 259 16-33 Volts FWR Input 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 150cd 177cd Temporal High 107 135 179 198 223 254 286 Temporal Low 78 101 151 172 199 229 262 Non -Temporal High 107 135 179 198 223 254 286 Non-Temportal Low 78 101 151 172 199 229 262 3.1K Temporal High 108 135 179 200 225 255 289 3.1K Temporal Low 79 101 150 171 196 229 260 3.1K Non -Temporal High 108 135 179 200 225 255 289 3.1K Non -Temporal Low 79 101 150 171 196 229 260 Hom StrobeTones and Sound Output Data Horn and Horn Strobe Output (dBA) Switch Position Sound Pattern 1 Temporal 2 Temporal dB High Low 8-17.5 Volts 16-33 Volts DC 84 75 DC 89 83 FWR 89 83 3 4 5 6 7 8 Non -Temporal High 85 90 90 Non -Temporal Low 76 84 84 3.1 KHz Temporal High 83 88 88 3.1 KHz Temporal Low 76 82 82 3.1 KHz Non -Temporal High 84 89 89 3.1 KHz Non -Temporal Low 77 83 83 AVDS86800 L -Series Dimensions 2.47 1.37 Ceiling -Mount Horn Strobes Ceiling Mount Hom Strobes with Ceiling Surface Mount Back Box L -Series Ordering Information Model Description Ceiling Horn Strobes PC2RL 2 -Wire, Horn Strobe, Red PC2WL 2 -Wire, Horn Strobe, White x 2.50 c Ceiling Surface Mount Back Box Model Description Ceiling Strobes SCRL Strobe, Red SCWL Strobe, White 40, SCWL-CLR-ALERT Strobe, White, ALERT Accessories TRC -2 Universal Ceiling Trim Ring Red TRC -2W Universal Ceiling Trim Ring White SBBCRL Ceiling Surface Mount Back Box, Red SBBCWL Ceiling Surface Mount Back Box, White SYSTEM SENSOR° 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 02017 System Sensor. Product specifications subtec to change without notice. Visit systemsensorcom for current product information, including the latest version of this data sheet. AVDS86801 • 03/17 POTTER The Symbol of Protection SASH SERIES SPRINKLER ALARM STROBE HORN/SIGN COMBINATION UL Listed Strobe Horn Dimensions: 9-1/4" h x 10" w x 4" d Voltages Available: SASH -24 (24VDC) SASH -120 (120VAC) Environment: Indoor or Outdoor use Weatherproof backbox is included with both models Termination: Separate terminals for hom and strobe Finish: Red with white lettering SASH -24 Stock No. 1000555 SASH -120 Stock No. 1000560 r1 L .1 r • r-• u The SASH series is a multitone horn/strobe combination designed for use as an audio visual indication for automatic sprinkler systems. It can be installed in conjunction with or in place of water motor gongs. r Strobe Intensity, dBA, and Current Ratings Model SASH -24 Input Current SASH -120 Input Current Typical Anechoic dBA at 10 ft. Tone Amps at 24V DC Amps at 115V AC At Nominal Input Voltage HI STD HI STD HI STD Hom 0.038 0.024 0.050 0.040 99 93 Bell 0.019 0.012 0.040 0.038 92 87 March Time Horn 0.038 0.024 0.050 0.040 99 93 Code -3 Horn 0.038 0.024 0.050 0.040 99 93 Code -3 Tone 0.027 0.016 0.042 0.038 95 90 Slow Whoop 0.047 0.025 0.050 0.040 99 94 Siren 0.034 0.022 0.045 0.040 98 93 Hi/Lo 0.020 0.013 0.041 0.039 93 88 Strobe Candella 75 15 Strobe Current (If the strobe and audible operate on the same circuit, add the strobe current to the tone current.) 0.102 0.060 Wiring Information SASH -24 STROBE AND HORN POWERED BY THE SAME CIRCUIT + SASH -24 STROBE AND HORN POWERED FROM SEPA- + RATE CIRCUIT SASH -120 OPERATED BY WATERFLOW SWITCH H N + STR - + AUD - 9 CONTACTS CLOSE. ON ALARM AUD - DWG. 10]61 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401076 - REV H PAGE 1 OF 1 5/08 r L L . r L r L. r r L. ri genesis- ri NP n , n , 6.__J 71 RANGE SUMMARY Publication No: US -NP -RS -004 • March 2008 Sealed Rechargeable, Valve Regulated GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENESISTm NPH BATTERY SERIES GENESIS NP BATTERY SERIES mm (in.) mm (in.) - mm (in.) kgs. (lbs) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) kgs. (lbs) NP1-6 NPH2-12FR 12 1.0 68 2.68 51 2.01 88 3.46 0.84 1.85 2 A NPH3.2-12 NPH3.2-12FR 3.5' 134 5.28 67 2.64 64 2.52 1.38 3.05 3 A/C GENESIS NP BATTERY SERIES DATASAFEn" NPX BATTERY SERIES lype FR Type. Voles Wants "TIZTGetaway 1.aT E[M Voltage Cie�SCtli 7vy 4 Whr (late N1)' mm (in.) mm (in.) - mm (in.) kgs. (lbs) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) kgs. (lbs) NP1-6 NP1-6FR 6 1.0 51 2.01 42 1.65 57 2.24 0.28 0.61 5 A NP1.2-6 NP1.2-6FR 1.2 97 3.82 25 0.98 56 2.20 0.30 0.67 1 A NP2.8-6 NP2.8-6FR 2.8 67 2.64 33 1.30 105 4.13 0.59 1.30 5 NC NP3-6 NP3-6FR 3.0 134 5.28 33 1.30 67 2.64 0.69 1.53 1 A NP3.2-6 NP3.2-6FR 3.2 66 2.60 33 1.30 104 4.09 0.59 1.30 5 A NP3.8-6 NP3.8-6FR 3.8 66 2.60 33 1.30 125 4.92 0.75 1.65 1 A 14P4-6 NP4-6FR 4.0 70 2.76 47 1.85 105 4.15 0.80 1.76 5 NC NP4.5-6 NP4.5-6FR 4.5 70 2.76 47 1.85 105 4.15 0.86 1.90 5 A/C NP5-6 NP5-6FR 5.0 70 2.76 47 1.85 105 4.15 0.95 2.10 5 NC 1P7-6 NP7-6FR 7.0 151 5.95 33 1.30 100 3.94 1.28 2.83 1 NC NP8.5-6 NP8.5-6FR 8.5 98 3.86 56 2.20 118 4.65 1.60 3.53 9 NC NP10-6 4P10-6FR 10.0 151 5.95 50 1.97 101 3.98 1.99 4.38 1 NC 4P12-6 NP12-6FR 12.0 151 5.95 50 1.97 101 3.98 2.04 4.48 1 NC NP0.8-12 NP0.8-12FR 0.8 96 3.78 25 0.98 61 2.42 0.37 0.82 7 WI NP1.2-12 NP1.2-12FR 1.2 97 3.82 48 1.89 56 2.20 0.57 1.25 3 A NP2-12 NP2-12FR 2.0 150 5.91 20 0.79 89 3.50 0.70 1.54 8 8 NP2-12-C NP2-12CFR 2.0 182 7.17 24 0.93 61 2.40 0.73 1.61 6 L NP2.3-12 NP2.3-12FR 2.3 178 7.01 35 1.38 67 2.64 1.02 2.15 1 A NP2.6-12 NP2.6-12FR 2.8 134 5.28 67 2.64 66 2.60 1.36 3.00 3 A NP2.9-12 NP2.9-12FR 2.9 79 3.11 56 2.20 105 4.13 1.24 2.73 1 NC NP3-12 NP3-12FR 3.0 132 5.20 33 1.30 105 4.13 1.18 2.601 NC NP3.4-12 NP3.4-12FR 3.4 134 5.28 67 2.64 67 2.64 1.39 3.06 3 NC NP4-12 NP4-12FR 4.0 90 3.54 70 2.76 107 4.21 1.70 3.74 1 NC NP4.5-12 NP4.5-12FR 4.5 90 3.54 70 2.76 107 421 1.76 3.88 1 NC Nob 12 Nos ,2cp 6.0 00 3.61 '0 376 107 1.21 ' 6' 1.00 ' NC NP7-12 NP7-12FR 7.0 151 5.95 65 2.56 100 3.94 2.59 5.72 4 NC NP12-12 NP12-12FR 12 12.0 151 5.95 98 3.86 100 3.94 4.06 8.95 4 C NP18-12 NP18-12FR 17.2 181 7,13 76 3.00 167 6.57 6.17 13.60 2 D/E NP24-12 NP24-12FR 24.0 166 6.54 175 6.89 125 4.92 9.07 20.00 2 C/D/E NP33-12 NP33-12FR 33.0 197 7.76 131 5.16 158+ 6.22+ 11.79 26.001 E/F NP35-12 NP35-12FR 35.0 198 7.80 132 5.20 170 6.69 12.61 27.80 1 F NP38-12 NP38-12FR 38.0 197 7.76 165 6.50 172 6.77 14.59 32.16 2 F/G NP55-12 NP55-12FR 56.3 229 9.02 138 5.43 207+ 8.15+ 18.01 39.70 1 M/G NP65-12 NP65-12FR 65.0 350 13.78 166 6.54 174 6.85 23.63 52.10 2 F/G NP75-12 NP75-12FR 77.5 259 10.20 169 6.65 208+ 8.19+ 26.50 58.42 1 M/G NP90-12 NP90-12FR 90.0 304 11.97 168 6.61 229+ 9.02 31.18 68.74 1 M/G NP100-12 NP100-12FR 100.0 329 12.95 174 6.85 214+ 8.43+ 32.94 72.62 1 J/G NP120-12 NP120-12FR 120.0 407 16.02 173 6.81 235 9.25 38.41 84.681 J/G NP150-12 NP150-12FR 150.0 483 19.02 170 6.69 241 9.49 47.13 103.90 1 J/G NP200-12 NP200-12FR 200.0 520 20.47 260 1024 208 8.19 73.00 160.93 3 K/G DATASAFEn" NPX BATTERY SERIES lype FR Type. Voles Wants "TIZTGetaway 1.aT E[M Voltage Cie�SCtli 7vy 4 Whr (late N1)' mm (in.) mm (in.) - mm (in.) kgs. (lbs) 1111 NPX-35-6 NPX-35-6FR 35W/Cell 8 151 5.95 33 1.30 100 3.94 1.43 3.15 1 A/C NPX-50 NPX-50FR 6MIESMIIIIIIMM EMI EMI NMsrm 100EITEN ECM..I MIMI MI= COMM MEMO =MO= ©NMEng Mil ®MEI NEE MEE MEI 0Ma= NPX-35 NPX-35FR 35W/Cell 8 151 5.95 65 2.56 100 3.94 2.75 6.06 4 A/C NPX-80 NPX-80FR 80W/Cell 20 181 7.13 76 2.39 167 6.57 6.35 14.00 2 D/E 12 NPX-100 NPX-100FR 95W/Cell 28 166 6.54 125 4.92 175 6.89 9.70 21.38 2 D/E NPX-135 NPX-135FR 135W/Cell 33 197 7.76 131 5.16 158+ 6.22 11.94 26.32 1 E/F NPX-150 NPX-150FR 150W/Cell 40 197 7.76 165 6.50 172 6.77 14.29 31.50 2 F/G FOOTNOTES: • FR: UL94-VO, Flame Retardant Case and Cover (Oxygen index 28) + Height is top cover. Overall Height, including terminal Is dependent on the terminal configuration Recognized by UL File No. MH16464 NOTE: All dimensions are +/- 0.08 inches (2mm); Weights are +/- 5% 2 www.enersys.com Torque Specifications: M5 bolt: 26.6 Ibf.in (3Nm)+1- 5% M6 bolt: 44.31 Ibf.in (5Nm) +/- 5% M5 receptacle: 35.4 Ibf.in (4Nm) +/- 5% M6 receptacle: 65 Ibf.in (6.8Nm) +/- 5% Publication No: US -NP -RS -004 • March 2008 R-102 RESTAURANT FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM .i • ANSUL DESIGN, INSTALLATION. RECHARGE, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Vico Fire Protection Products One Stanton Street / Marinette, WI 54143-2542, USA / *1-715-735-7411 / www.ansul.com Copyright 0 2014 Tyco Fire Products LP. / All rights reserved. / Part No. 416087-12 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual This manual is intended for use with ANSULe R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Systems. Those who install, operate, recharge, or maintain these hre suppression systems should read this entire manual. Specific sections will be of particular interest depending upon one's responsibilities. Design, installation, recharge, and maintenance of the system must conform to the limitations detailed in this manual and performed by an individual who attended an ANSUL training program and became trained to install, recharge, design. and maintain the ANSUL system. Fire suppression systems are mechanical devices. They need periodic care Maintenance is a vital step in the performance of your fire suppression system. As such it must be performed in accordance with NFPA 96 (Standard for the Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease -Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment) and NFPA 17A (Standard on Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems) by an authorized ANSUL distributor. To provide maximum assurance that the fire suppression system will operate effectively and safely, maintenance must be conducted at six-month intervals, or earlier if the situation dictates. Twelve-year maintenance must include agent tank hydrostatic testing. ANSUL PART NO. 418087-12 M450. R-102, and era produe names ksted In IMs marenel ere marks anew registered mans Unauthorised use is strictly proNdled FOREWORD UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual DESIGN AND APPLICATION The ANSUL R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System is • developed and tested to provide lire protection for restaurant cooking appliances. hoods, and ducts. It is a pre-engineered group of mechanical and electrical components for installation by an authorized ANSUL distributor. The basic system consists of an AUTOMAN regulated release assembly which includes a regulated release mechanism and a liquid agent storage tank housed within a single enclosure. Nozzles, detectors, cartridg- es, liquid agent, fusible links. pulley tees, and pulley elbows are supplied in separate packages in the quantities needed for each fire suppression system arrangement. The system provides automatic actuation; or it can be actuated manually through a remote manual pull station. The system is also capable of shutting down appliances at system actuation. For appliance shutdown requirements, refer to the current ver- sion of NFPA 17A, "Standard For Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems," and NFPA 96, "Standard For Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations." Additional equipment includes: remote manual pull station, mechanical and electrical gas valves. and etectrical switches for automatic equipment and gas line shut-off. Accessories can be added, such as alarms, warning lights, etc., to installations where required. The R-102 system suppresses fire by spraying the plenum area, the filters, cooking surfaces. and the exhaust duct system with a predetermined flow rate of ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant. When the liquid agent is discharged onto a cook- ing appliance fire, it cools the grease surface. and reacts with the hot grease (saponification) forming a layer of soap -like foam on the surface of the fat. This layer acts as insulation between the hot grease and the atmosphere, thus helping to prevent the escape of combustible vapors. Exhaust fans in the ventilating system should be left on. The forced draft of these fans assists the movement of the liquid agent through the ventilating system, thus aiding in the fire sup- pression process. These fans also provide a cooling effect in the plenum and duct after the fire suppression system has been dis- charged The system is UL listed with or without fan operation. • Make up or supply air fans, internal to the exhaust hood(s) being protected, shall be shut down upon system actuation. Along with the fire suppression system. the total system design must include hand portable fire extinguisher(s) located within the cooking/restaurant area that can be used to manually suppress a fire that may be burning in an unprotected area. Class K extin- guisher(s) must be provided for hazards where there is a potential for fires involving combustible cooking media (vegetable or animal oils and fats), Refer to NFPA 10, "Standard For Portable Fire Extinguisher," for additional information. SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 1-1 UL LISTING The R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System has been test- ed and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as a pre-en- gineered system The system is in compliance with UL Test Standard 300. These tests require extinguishment of fires which are initiated in deep fat fryers, ranges, griddles, char -broilers, woks, upright broilers. chain -broilers. filters. plenum chambers, hoods, and ducts after pre -loading each appliance with a pre- scribed amount of cooking grease. Each lire is allowed to prog- ress to maximum intensity before the fire suppression system is actuated. SYSTEM APPROVALS • UL EX3470 • ULC EX3470 • • COA #5663 (NYC) DEFINITION OF TERMS Actuation Gas Line: Piping and/or stainless steel braided hose assemblies from the AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly which supplies high pressure nitrogen or carbon dioxide to the Regulated Actuator Assembly for multiple -tank system actuation. Agent Tank: A pressure vessel containing the liquid agent. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly (Electrical): An assembly which contains the regulated release mechanism. agent tank (ordered separately), expellant gas hose, solenoid, and electric switch within a metal enclosure. The enclosure con- tains knockouts to facilitate component hookups. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly (Mechanical): An assembly which contains the regulated release mechanism, agent tank (ordered separately), and expellant gas hose within a metal enclosure. The enclosure contains knockouts to facilitate component hookups. Authority Having Jurisdiction: The "authority having juris- diction" is the organization, office, or individual responsible for "approving" equipment, an installation, or a procedure. The phrase "Authority Having Jurisdiction" is used in a broad manner since jurisdictions and "approval" agencies vary as do their responsibilities. Where public safety is primary. the "authority having jurisdiction" may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or individual such as a free chief, fire marshal, chief of a tire prevention bureau, labor department, health department. building official, electrical inspector. or others having statutory authority. For insurance purposes, an insurance company representative may be the "authority having jurisdiction. In many circumstances the property owner or his designated agent assumes the role of the "authority having juris- diction;" at government installations, the commanding officer or departmental official may be the "authority having jurisdiction." Blow -Off Cap: A siliconlzed rubber or metal cap which covers the end of the nozzle to protect the nozzle tip and minimize cooking grease migration into the nozzle orifice. Branch Line: The agent distribution piping which extends from the supply line to the nozzle(s). R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual TOTAL SYSTEM There are tour types of R-102 Restaurant Fire 'Suppression Systems: 1. Single -tank System 2. Double -tank System 3. Three -tank System (1 Cartridge) 4. Multiple Tank System (Three Tanks or More - Multiple Cartridges) The type of system required for the particular installation will be determined through the guidelines covered in "System Design." Additional equipment which may be required to complete the system design is explained in the "System Components" sec- tion. Additional devices covered are: remote manual pull sta- tions, mechanical and electrical gas shut-off valves, electrical switches, and pressure switches. Single -Tank System The R-102 single -tank system is available with a stainless steel enclosure and consists of: 1. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly (Electrical or Mechanical) 2. Nitrogen Cartridge and/or Carbon Dioxide Cartridge 3. ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant ▪ 4. Discharge Nozzles 5. Detection Components 6. Additional Devices (As Required) The regulated release assembly contains the regulated release mechanism, agent tank, expellant gas hose for agent tank hook- up. and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing detection sys- tem and additional equipment. Refer to "System Components" section for individual component descriptions. FIGURE 2-1 SECTION 2 - SYSTEM DESCRIPTION UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 2-1 Double -Tank System The R-102 double -tank system is available with stainless steel enclosures and consists of: 1. AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly (Electrical or Mechanical) 2. Nitrogen Cartridge and/or Carbon Dioxide Cartridge 3. ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant 4. Enclosure or Bracket Assembly 5. Discharge Nozzles 6. Detection Components 7. Additional Devices (As Required) The regulated release assembly contains the regulated.release mechanism, agent tank. expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup. and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing expellant piping, detection system. and additional equipment. The enclosure or bracket assembly is mounted separately but within the guidelines of the regulated release assembly expellant gas piping requirements to ensure simultaneous actuation of the system. Refer to "System Components" section for individual component descriptions. FIGURE 2-2 wl tau sl !uaaaalap 011130)0 lam pasn 00 01 pa -900 06 pad) 058010)6 (83pm/3 P8600613 8600109 :a6ON . 55.605 E -E 3angl3 (66 0 00 al 122 ins 9NIdd1115 (E'E 3904 3351 0131000435 0383080 3a 1530 1(80118390 1310)6 .(1)131a13313) Al(4W3SSV 3SV31321 0310109321 NVWOIOV 'stump lensm pue al@pne 6uge6(ul se Ham se 'sauossa33e )4oanls se6 pue luawdmba 34ewolne 1o) pamba se pappe oq ue3 salf31Ms 1e3u13afa leuolwppV 'gay s walsAs 04) 9300 ploualos a4l 01 ! mn3 9416uuado Aq ploualos 041 )3aoJd 0) pasn s 431Ms 3111301a 041 wslue43aw 0520)01 a4) )o u0yenpe )23!'30)0 09(9034 of pasn sl ploualos 041 '4311Ms )e0013a)a pue ploualos OVA OZL paIe)sul home) a suleluo3 ow a 1403x9140(6130193we43aw 94101 le3nuap) sl (9S96Z6 'ON Lied) Algwassy 0520)00 (03)1)30)3 902106044 NVINOlfV 041 ()0 01211 3 31 3) Al(4W3SSv 351/313210311111103H .5.500 Z-2 3210913 (64 5 6) 816'06 106 98144115 (El 3004 336) 0131080435 0383080 381060 0801 18390 13108 (1113INVH3361) A191A13SSV 3SV3134 031010930 NV1010111V '6uu 9nd moms !Ind lenuew aowal ago uo pnd lauuoslad ua4M so -133o wals2s 041 4o uopenl3e lenue)nl 008(91403 an.) a ul saaedas walsAs 009 -30)89 041 61141)28 W11 0(14(5114 a ua4M sJn33o uogen)3e 3pewo)ny 1-5 3OVd LL '9321 10-d3S-61.0Z OL6EX3 310 006£X3 10 SIN3NOdWO3 W31SAS - £ NOLLD3S • 'Rllenuew 10 ,(6eollewoine palenpe 014 1420 walsAs 0611 540)4004 leuoplppe pug u0938l3p 0)26932) 01 51601)3028) 5141211403 alnsopua 0()j WSlue43aw asealal 04) 0! 9013061603 ale u6(sap wa15As lad palmbal wawdmba (Ouop(ppe 9142 uolmmap 041 -sleet( anlaM) /(lana 6wlsal 3wasoip64 samba) 'sup!) -496103 lewlou 189140 'pue pals ssalwels s) wue1 041 '9012301 SI )fuel 04) alagM ea¢ 04) to summon') anleladwal we3yw6ls 01 app ad(d 041 do wa6e 914) )o 6wuogdls )uanald sdlaq 30)9 !SEM 041 '140(140 asp )song a mon Algwasse agnlpoldepe ue suleluo3 ))142) 041 'ansopua 041 w41IM pawnOw Si Hue) awl *pambw ate 56141210 Ieuo!Uppe '10121060 04) of pa43ene 014 of sl towns alnssald a )I 'uo63auuo3 54) 01e1111304 01 slno13ouy pawnbal 041 suleluo3 amsopua 041 'Moog la)3wq->lue) 10 alOSOpUa-duel leuoq(ppe 0140 101 paw) se6 we6adxa ue se pasn sl lo1e)n6a 04) )o mono y3eq 041 'sum) -wn6yuo3 walsAs >uel-aldo mat pue algnop ul 'loleln6a 04) 40 !mg wo110q 04) 01 )4u21 wa6e 041 spauuo3 9504 se6 we6adxa papinold 041 'SwalSAs ))142)-aldpmw pue 'algnop 'al6ws ul 2)812)2405 palaplo 014 1Snw )lues wa6e a4j'pa)en)3e s walsds a4) ua4M (mg TO lsd 01.) )e Ilea a41 owl se6 10 moo luelsuo3 a Moue of pau6(sap s! 1012)060 041 v6lsap'wals2s lad pamba se saw se6 we! yadxa pue 140020)32 444) 41oq )3MO110310611 0) pasn oq 1423 wslu -e43aw neap.' 041 '03epns p16p a 01 palunow aq lsnw pue swam&& )luepaldO)nw pue 'algnop '0)6ms to pasn s! 2(lgwasse 0520)01 90)2)060 s141 luawdmba muol6,ppe pue :was1(s OOP -3aap 6uldld lue)1adxa '6uldld 14092092 6146)2)514) 02286321 01 S1nw)3ou( alnsol3ua pue 'dn(o04 )lues )wa6e 10) am) se6 luel -£04x0 'wsue43aw asea)a palem6a ago suleluo3 (ES8626 '014 ued) Algwassv asealaa )23)1424301111 paleln6a8 NVWOlnv 041 (1VOINVH03W) A191413SSV 3Sv31321 O31Vln9321 L-9 3210013 !0.30 On 918) al 61 '1 8 310d4105 601169 S1 mow 163 6 50111 se'1M 98184195 8011090'0 16055384405 3811010011 Nd m01.6310560. '9.1030.! uope6elsu14398 (42806 pa)04 014 of Miaow luawd!gs 40 amp pue 5lagwn61 43)eq 0419)0301)5028 lolnquls)p ago -(3. p5) A. 0EL 01(3. 0) J. 29 Si a6ue1 amle3adwal 'walsAs Z0L-) 144 )14062 6146elsul ua4M :010813. 6S 013.06-) 3.0E L 01 j. 06- 4o alnleladwa a 10 pwols oq ue3 pue sleet( aroma) s A3ue)3adxa alp 36210)5 )ua6y ('Aw32d23 611 114062 wnwlxew 1o) '1.7-S 060d 'A 140))305 01 13)044) '961243 ))1421 313ldwo3 0610 apinwd 43(4m slau!e1uo3 31 52)d to padd(gs 5! )uafie 041 'sale 90)040)-052316 uo(ssao1dns pue uMop-I130u1) 2524 104 pau6lsap uopnlos paseq-wn(sselod a S( (22262 'oN ued - uoue6 0'E 10 66962 'ON ued - 140626 S'L) wessalddnS 44!3 PInb!l 1 -id M01 X31fSNV 1N3OV ))NIHSIOONI1X3 lenue / uolssaddns and lueinelsaa Z0l -21 6-2 3a0$I I 'suondu3sap luauodwo3 )enp(n(pw 102 uo()3as sluauodwo0 wasl(S„ 0)1a)ad '2801520 04140 uooenl3e SnOaueonwls alnsua of sluausllnbal 6u(d(d se6 )we6adxa Algwasse )0)20)32 palm') -601 10 Algwasse 0520)0) 93)2)0601 ago )o sawiapm6 041 uomm 1nq Af01212das palunow s! Algwasse 10(4391(4 10 amsopua 4323 6uldld we6adxa 6wfelsu) 012116304 01 s6nld al/15013ua pue 'Moot) ))142) wa6e 10) 05014 se6 we6adxa 'Hue! wa6e '1010106m 00)20)32 3llewnaud 04) suleluo3 Algwasse 041 walsAs a41)o uOpen)3e snoauelmw(s alnsua o! sluawalnbal 6uld)d se6 lueuadxa/uop -20132 Algwasse amp.' patem601 34) 10 sau9apm6 041 mom 1ng Alaeledas pawn= 51 Algwasse 10120132 palem6a 4323 luawdmba leuoplppe pue 'wals6s uop3aap '6wdid lue6adxa '6wdld uopen)3e 041 6u! -pasn( 0129632) 0) slno>f3ou1 alnsopua 41(06 '(palem6alun) ws(u -e43aw maim a suleluo3 Algwasse asealal aow91 041 'A1NO (saOAlgwasse 10)09132 paleln6al 3)20132 of Swas2s pooq-pinw 10 Swas2s 06121 w pasn s( (sa1)Algwasse maim alowa ag1 luawdmba leuoplppe pue 'ulals2s ummam9 '6uldld lue6adxa '6uldld Imo -20130 6u16elsu) aaupe) 01 Stno113oux ansopua pue 'dnyoo4 >luel 1ua60 10) am) se6 )112)404x0 'Hue) wa6e 'wslue43aw 0520)0) palem603 04) suleluo3 A)gwasse 0520)8) pa1eln6a 041 (pannba4 sy) sa3tAa0 leuop!ppy '8 swaU0dwo3 unli3a)aa 'L sa)zzoN 063293010 '9 (saQAfgwassy 13)1301(4 10 amsopu3 'S wessalddnS 1((d pmb(l Hd Mol X31OSNV '6 (sai2fgwassy 1012913y paleln6aa '£ (s)a6puue3 09(x0)0 60(4100 )3/pue (s)a6puue3 ua6on!N '2 (sal)Afgwassy asealaa alowaa NVWO1nV 10 0e3we43a)N 10 £23)1)3013) Algwassy asealaa paleln6a8 NVWOlnv 'L :40 slssuo3 pue sans0)3ua pals ssalulels 411m alge6ene sl walsAs )luel-a)d91nw 201-a 041 (Sa6p11Ue3 aldy)n18 - aim 30 s>luel 3a41) walsAs Muel ald!11nW )201424(4 uolssaddns anj luemelse8 Z0l-21 E -Z 32109)3 'suoIldu3sapluauodwo3 lenp(n(pul 10) 1401)305 esluauodwo3 walsAs_ 0)10)02) 'was2s 04) 40 140920)32 sn0aue1nwls ansua o1 swawaenba 6uldld se6 lue6adxa A)gwesse 0520)0 90)2)0601 ay) )o saugapin6 a41 u14wm 1nq Alaleledas palunow s( Algwasse alnsopua )£142) a)gnop 3111 'wawd(nbe leuolwppe pue '280151(5 u093alap '6wd(d luelladxa 6uplelsu( 0)2)692) 01 s)n0>I3ou1 ansopua pue '40),004 Hue) 161062 104 35014 se6 me9adxa 'we) wa6e 'wslue43aw aseala paleln6al 341 su!ewo3 Algwasse 0522)01 paem6a 041 (pennbaa sv) 303000 16140)2992 L luauodwo3 u0n3aa( 'g SalzzoN 36/24350 'S )uessalddns 0)(d pinb(l Hd Mol X3lfISNV '6 069:3393 ua60A!N 'E Algwassy alnsopua )1001 elgno0 '2 Oe31uey3ay11 10 103)1130)3) Algwassy asealaa 9019)0600 NVWOlnV 1 :40 515151103 pue salnsopua laals Ssalu1els tom alge6ene s( walsAs Hue)-aa41 201-d 3611 (A1NO 5))1421 leg 0'E 0014140m a6pu11e3 1) walsAs )fuel -00141 (panulluo0) W31SAS 10101 t0-d3S-6LOZ 11 "A32 Z -Z 39Vd 026263 310 029E63 1n NOI1d1213S30 W31SAS - Z NOLLD3S SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-2 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 REMOTE MECHANICAL RELEASE The Remote Mechanical Release (Part No. 433485) is used to actuate up to five R-102 regulated actuators. The remote mechanical release utilizes a 101-10 carbon dioxide cartridge as the actuation pressure to operate the regulated actuators. The release is housed in a stainless steel enclosure. Also available is an OEM Remote Release/Bracket Assembly (Part No. 439946). The OEM Remote Release/Bracket contains the same release mechanism as the standard Remote Release, and must be installed in a suitable equipment enclosure either horizontally or vertically. The remote release contains all the necessary mounting and conduit holes needed to fully install the assembly Note: OEM Release/Bracket Assembly must be installed high enough in cabinet so that there Is sufficient room to install and remove cartridge. • RELEASE MECHANISM SHIPPING WEIGHT: 144 LB (5.5 kg) R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual SINGLE TANK ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY The Single Tank Enclosure Assembly (Part No. 429870) is used in double and multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface near the regulated release or regulated actuator assembly its expellent gas line will be connected to. The enclosure is designed for mounting either a 1.5 gallon (Part No. 429864) or a 3.0 gallon tank (Part No. 429862) in a mini- mum amount of space. ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY . (SEE PAGE 3.3) 0 MOUNTING -� ENCLOSURE SHIPPING WT. 13 LB(59 kg) • 0 FIGURE 3-5 RED PAINTED BRACKET ASSEMBLY FIGURE 3-4 The Bracket Assembly (Part No. 429878) is used in double and multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface near the regulated release assembly or regulated actuator assembly that its expellant gas line will be connected to. The tank bracket is constructed of mild steel and painted red. It is designed for mounting the tank in a minimum amount of space. The Bracket Assembly can only be utilized with 3.0 gal- lon tanks (Part No. 429862). BRACKET ASSEMBLY G SHIPPING WT. 7 LB (3.2 kg) MOUNTING BRACKET FIGURE 3-6 0031.1 • R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY The Regulated Actuator Assembly (Part No. 429850) contains the regulator, pneumatic actuator, expellant gas hose for agent tank hookup, and enclosure knockouts to facilitate installing expellant piping. This assembly is used in multiple -tank systems and must be mounted to a rigid surface. The regulator contains two outlets 135' apart. One outlet is used to Interconnect the expellant gas hose to the enclosed agent tank. The other outlet connects an expellant gas line to an additional enclosure or bracket assembly. The regulator Is . designed to allow a constant flow of expellant gas into each . agent tank at 110 psi (7,6 bar). The pneumatic actuator is designed to puncture the expellant gas cartridge seal upon receiving pressure from the regulated release assembly actuation piping. The enclosure contains a knockout to facilitate distribution piping hookup. REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY NOTE: AGENT TANK MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY (SEE PAGE 3-3) PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY REGULATOR SHIPPING WT. 19 LET (86 kg) SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-3 OEM RELEASEIBRACKET ASSEMBLY (FOR OEM IN -CABINET USE ONLY) The OEM Regulated Mechanical Release/Bracket Assembly (Part No. 79493) contains the same regulated release mecha- nism as the standard AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly. The OEM Regulated Electrical Release/Bracket Assembly (Part . No. 437324'), -is identical to the mechanical version except that it contains a factory installed 120 VAC solenoid and electrical switch. These releaselbracket assemblies must be installed in a suitable equipment enclosure either horizontally or vertically. They contain all the necessary mounting and conduit holes needed to fully install the assembly. The agent tank is installed separately and need not be bracketed once it is piped and filled. Note: OEM Release/Bracket Assembly must be installed high enough in cabinet so that there is sufficlent room to install and remove cartridge. . -Note: OEM Regulated Electrical Release/Bracket Assembly (Pon No. 437324) 15 not Intended to be used wllb electric detection FIGURE 3-7 d 00010 AGENT TANK ASSEMBLY The agent tank shipping assembly (3 Gallon (Part No. 429862) and 1.5 Gallon (Part No. 429864)) consists of a stainless steel tank and an adaptor/tube assembly. The adaptoritube assem- bly contains a burst disc. The burst disc prevents agent leakage due to significant temperature fluctuations in the area where the tank is located. Under normal conditions, the tank requires hydrostatic testing every twelve years. The date of manufacture is stamped on the tank nameplate. The tank is shipped uncharged and must be filled with only ANSULEX Low pH Liquid Fire Suppressant during installation. TANK ADAPTOR/ TUBE ASSEMBLY 3 GALLON SHIPPING WT. 7 LEI (3.2 kg) 1.5 GALLON SHIPPING WT 5LB(2.3 kg) AGENT ~- TANK FIGURE 3-8 000140 FIGURE 3-9 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY The OEM Regulated Actuator Assembly (Part No. 418691) includes the regulator, pneumatic actuator. expellant gas hose and OEM bracket. Also available is an OEM Regulated Actuator Assembly with all the above mentioned components except for the bracket. This assembly is Part No. 418522. SHIPPING WT 4 LB (1.8 kg) FIGURE 3-10 002225 'sluauodwoo walsIs 6uge0pgnl pue 6ugeas 101 sannenb 1ual1a0x0 se4 punodwo3 'acing aouno-£'S e w 8(ge)ene s! (Z L L8L 'ON Lied) t t L punodwo3 6u!wo3 Moo 1NV31a9n1 3N03111S 1999654 6N ued) alzzou NI me . pue (496654 '09 Ned) alzzou MI aNI u1 eleee999 ale suolvan laals ssalwelS. 6pog paled-awoly3 5 6 188656 alzzoN NE 6P09 paleld-awoly3 Z 6 9886E8 alzzoN OZLZ 6pog paled-aw01043 Z 6 68865)' alzzoN 06Z 6p0g paleld-aw011(3 Z 6 8686£8 alzzoN 09Z 6)709 paleld-aw043 Z SZ 588656 azzoN SOZ 6p0g paleld-au1o143 Z SZ 58865)' alzzoN OE? 6pog paleld-aww43 5 SZ 0886£6 alzzoN MZ 61409 paleld-aw01113 L SZ 8£86£6 .alzzoN NL 6P08 paleld-awO1y3 L SZ 6E86£6 .alzzoN ML 61)03 paled-awwg3 L 6 958651' alzzoN AL 61409 paleld-aw0043 Z/L 6 LE8656 alzzoN NZ/L 1911312694 alzzoN 'ON1q nd 'ON Ued adKl molj a6e>I3ed alzzoN alzzoN alzzoN yey3 uoge3g!luapl alzzory 301061030(9019 10031 903101 0119714I1N30T 312000 093061 319.133 10110 - 9/[ 01191!999 osle sl (969656 '0N Ued) s6u11-0 alzzoN l0 ((3ed SZ V . papnpui sdeo go. -mom paw 41M paddl4s ale sa)zzoN 'a6esn alzzou lenp!n!pu!. 10) •u6)sao 1101565 - 6 (tapas u! ueg3 uone38ddV alzzoN aa5 some as041 u! pasn aq 61uo Isnw pU2 90(1231(1139 3(714035 e lol pau6)sap s) alzzou 43ea )o do 841 'sued uowwo3 9191103 0994 pue aoueleadde w 19111)5 ale salzzou 35041 4600111V alzzoN 052 '9 alzzoN NE 'L L alzzoN MZ 'S alzzoN 05 LZ '0L alzzoN NL '4 alzzoN 06Z 6 alzzoN ML 'E alzzoN 09Z 8 alzzoN 31 '5 alzzoN 61/Z 'L 0)220N NZ/t 'L :ease piney 04) 1004600g) walled wlot6un a u) 1ua601 pinbq 041 aing6151p of pau6lsap 43ea salzzou' 861e43s)p 10 sad61 11 ale wall 531ZZON 9-5 30Vd 11 'A321 LO-d3S-010Z OL)EX3 3ln 0L6EX3 111 SIN3NOd1/1100 1/1131SAS - E N011335 1100 100 s! 06861 '0N Lied 'a6p1upeo 0L-t0L 403 :0)0N 5885Zb 168526 6E6E 6 168556 EOM 954524 6ZtEZ6 WN WN 4//N 666926 596924 £SS9Z.6 866826 444824 S6b9Z6 588824 Z468Z4 944858 16882)' 0989Zb 503 - 05-101 Z03 - 05- 10 1 Z03 - 01-101 0E -L01 -V-11 xuel ammo 61-05-11 61-05-11 oN Lied 'ON Ued'0N Ued uopduosa0 100/01 uegeesny ueadoln3 061414993 sluawaInbai ue8eusn4/ pue 02030,03 10) algel)ene ate sa!Igwasse 6u)dd!4s a6p(Ue3 (eu09IPp4/ £L-£ 321091A 3000109700-101 (1111 191 'N11(1 2 390101093 01.1011/.11 001 06) 'N19116 C 10. KO NI 111 Ll 01000 300101097 01.101 300101097 06-l01. 1..•.19) ,11211 300(09993 x901-310900 0119 900 0(9NE6 (1111 l0) '612 ---r (1111622) NI 6 S390121161113 301X010 N09611/3 991(1) NI 111 21 300101097 arocn (9919) NI 91 1..960 'NI 9/5lL 350(81093 8:02.11 (160 M) NI 9( r 'NI11L 1 SOOPJ,,Ny3 SV9 N300alIN sluawal)nba61 a6puue3 pue wet_ 101499 it U011335 Ul paranoid ale suondo 90/430185 a6pupe3 •R(uo panoldde uoneuodsue1110 )uawueda0 ate 100 se pazou sa6puue3 'panadde (100) u0neuodsuell to )uawuedao pue (31) epeue3 uodsuell wog ale 100/31 se pzlou sa6puue3 EL 0196(] u1 uMogs se 89191999 ale sa6pul dei se6 014)x0)14 =pea 0014) pue sa6puue3 se6 ua6oq)u 1003 'salzzou 061943(14 alp Ino pue 600d a61e43s!p ag1 g6naN slue) aloes 10 auo wa) 19369 p!nb8 sladxa se6 pasealal 0141 pue pa4npund s! leas 86pg1e3 0111 au!!! 43114(9 1e •P0199139 s! wals(s au) !nun alnssald lapun sase6lue!ladxa 014!x0!14 uogieo 10 ue6011u aims 01 saOp!g1e3 se6 sasn wals(s 501-61 811 53901211614/3 SV9 )enuelly u0/ssaJddns anj luanelsa/ 501-0 Rlgw9ss41!991 u011e9 0'E 598626 6lgwassy 1a(43etg 6ununovx uolle9 0'E 858656 :6ulpnpu! R(gwassV OZ 6u1dd14S la>13ena 6ununoW Uolle9 0'E 55505)' (5) 6lgwass4/ >!uel uo8e0 O'E 598656 61gw3ssy xog 69999064 9ue4, OM1 558656 :6ulpnpu! 6lgwassV 6wddigS Ob ansopu3 100s ssalu(e1S 11011e0 0'9 saioo 51-E 32111911 169 1'911 el 01 lM 9NIdd1115 (1-1 309d 330) A136909 (30 0303000 3015/196 WW1 19399'3109 '6uu find 90!1915 rind lenuew a10wa1 9141 uo 903 lauuostad ual4M sln3oo wasSs aq) 10 901199139 1999996 '6u)d)d uonnqulslp ag1 4690141 (ua6e 041 6061e43s!p pue ((091 19069 041 6urzunssad 'paJn13und s! a6puue3 se6 041 '519330 uonenpe uayM '0199139 6250£6 of 1! 6u(5ne3 '0590!04 p010110604 30A9Z 341 01 (996)5 193/413310 ue 514905 9041 !awed 041 '98393 901430109 041 woq 199615 e 539)0301 !awed (041u03 041 uayM 519330 00119032 3newolny '611enuew 10 6)le3newolne pa101n13e eq ue3 610)565 843 '61ae1edas pataplo aq Isnw >luel 1ua64/ 'maw -dinba )euop)ppe pue 'wals6s uonoalap'6wd!d 1ue)ladxa'6u)d)d uogenp9 61)19199) 31e119784 01 Slnoxaou9 alnsopu3 pue '05014 se6 luenadxa 'ws)ue43aw asealal p81210634 3-)) NVWOlnV 30AbZ a 10 51919903 6!gwasse s!ql 'l(un pquo3 6u)sea(a a 10 asn 041 ran pallnba 5) uog3alap 1e1sowJa41'3ppa!3 3404(9 pasn 5! (668656 '0N 14e3) Rlgwassy 05901061 p318106961 30A6Z 041 Rlgwassy 3901-1 119916 6!gwassy Wei uolle9 0"5 59862)' 6(gwass4/ xog 6ununobN >luel 316185 05862)' :6ulpnpu! Rlgwassy 6uldd)4s OZ alnsopu3 !aa15 ssalulelS Wane° 0'E LLEOEb 6lgwass4/ asOFH 6lgwassy 119¢1 uone9 6' 1 6!gwassV xog 6uiunoLN Wei a16u1S 05862)' :6ulpnpu) 6lgwassy 60d0gS 81 alnsopu3 Iaa(s ssalu!e1S 90899 6'1 119816' 898626 6lgwassy >luel uolle9 0'E 598626 6lgwass4/ 40180134/ Paeln6aa 0686Zb :6ulpnpu) 6!gwass4/ flu!d04s 95 10199(314 paleir 6061 909019 0'E 60505)' 6(gwassy Wel (40199 S't 6986Z1i 6lgwassV asealaa P91e1n6061 (93)6943096 598656 .6ulpnpu! 61gwaSsV 800d04g OE 0920108 193)11940096 u00e9 S' L 005056 610110594/ >luel uolle9 0'E 599624 6(9wass4/ 3sea(aa paleln6a61le0!ue43aW 558626 :6ulpnpu! 6lgwassV 6u!dd)4S asealaa 123!ueg3a96 uolle0 0'£ 665056' Wall a 'oN Lied 91E0£8 (1E20 L1-£ 3an9U NO 55 (69) ql 'IM 60d0ys :slagwnu ued 6u! -mon 341Rpm .61gwasse 6u!dd)4s aaldwo3 a 6uueplo uayM 'Hue) 1ua62 041 pue =papaw 40199139 10 0520101 aq1 wog 6wu!eluoo 09191999 ale Sal 14W39Se 6u!dd!4s alaldwoo panes 53I19W3SSV 9NIddINS 11N01110CW /990896 uo/ssaiddn5 a)j luelnelsad 504-8 A39W3SSV 351131321 0311f109321 30A6Z (19 51) 9192 'UA 9141,000 '3301dsto 1990119 wn1upun a u! lunOw 0) pau6lsap s) alnsopu3 lee) au '61312,8335 pataplo aq lsnw 91(ue1 (9064/ '19069 to (l L'05) le6 6 10 1¢101 a 09(6 01 6lgwasse 10190409 pale!nfial uo1 . -196.5 a 10 6lgwasse asealal paleln6a uofie6-5 a tram pa!dnoo aq ue3-1! -swals6s 90896-6 u! pasn s! R!gwasse all '0lnsopu3 6ununow 041 pue '510014046 oMl '50504 se6 luenadxa 0m1 10 SIs)suo3 (559626 'oN Lied) 61gwassy alnsopu3 (Wel oMl a4l Al9W3SSV 3afSO13N3 MNVl OMI 10-d3S-6 LER L1 A361 6'-E 30Vd 0165X3 310 056EX3 In S,N3NOd1NO3 111131SAS - E N011335 SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 3-6 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 SWIVEL ADAPTOR The Swivel Adaptor Assembly consists of a swivel nut, swivel body and swivel ball. All are chrome -plated. The swivel adaptor allows any nozzle to be rotated approximately 30' in all direc- Sons. Swivel Adaptors must be ordered as a Swivel Adaptor Shipping Assembly (Part No. 423572) which contains 25 Swivel Adaptors or Pan No. 419385, which contains 9 Swivel Adaptors. 30 DEGREE ROTATION 3I8 -IR NPT FEMALE THREAD I47I 3/0 -10 NPT MALE THREAD • FIGURE 3-15 METAL BLOW -OFF CAP The Metal Blow -Off Cap helps keep the orifice of the nozzle free of grease or other substances that could interfere with agent distribution. •The Metal Blow -Off Cap Package (Part No. 439861) contains 10 blow -off caps. • Also available is a 10 pack of Stainless Steel Blow -Off Caps (Part No. 439866). METAL CAP STAINLESS STEEL WIRE FIGURE 3-16 moms REDUCING COUPLING The reducing coupling (Part No. 436228) is made of stainless steel material with 3/8 in. x 1/2 in. NPT inlet threads. ll'neces- sary, the reducing coupling can be utilized when installing the Agent Distribution Hose Line Kit (Part No. 435982). Two cou- plings are required per Agent Distribution Hose. FIGURE 3-17 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual CONDUIT OFFSET ASSEMBLY The conduit offset assembly (Part No. 435961) is used to change direction of the wire rope on detection, mechanical gas valve. and remote pull station lines The conduit offset assem- bly can only be used in the area where the conduit attaches to the regulated release assembly. When using the conduit offset assembly, the maximum number of pulley elbows allowed is • 16. The Conduit Offset Shipping Assembly (Part No. 436063) consists of 6 conduit offsets. CONDUIT CONNECTOR CONDUIT OFFSET FIGURE 3-18 "QUIK-SEAL" ADAPTOR The "Quik -Seal" adaptor is a listed mechanical bulkhead fitting that produces a liquid -tight seal around both distribution piping and detection conduit which runs through restaurant hoods and ducts. The "Quik -Seat' adaptor accepts threaded pipe or con- duit. The adaptor is available for 1/4 in. (Part No. 78196), 3/8 in. (Part No. 77285), 1/2 in. (Part No. 77287), or 3/4 in, (Part No. 77289) pipe or conduit sizes. When using With EMT conduit, a conduit connector must be installed in each end of the adaptor. The "Quik -Seal' Adaptor Shipping Assembly must be ordered as stated below: Shipping Assembly Hole Size Size Part No. Qty. Required 1/4 in. 78196 3/8 in. 77285 1/2 in. 77287 3/4 In. 77289 24 24 24 24 3/4 in. 1 1/8 in. 1 1/8 in 1 3/8 in. FIGURE 3-19 0,1113. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual "COMPRESSION -SEAL" ADAPTOR This adaptor Is a mechanical bulkhead fitting that produces a liquid -tight seal around pipe and conduit when installing distribu- tion piping and detection conduit through restaurant hoods and ducts. The "Compression -Seal" adaptor is a straight -through design requiring no cutting or threading of conduit or pipe. The adaptor is available for pipe sizes of 1/4 in. (Part No. 79149), 3/8 in. (Part No. 79151), 1/2 in. (Part No. 79147), and EMT con- duit size of 1/2 in. (Part No. 79153). Each "Compression -Seal" Adaptor Shipping Assembly must be ordered as slated below: Shipping Assembly Hole Size Size Part No. Qty. Required 1/4 in. Pipe / 1/2 in. tube 79149 24 3/4 in. 3/8 in Pipe / 5/8 in. tube 79151 24 1 1/8 in. 1/2 in. Pipe 79147 24 1 1/8 in. 1/2 in. EMT Conduit 79153 24 1 1/8 in. COMPRESSION NUT ADAPTOR BODY IOCKWASMER SECTION 3 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-7 •COCKING LEVER/LOCK PIN The cocking lever is a component required to cock (arm) both • the mechanical/electrical AUTOMAN release and the mech- anical gas valve. After the AUTOMAN is cocked (armed), the . lock pin must be inserted to eliminate the accidental firing of the release mechanism. These components are available as either an individual shipping assembly or a shipping assembly containing both. Listed below are the various shipping assem- bly part numbers. Part No. Description 441042 Short Handle Cocking Lever with Lock Pin (Mechanical/Electrical AUTOMAN) 441041 Long Handle Cocking Lever with lock Pin (Mechanical/Electrical AUTOMAN) . 26310 Cocking Lever only (AUTOMAN II -C) 416018 Cocking Lever only (Mechanical Gas Valve) 438031 Lock Pin Short Handle Cocking Lever FIGURE 3-20 'Requires A crescent wrench or ohms me" 1040405 wrench "HOOD SEAL" ADAPTOR ASSEMBLY • This adaptor is a mechanical bulkhead fitting that produces a liquid -tight seal around 1/2 in. EMT conduit when installing the detection line through restaurant hoods and duct. The adap- tor accepts a high temperature pulley elbow and. when used, correctly positions the elbow or conduit in line with the conduit adaptor hole in the detector bracket. The "Hood Seal" elimi- nates the need for multiple elbows when penetrating the top of a hood when installing the detection line. "Hood Seal" Adaptors are available in quantities of six as Shipping Assembly Part No. 423253. PULLEY ELBOW (NOT PART OF ASSEMBLY) USE ONLY PULLEY ELBOW. PART NO 420250 FIGURE 3-21 Long Handle Cocking Lever Lock Pin FIGURE 3-22 0011325 LZ -E 3/1/1913 602800 NI C na Hj'NI 2115 NEM 'NI Z na.. NI 1/5 (2062) 91/1 6 (9.666) Z£/S2 L (2'0£2) 91/1 6 (8'861) 9L/EL L (6'696) 91/11 9 (0'002) 8/1 1 (2.681) 8/L S (6'196) 8/6 9 (2'681) 8/2 L (8'221) 8/6 (6.191) 8/6 9 (6181) 8/6 6 (BIZ 1.1 8/6 b (1'6E1) Z/L S (6'191) 8/E 9 (E'S6) 8/2 £ (EU U Z/L s (6'196) 8/E 9 (2'56) 8/6 E (tow) 'w (0/w) 'U! (0/w) 111! az!s an15A 3 9 V 3 1 'to 2 u ! Z/L Z lo2 u! 2/1 L P ! 8/1 1 v! 1 u! b/6 219 dS maN 89'0 f x (89'0 le 413) = 413 MON :/19 dS 89'0 uey1101/10 to/ moo se6 aleln31e3 of p d Mau /` x (you! 1 19 1113) ' 1113 maN :'p.d you 1 ueto /woo to/ moo se6 0121/13123 0l 000'006'1 000.009'5 000'919'6 000'029'7 000'81[' 0001386'1. 000'151 seg lelmeN 111/nig 0001 219 dS 69'0 '0'd'0! L le'/1H/nig (leg 52'0) !sd g (e9 52'0) !s4 5 (129 6T0) isd 01 (eq 69'0) !sd OL (leg 69'0)1sd 01 (req 69'0) !sd OL (leg 69'0) !sd 01 awssald 6upejad0 wnw!xe/y 00 LL 00LS 9198 0E9Z 8111 8826 156 /10 dS PTO OM '0) (H33) S83ede3 10014 (03511) 0012A 529 u! E (03SV) amen 559 2/1 Z (InSNV) anIeA 529 v! 2 (lnsNV) an!eA seg •u! 7/1 1 (InSNV) men seg 'u! 8/1 1 (InSNV) 02121/ 529 'u! 1 (InSNV) 0/5!21 529 'u! b/2 uoodu3sa0 2/1 Z Z/L L 8/1 L 8/2 (say3u!) az!s ad!d 82662 LE6S2 01955 LO9SS 80955 10955 86565 'ON toed •w5w -egoaw 0520!01 ay1 01 uop3auu03 101 (62L51 'oN Led) s60!55 pue '6u!gnl 'lapu8S3 toe 0111 sapnpuo pue pals!/ In we sal6ls wog •se6 41 pue lelnleu JO) paler ale 505!2/1 0111 '01619 O3SV 'u! 2 pue 'u! 7/1 Z pue :elks InSNV '14 Z pue "u! 2/1 1 "u! 8/t 1 "w L "u! 8/2 10 saz!s u! a!gel!ene we semen au 'Slgwasse asealal paieln6a ayl Jo uoienpe uodn saoueidde 041 01 se6 )0 100/4 ate )j0 /flys of paufi!sap 012 sanlen se6 leo!ue113aw ay1 S3A1V// SVO 1/OINVH336/ 6-E 39Vd 11 'A321 10-d3S-p102 OLIEX3 315 017E73 111 SIN3NOd6/00 6/31SAS - E N01133S -Swat -s6s uo!13alap u! pasn a9 lOuue3 Snpuo3 alq!xaoj :7 010N. '11/10 asn loopu! 1o/ pepuapq s! 1!npuoa aiq!xa)4 q, 0/0N 0192/!222 owe ale (051928 'oN lied) sd13-21 10 N3ed-OS e pue (192629 '0N lied) Suasu! 1!npuo3 019!x013 10 N3ed-05 V . '(616568 '0N Ued) (N32d-Os)101/0/4 u!e11S gnpuo0 0!9!x0!3 e s! algel!ene Os/V •a!gel!e/Le sl (8016E8 'ON • Ued) ada atom woe pal -ad e!npuo3 0!9!x0/3 (w 7'56) 11 OS V • '(656568 -oN tied) ada 01/91 )o (w 0'ZS L) 11 00S 41!10 105/060110 (525820 13N lied) 4161101 (w 8.251) 11 005 a u! SOw03 l!npuO3 019!00/4 0111 'suo!eel!elsu! 05/25 se6 le3!ueyoaw pue (819828 '0N Ued) uo!le1S Ilnd lenuely paplopy 041 LlOm Spa pasn a1/ ue3 1!npuo3 0/9!x013 'llnpuo3 1/113 41!m pasn aq 1123 10 linpuo3 16/3 prep Aims lo) a/Npsgns ase pasn aq U231!npuo3 018!2014 •sapelsgD punwe pue lapun '1050 01923 am 0/2010/ ape 6u!aq 10 a3ualu -anuo3 0111 pue suope/elsto imponb to/ smo8e unpuo3 alq!xal3 11n0NO3 3181X314 922100 92-2 3///1014 (ado/1 atom to (w 2'61)1/ OS 111!M) 096628 '0N Lied (adoa aHyl lnotp1M) 919828'°N lied '019282A2 ale '(01 J0 N3ed) (760120 'ON lied) s6u!a wul 'uop3!ps!lnf 6u!ney Sluoylne ay/ 69 pau!WJ01ap w61ay ale pauop!sod pue 550160 10 wood a 1e palunow a9 pin0ys wows 8nd !enuew paplow ay1 l!npuo3 0!9!x013 InSNV 041 telco algnedwo3 s! uopets 8nd 0111 •uonelado walss5 uo!ssalddns 019 1o/ sueaw /enuew ayl se algeynuap! S8peat 01010 uopets 8nd ay/ sallew l0!o3 pal ay" 'leualew aelsodwo3 pat paplow 2 10 loo spew s! (096568 10 819726 'ON lied) uopets 8nd /enuew wawa/ 0141 NOIIVIS 11nd 1VnNVW 3106/3/1 imam uo/ssaaddns a{y Juelnelsa2/ ZOt 4/ '0!9 23 193 211 a/119 a sw21uo3 011/23 !gals ssalu!21s InSNV 0111• 's416ua1 (25966 '0N lied) (w 1ZS L) 11005 Pue (LZ851 '0N lied) (w 2.51) 11 OS u! 0192/!2/12 s! 01923 051 'suopels Ilnd /enuew. 0100/0/ pue sanlen se6 le3!uey3aw 101 Paso a9 owe ue3 01923 ayl 'ws!e43aw neap/ pale!n6a1 ay1 50125132 lana/ dui 0/5 pue 'paxelal s! 01923 ay/ 110 uOlsual ay/ 'saleledas 1!11!! 0!9!5111 Sue ua4M lana/ dui ws!uey3aw asealal palein6a 0111 ow! pue '5100910 Saond owe s/0/30/ p saws oe '1!npuo3 116/101111 '101 -301ap leu!wlat ay/ 51011 um sl a!ge3 pais ssary!215 v! 91/1 ata 319113 13315 SS31NIV1S InSNV 214003 4Z-£ 3/1/1014 awl uop3alap a 0!41!10 pasn a9 10uue3 saw 60104 'SOto!! uo!lels !Ind /enuew alowal pue saw/ uo!1en13e amen se6 le3!uey3aw u! pasn 0C/ ue3 s001 6a1lnd 13. eS O1 O. 0) A. OE L 01 3. ZE l0 a6ue1 aye u!ylun 012 sanieladwal 0111 010/110 S2012 u! pasn a9 prow 11 '.06 Sq sada al!m oMl 10 Lion -301!p 9141 a6ue43 01 pasn s! (626128 'oN lied) 001 Sound a41 19e092011000 8Z•E 3/1/1014 331 1311nd 029521 'ON lard (adSl pua uo!ssaldwo3) 142228 '0N toed pue (ad61 Pua 101)300) 669518 'oN Ued SigwassV 6u!dd!ys se OS 10 sappuenb to palaplo a9 lsnw sMogla Satlnd '1154UO3'0! 7/1 to/ owe spua 6uu uo!ssaldwo3 5211 052229 '0N Ued pue 'ynpuo3 v! 2/1 104 wens las Loom spua laN3os sey 069418 '0N 1.124 'b. LLE) A. OOL 10 050320 u! IOU salnlelad -war to/ Spuawwo3al InSNV '.06 Sq ado/ atom aye )0 uop3a1(p ayl abue43 01 pasn sMoq!a Sound 10 salol Om/ we away! SMO813 A311nd lenuelp uolssalddns a{1d luelnelsab ZOl -8 2Z•£ 30/1914 13900210 (51.9628 '0N . toed) )1324 -OL e w 0!92!12/12 owe s! 0629118 a/Slsdossps :2 010N '6Nd/SZ '984468 '0N lied se algel!ene owe s! (685526 'oN tied) 10/30100 sauas :1 910N '(985528 '0N tied)/0130/04 !equip/ L pue (L85SEb '0N lied) sJopalap sauas 01 :woos/Cs uop3alap alio w aq 1123 s1013alap 91 10 12101 a '510130104 LbSSE8 Pue 904628 'ON Ued 6u!sn uay4A ' opaeap !ewwlal ay/ pue Slgwasse neap/ palein6al aye u0aMlaq auto -u! pa1230/ 1o13a104 Sue 9! (L#SSE6 'ON lied)/0130100 sauas ayl vials/(s u0!13a/ap lad pal!nbal s! 1opalap pump/ auo Soup '10/13219 30/30104 0111 le/3030140112 s! 10 „'S0/eU)wlal„ ada a1INI 0441 14054M le lu!Od all! le s! 1! asne3aq paweu snyl s! pue 10/30/ap aull-l0-pua 0111 se 01 pa/plat saw/ -autos s! lopalap SON. '51013010410 sauas a u! 1521 pa3eld s! pue Nub 1501 a sapnpu! (9055£8 'ON lied) /0130100 /ewwlal 341 :saigwasse 10 seal 0101 )0 sIS!suoO lopalap ayl 'tale/ 0o padd!p uayl we sayqulasse a6ellue/0130104 ay/ pue /sly 510/13219 pue gnpuo3 wals6s uo!palap 0111 46n014l Slala!d -U103 6unlls a9 of ada atom ay1 swop 10pa/ap ap(IS 1055!35 0111 'ws!uey3aw asealal pae2In6a1 ay/ fiunenpe 6901041 'ado.' atom ay/ asealal pue aJn121adwal 35oads ale aleledas oe pau6!sap s! Awl 011/!551 at/1 'owl algisnl ay] uoddns a pasn s! 06211511 0111 03811/15 6usunow 0141 01 Slgwasse amus 0141 sp!0y ¢0/13219 ayl ('$!aleledas ppm a0/ lsnw pue papnpu! lou ale soup alq!snd) 'Nug alq!sn1 pue '062/1up '10/13211/ ay/ :sulauodwoo 3!529 001141 )0 slslsuo3 lopeeap 041 S/10133130 1.0-d3S-7L0Z Ll 'A321 8-E 39Vd OL9673 315 010EX3 111 S.N3NOd1NO3 6/31SAS -.2 NO1103S • SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC 0X3470 PAGE 3-10 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 ELECTRICAL GAS VALVES The electrical gas valves are designed to shut off the flow Of either natural or LP gas to the appliances upon actuation of the regulated release assembly. The valves are available in sizes of 3/4 in., 1 in.. 1 1/4 in., 1 1/2 in., 2 in., 2 1/2 in., and 3 in The valve is held open by an energized solenoid and upon system actuation, the switch contacts in the regulated release assembly open, thus de -energizing the circuit to the gas valve solenoid. causing the valve to close. Valves are available in 120 VAC and are UL Listed. Part Max. Operating No. Description Pressure 13707 3/4 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 13708 1 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 550360 1 114 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 13709 1 1/2 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 13710 2 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 25 psi (1 7 bar) .550363 2 1/2 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 5 psi (0.3 bar) . 17643 3 in. Solenoid Gas Valve (ASCO) 5 psi (0.3 bar) Pipe Size (inches) 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 Plow Capacity (CFH) P.D. 1 in. WC 0.64 SP GR 264.96 1091.01 1662.49 1818.35 3117.18 6078.49 7169.51 BTU/HR, at 1 0.64 SP GR 1000 BTU/fl3 Natural Gas 247,500 1,119,000 1,730,000 1,900,000 3,251,000 5.821.000 7.430.000 To calculate gas flow for other than 1 inch New cfh = (cfh al 1 inch) x ,/ new p.d. To calculate gas flow for other than 0.64 SP GR: New cfh = (cfh at 0 64) x ,/ 0.64 New SPGR Valve A B Size in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/4 in. 3 5/16 (81) 3 5/8 (92) 1 in. 5 (127) 6 27/32 (174) 1 1/4 in. 7 13/16 (198) 7 29/32 (201) 1 1/2 in. 5 (127) 5 19/32 (142) 2 M. 6 3/32 (155) 5 15/16 (151) 2 1/2 in. 7 13/16 (198) 7 29/32 (201) 3 in. 7 13/16 (198) 7 29/32 (201) in. P D FIGURE 3-28 00,210 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual MANUAL RESET RELAY The Manual Reset Relay (Pan No. 426151) is required when using an electrical gas valve shut-off system. After the electric gas valve has closed, either due to system actuation or power failure. the valve cannot be re -opened, allowing gas to flow, until the reset relay button is manually pressed. re -energizing the circuit. The reset relay is available 120 VAC. The manual reset relay is also recommended for electrical shut down. FIGURE 3-29 ELECTRICAL SWITCHES The electrical switches are intended for use with electric gas valves, alarms, contactors. lights, contractor supplied electric power shut-off devices and other electrical devices that are designed to shut of( or turn on when the system is actuated. Switches are available in kits: One Switch Kb (Part No. 423878). Two Switch Kit (Part No. 423879),•Three Switch Kit (Part No. 423880), and Four Switch Kit (Part No. 423881). Mounting hardware and 24 in. (610 mm) long wire leads are provided with each kit. A Two -Switch Assembly without wire leads (Part No. .436770) is also available. Each switch has a set of single -pole, double -throw contacts rated at: UUcUUCSA Rating 250 VAC. 21A Resistive 250 VAC, 2 HP 125 VAC, 1 HP ENEC Rating IE4T105p Approved 250V, 21A Resistive 8A Motor Load FIGURE 3-30 0016,2 12-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual ALARM INITIATING SWITCH The Alarm Initiating Switch Kit (Part No. 428311) can be field mounted within the AUTOMAN release. This switch must be used to close a supervised alarm circuit to the building main fire alarm panel when the AUTOMAN release actuates. This action will signal the fire alarm panel that there was a system actua- tion in the kitchen area. The switch kit contains all necessary mounting components along with a mounting instruction sheet. The switch is rated 50 mA, 28 VDC. SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKET 9N0T INCLUDED BATH ALARM INITIATING SWITCH KIT) SWITCH OVER ALARM INITIATING SWITCH FIGURE 3-31 020820 • REGULATOR TEST KIT The Test Kit Assembly (Shipping Part No. 56972) is required to test the regulator setting and nitrogen How during 12 -year maintenance examinations. This will ensure that the regulator is functioning properly. FIGURE 3-323— VENT PLUG ASSEMBLY The Vent Plug Assembly (Part No. 74274) is installed on the agent tank adaptor to prevent pressure buildup within the agent tank or distribution lines due to temperature fluctuations. CARTRIDGE RECEIVER GASKET The Cartridge Receiver Gasket (Part No. 181) is installed in the release and actuator assembly cartridge receiver to create a . seal between the cartridge receiver assembly and the cartridge. SECTION 3 — SYSTEM COMPONENTS UL EX3470 ULC 0X3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 3-11 FUSIBLE LINK Select correct UL Listed fusible link(s) for installation In detec- tor(s) according to the temperature condition chart below: • SL STYLE To Be Used Fusible Link Where Shipping Temperature Color Assembly Temperature Does Not of Part No. Rating Exceed Link 439085 (25) 165'F 100'F Black (74 °C) (38'C) 439086 (25) 439087 (25) 439088 (25) 439089 (25) A -PC STYLE Fusible Link Shipping Assembly Part No. •439227 (10) 439228 (10) 439229 (10) 439230 (10) 439231 (10) . 439232 (25) 212 °F 280 °F 360 °F 450 °F Temperature Ralin 165 'F (74 'C) 212 'F (100 "C) 280 °F (138 °C) 360 °.F (182 °C) 450 °F (232 °C) 500 °F (260'C) 0 I ref SL STYLE .0110 150 °F (100 °C) 225 'F (138 °C) 290'F (182 °C) 360 °F (232 °C) White (66 'C) Blue (107 °C) Red (143 'C) Green (182 °C) To Be Used Where Temperature Does Not Exceed 100 'F (38 °C) 150 °F (66 'C) 225 °F (107 °C) 290'F (143 'C) 360 °F (182 'C) 400 °F (204 °C) TEMPERATURE RATING STAMPED ON FUSIBLE LINK BODY A.PC STYLE ow," FIGURE ao "FIGURE 3-33 MAXIMUM REGISTERING THERMOMETER The Maximum Registering Thermometer (Part No. 15240) may be used to indicate the highest normal temperature for the pro- tected area. Once this is established, the correct rated fusible link can be chosen. Other methods for determining maximum temperatures may be used. HOSE/GROMMET PACKAGE The Hose/Grommet Package (Part No. 418511) consists of a 24 in. rubber hose and two grommets This package is required when expellant gas hose is routed outside the AUTOMAN Regulated Release. Regulated Actuator, and/or tank enclosure assemblies. Jal3wuad (ww OLZ 1) 'u! OS wnw!xelnl Jemmied (ww 009Z) u! 001 wnwp1elp w5R-K- uolle9 s' L lalawuad (ww °al) 'u! OS wnw!xeyy elzzoN An; Jalaw!Jad (ww 0P69) 'u! 001 wnw!xelnJ a!zzoN MZ wa S 1101199 0'E 'aIzzou pup pea won a!ge!!ene uo!pa1oJd wnw]xew ay; smogs Molaq yelp aq1 wnwlxew la!awe!p (ww Z 19) 'u! ZE • wnwlxew lalawUed (ww 069Z) •u! 001 • slagwnu mop OPAL = e!zzou //1Z 9110 . uo!ldposaa 13313INVIa (ww Zl9) 'NI ZE /1431301I83d (ww 0669) NI 001 01 dfl S3ZIS lona wnwlxew lalewe!p (Lew 906) 'u! 91 wnwlxew Jalew!Jad (ww OLZt) 'el 0S J8gwnu mop euo = alzzou AAL aup 83131/VI0 (ww 906)NI 91 /11313011H3d (ww 0a1) NI OS Ol dfl S3ZIS 10!10 'pazlele 9911!1s osle ue3 (90-L9081.1, 'ON Ved) lenuew payspgnd 1a!pee u! peeele10 uopOeloJd pnp Jagwnu mop any pue Jegwnu mop aalyl Palsy Klsno!nwd 'E 'welds 214110 Bps!! 111 all pion Lou pun gem s!41 u! (ww EOZ) 'u! 8 Jo wnwlxew 8111 6u!pe00x3 -Jadwep eyl 418)8 alap01u! Lou tem ley! Klgwasse Jadwep aye puoAaq 15111 !u!od a 0! 'wnwlxew (ww EOZ) 'u! O ayp puo1aq papelste aq ue3 elzzou pup 2111 'po )!dwe s! (lgwesse Jadwep palsy in a 8191(M suopepelsu! .1003 L•6 301!1913 !WY 001-101 '1-6 wn6!d Gas 'dn 6u!6Jey3s!p '6u!uado pup ail Jo Jalua0 ail owl (ww E0Z-19) 199-Z P012001 09 lsnw salzzoN ' 1 NOIIV01803NI 1VH3N39 1-6 39Vd 01 'A313 10-d3S-6t0Z OL6EX3 311) 0L6EX3 lfl 0191630 1A131SAS - 6 NO1133S •papalold 6u9aq long to az!s KO 110 6u!puadap sa!zzou pup luaJe9Ip sesn wals9s Z01-8 8111 'sapoo wool 11e • pue 96 VddN 41!m 93ueydwo3 u! pa10al01d aq Isnw 4lompnp uowwo3 a 0! Pa!Oauuo3 spoof a!d!I!nw wolf son( .010N • 'spuaq Ieuo!pa1!p gem spnp pue le1uozu0q ay! 01 sa!6ue le 1101 ley! spnp 6ulpnpu! 1209133 pue leluozu0y yloq s41oMpnp !0 sapaue11 116 sapnput s!yu'(yp6ual pal!wgun) y16ue! 13np wnwlxew Jo uopel!W91noy1!m poplin st uop3alwd pnp IIV elzzoN 21611!5 - UOlpaloJd 13n0 'sluawal!nbw Outdid pue 9n -uenb we; 6u!uIwJolep atom pele!dwo3 sq lsnw uop3es situ 'uop0apJd 93ueedde lenp!31p1! pue 'wnue d 'pnp Jot 6lpuenb pue '6u!uop!sod '3d11 a!zzOu 101 sauyep!n6 52216 uo!pes ski. S1N31N381n03211N3W33V1d 31ZZON •uogeeelsul 6uunp 30110/310/ Jot Asap 10 slOedse pe 10 epees aq pl10oys sa1131a1s U6!S3p walsKs 'uopepelsu! Kue 6updwape alolaq pala!dwo3 eq lsnw 511011036 25219 10 peg sluewannbel yams 0 05531d pue 'SluawaI!nbed towns 190!10013 'sluawel!nbed 0316A 5919 180210913 'sIuewaJmb313 3518A 569 leo!uey3alry 'sluewal!nbaE 110!1919 8113 lenue64 'slueweenbau wa4595 110!102120 'sluawalrnbald 6u!d!d uonngpls!0 'selawannbel3 911!1 5913 lue!ledx3 pue U0!1en10V 'sluawannbaI Klpuen0 4uei 'sluaweenbay luawa0e!d alzzON :suo!pes-qns 01 0111! Pep!n!p s! uog0es sell '4161/010 wals9s 1301103 a st uop0alwd ant JueInelsw lot sluewele 624 94110 euo .pamoe9 Lou st wnuald uowwo3 a 111 swalsAs them . •salzzOu VHNVIJId 41!8/ pal3alold aq 10111193 sa0ueedde 25041 2110119 pup 6Lepauuo3 pue pon4 2141 'selzzou 901-13 411)8 paloalwd ale saouendde uaUM . -(ww 616) '11199 ueyl 55810U SI S8 ZZ0u VHNVIIId Pue 901-14 luaOelpe 041 uaamlaq 6u!oeds lalua0-0l-131000 ail ssalun '8/3018/2113 10 901-8 12111!2 'welsh p ad9) awes ail y]!m pal00101d aq lsnw uop3alwd 6uu!nbai seouepdde Wa3e1pV . lenuew ale -udwdde se lad papelsut pue peu6!sap 99 1snw wals9s peg . -.t!snoeueenw!s 31911109 lsnw swa1s11s 1410)1 - 'paSn eq ue3 5/01911139 palein6e) Jo Jegwnu wnwlxew 041 10 uOpeu!9wo0 Hue %soap) a10W0, 101 a 619z!11ln swa189s u! 'slolenl3V 10019!116363 VHNVHId Jo Z01-61 leuop!ppe 0M1 of do ammo ue3 pue 35831321 NV0101fV VHNV211d a 10 901-21 Lie 1341)3 aq 1183 3Sea138 NVWOI11V llewud 2111 'uwpal0111 pnp pue 'pot; 'a0ueedde 6u!4003 101 131113601 pasn aq Kew Kew '310431elp 'swauodwo3 pue slua68 a!gpedwo3 asn sw3lsKs VHNV211d 3111 pue 901-8 Gill we16OJd 60101811 901 -Id Lie u! a1e3!Na0 insNV 111911110 e ploy pue 1020!911 aq 1610 WOIS9s ZOL-8I 34110 uEesap aye Jo; alq!suodsal slenpin!puo asoy1 'walsAs palaeu!6u9-wd stip 10 5lalaweled pue Suoneewll 241 4]!M swap uop3es slp in palsy uoOewloIut Asap ayu'su0pe)n6yuo3 pnp pue pon4 pue seam -Ode 6u!4003 1091119152110 sad91 luaralJlp 10 lagwnu a uo pasn 39 Kew wa15Ks uo!SsalddnS 3931121nelsa8 901-21111SNV 241 NOIS30 1/1131SAS /enue/ uo(ssalddnS 21)3 lueine7l0a9 201-8 swelsK5 11015 -salddn5 2114 lue1ne15aa 120!way3 1aM 1nSNV Pels!1 1116!uo 411)8 asn 1o1 P30110ylne 5) asoH uonngpls!0 01268/ ail :91001 6u!d!d a6Je13s!p w315Ks uo!ssalddns 3114 hue 13auu03s!p of 6uIneU Inoyl!m 6wueep 1o1 a3ue4dde ay1 l0 waw -211001 Jot smolle espy 2141 '51121431111 IePlawwo3 u! punol suod -dns/02/21593 pm saDue!Idde 6U14003 pelalse3 gem pazgpn aq ue3 asoH uopnquls10 111268/ ail '362432d alempleH alge3 6u!wellsaa a pue '31983 6ulul6Jlsa8 6uol (w 6'0) 11 E e 'as01-1 uopngpls!O 111268/ Guo! (w SA) 11 9 e Jo 51515UO3 (986SE6 ON Ind) 1101 3!993 6u!u!ellsaa pue asoH uonnquls!O 1ua6V 3111 11)1 3188/0 ONINIV81S38 ONV 3SOH NOIln81211510 1N39V anleA 43043'11! 6/l (1dN 'u! 6/1 x 09-91/1) 1o13auuo0146!811S amyl (IdN 34ewa3199/1 x JAN ale111 v! 9/1 x 09-91/1) eel (IdN •1! 6/l x 0Z -91/L x 09.91/1) eel 318101 (1dN 'u! 6/1 x 09-91/9) )80913 awn L9969 OEM 199616 1181E 018LE 110103!13520 •oN Ued 611!11!3 2!91111 1dN 'u! 6/1 x alewa3 09-91/L (wel L901) u! 96 9190£6 salewa3 02-91/9 x 09-9L/L Pew 019) 'u! 69 9EEZE salewa3 02.9 L/9 x 02-9 LK (ww 909) 1110Z SEEZE salewa3 09-91/L x 09-9119 (ww 906) 'u! 91 6081E 5601113003 LW -WI 13N lied 350H '10188138 paleln6al y3e3 pue NVWOlnV 3141 6338/139 411910311 stow asoy 11010911109 • 21411 '56upel 2141 se '02-91/9 'peaty] awes ail seg asoy eta '101911132 3pewnaud pea uaamlaq saw uo!ssaldwo3 awl Lippe -ope 3111130uuo3 0l pasn st asoH uopenl3V 13315 ssalwelS 3641 3SOH NOW&flloV 0301V2181331S S531NIV1S oLOm 9E -E 3811913 19L990,0N l0Vd) a01domV 1992155 '05 10x,11 331330 051010 312200 •10139109 2111 pue 2012310 6u!w!e ail 10 slslsuo3 l!gwasse 6u!ddlys ail 'alzzou 2141 01 5243982 loldepe 3o!/op 6u!w!e 2111 '316119 lege P1011 01 peuely6p ueyl pue mod 6u!w!e pau!uumapald a Ie pod 01 p012101 39 uayl ue3 a!zzou eta 'le 6u!w!e s! 1! 19p1309)1115 ail IP spatial 1eg11116p Jaw; news a seine pue a!zzou 214101 sdwep 23)8210 ail 'lu!od 6u!w!e 1301103 ail 0) a!zzou y0ea woe 910230111 of 2!9911929 s! (LL86E6 '001 ued) a31na0 6u!w!V alzz0N 2111 < 331A309N1WIV 31ZZON /enuelnj uo!ssaiddns 2103 luelnelsa8 906-8 0511000 SE -2 32111913 (6695i'ON 13113d) 3=190 23330 •panowal 2610111 -123 2111 peg 35964 Kew y01Im/01911139 uado Lie won 6u!de3sa wan se6 00)1911109 5w3n31d 5141 102190109 Lou sem 12141 (5)1019 -ape 241 01 pa1en13e sem 18111 lolenl0e 3111 ww; se6 uo!lenl3e 10 Mop 341 543019 (9299Z '001 ued) 23!911 pap 'el 6/1 041 3A1 VA M33143 'NI 6/1 CUM 6E-2 3811013 1101116 05136d) 801d35V SONVM01 31301 OS131 / isana 10 3019 03/ (01 10 red) 35)13 151118 K!gwassV 3510 ming awl -111 116/16 096916 i ) 113520 '0N ued 'papelsu! 35!10 151119 )8211 a pue palgwasses!p aq lsnw 949082559 3141 '3619935!10 wals9s 1311V •21915503 se Leung 41191 24101 OS013 se palunow 09 01 s! 9!gwesse 35!P Is)8q aup-u! eta , wals9s ail u! /loldepe 4ue1 901-8 31.1110 pew pale3o! 39!41 151119 311! (avowal) 91)41008011(125500311 sl 11 'walsKs papl0Jluew e u! 949012559 5141 6111zppn uaIM '05!10 11)89 241 sesno11 113!yM Kpoq laws ssalu!els a Jo 5]5151103 9lgwasse 3941 '1sJnq w 6up!e; ww; loldepe vie] ay] el pale3o! sow lenp!n!pu! 31008 Jo euo Jo Keecessod Gyp saleu!wpa 9!gwasse 35!10 151119 aup-u! uowwo3 341 1330 6u!uogd!s ail 6uneu!wpa 01 uoptpp9 u! 'suope!1en a)8leladwal awanxa 6uunp ad!d ail do 1ua6e ail 10 6u!uoydls ail aleu!wpa 01 pa1!nbal s! Klgwasse 35!10 ]51119 aup-u! ail (91NO SW3ISAS 0301031NVW) A18W3SSV 3510 1611118 3N11 -NI 10-d3S-6102 11 'A38 21.2 39Vd 0969X3 3111 OL6EX3 1fl 5163304011103 1/1131SAS - E N011335 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC 61(3470 PAGE 4-2 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Duct Protection - Multiple Nozzle DUCT SIZES UP ID 135 IN. (3429 mm) PERIMETER - THREE FLOW OPTION One 1W nozzle and one 2W nozzle = three flow numbers 135 in. (3429 mm) perimeter maximum No round duct option available Follow design table in Figure 4-2 to determine maximum module size for each nozzle 1W Module Side A Side B Side B Maximum Maximum Maximum in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 (101) (127) (151) (177) (203) (228) (254) (279) (304) (330) (355) (381) (406) (431) (457) (482) (508) (533) (558) (584) Side A 1 1 60.0 (1524) 60.0 (1524) 59.5 (1511) 59.0 (1498) 58.5 (1485) 58.0 (1473) 57.0 (1447) 56.0 (1422) 55.5 (1409) 54.5 (1384) 53.5 (1358) 52.0 (1320) 51.0 (1295) 49.5 (1257) 47.5 (1206) 46.0 (1168) 43.5 (1104) 41.0 (1041) 38.0 (965) 33.5 (850) 230 (5811) 23.0 (584) 22.5 (571) 22.0 (558) 22.0 (558) 21.5 (546) 21.0 (533) 20.5 (520) 20.0 (508) 19.5 (495) 18.5 (469) 18.0 (457) 17.0 (431) 16.0 (406) 14.5 (368) 13.5 (342) 12.0 (304) 10.0 (254) 7.5 (190) 4.0 (101) 4 ISide B 2W Module Side B Maximum w. (mm) 37.0 (939) 37.0 (939) 37.0 (939) 37.0 (939) 36.5 (927) 36.5 (927) 36.0 (914) 35.5 (901) 35.5 (901) 35.0 (889) 35.0 (889) 34.0 (863) 34.0 (863) 33.5 (850) 33.0 (838) 32.5 (825) 31.7 (805) 31.0 (787) 30.5 (774) 29.5 (749) • 1W • 2W 1 FIGURE 4-2 ovum Example: Protection is required for a duct that has an "A" dimension of 8 in. (203 mm) wide and a "B" dimension of 55 in. (1397 mm) long. Referring to the table in Figure 2, if the "A" dimension is 8 in. (203 mm), the "B" dimension must not exceed 58.5 in (1485 mm). In this example, the "B" dimension is 55 in. (1397 mm), therefore, this duct can be protected with a three flow application. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Read over from the 8 0 in. (203 mm) line on the table to the 1W Module column. At that point, the charl shows that the "B" module length for the 1W nozzle can be 22.0 in. (558 mm). Center the 1W nozzle in that module. The 2W module can now be centered within the remaining module. i R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Duct Protection - Multiple Nozzle (Continued) DUCT SIZES GREATER THAN 100 IN. (2540 mm) PERIMETER Ducts over 100 in. (2540 mm) perimeter may be modularized using 2W nozzles • No round duct option available • Follow the design chart to determine maximum module size for each 2W nozzle - When determining number of nozzles required, it is sometimes an advantage to check the chart using the shortest side as Side "A" and then recheck it using the longest side as Side "A." This comparison may reveal a need for a lesser quantity of nozzles one way versus the other way. When working with Chart 4-1, the quantity of nozzles deter- mined must be equally divided within the duct area. CHART 4-1 A • • • 51UE `A' SIDE 'e` em SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC 6X3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-3 When working with Chart 4-2, one half of the quantity of nozzles determined must be equally positioned in the top half of the area of the duct and the remaining half of the nozzles must be positioned in the bottom hall of the duct area. Example: The duct to be protected has a Side "A" of 40 in. (1016 mm) and a Side "B" of 60 in. (1524 mm). Referring to the design chart, this duct requires four nozzles. One half of 4 = 2. Therefore, two nozzles must be equally positioned in each of the two duct areas. See Figure 4-3. SIDE 'IL. 30 70 (702 mm) 9013. (782 min) SIDE 201N. (508 mm) 201N. 1508 mm) • • • • OO IN. (1524 mm) 1513 N 3791 41148 selao stiv aim as]. l 88 .1111 ni 72 3 691111 13IJ6 ]9361 64 3 66 6911 161 5119 001 62101.95 1107 10942 11 0 11444 3 11 1(450 3 112? 150 31132152 31(3 1tll14214511� 754752155113 601ID 165 16173 i/511711 WPM rm 40 41 2 r 101 6 6 j r 6 tot 09 65 4 C r 112 N4 20 23 10 11 46117 i 1 r R 1J 41 - r n 11 4 J- JaL 34 O r 2 r 41 41 1_71.1 r 6 '6 2'31 r J 61 53 2256 J] r r 59 '23-L r J 61 v N 2', 3 66 69 26 11 -- 3^0 J JI 79 v r-- -) 4 61 r I 06 Js 3 I I I 5 I 6 7 6 89 91 CHART 4-2 A NOTE: NOZZLE OUANTRIES LISTED IN CHART 4-2 MUST BE EQUALLY DIVIDED INTO EACH OF THE TWO DUCT MODULES. 401N. (10116 mm) -L FIGURE 4-3 N 3791 J 3 3 91 40 41 2 4 101 42_ 4J 6 tot 09 M 112 N4 46117 41 9 4 122 401N. (10116 mm) -L FIGURE 4-3 6-6 343f191j '6-9 wn61j aaS 'alzzou ay) 4o dg all o) pooy 9(1110 pue ay) wolf (ww 991-0) 019-0 pauogisod eq Isnw alzzou ay4 'g16ual m1) umop paw18 pue 'uolsuawip 1y699q 109(4 a(1) uaem)aq pelaluao '0048 ay) 10 9304 ay) wo14 (ww 901. 01 09) 'ul 1 o1 y 'wnuald ay) w palunow aq )snw (s)alzzou 9141 'wnueld x09411099 91619s 10 (w x•£)1004 mewl 01. palwd p!M alzzou N4 eu0 . N011O310Eld NNVO 31ONIS 31ZZON NI l NOI1dO - N0110310bad 1V1NOZId01-I 002000 8?6 32141013 9399 0011 NI1-111M 38 isnot 111 31ZZON 408(918 (ww 902) 'NI 9 wnw19019 (ww 509)'NI Zi (ww 101) / NI t '9-4, ain61j aag '19116 04110 019109103 1811-131p1.101310d ayL wo14 (ww OS) 199 uIL 9M eq 4snw dq alzzou 9141 '109(4 0144 4o J08u03 eq1 01 pai6ue pue /awl 0(1) 40 030) 0(9 won (ww 90£-£02) 1.11 91-9 '1eln39puadled peoeld eq )snw alzzou (0(11 aq1 12 uo9d0 9-b 30Vd 41 'A3E1 (0-d3S-1'109 OL6£X3 Oln OL6£X3 lfl N91930 1A131519 - b N011339 rc 3210943 wnwINIw (ww9Z)311t wf10(009 P.,13(4) NI 02 wnwNw (ww 9z) M L wnw0cvw (ww 800)'8101. 91n61j aaS '1e)wy 0(44 4o e6pa do) e(1) enoge (ww 909-9?) w 09-4 09i11" peuoglsod pue Jam >lueq „A 10 9164ps ay4 4o ew4 19)000 0144 uo aq 4snw alzzou ML 9141 :4 uol)dO :9x419)4000 01e 860/9003 4o suogdo om) 'alzzou M4 9141 (Um swnuald 6u63w/el maw MECO 9-6 321n91d e"....... ----414-- /r7. .. ___.,.,_.0 .14 '010 wnwxvw wnwlxvw rvnwxvw lw s a 11 z (w 2'0)1.1 0'....." wnwx00.r (140 1921113 0 wnwlx9w (w 901111 g -b aon61j 909 (sluewe6uene 19ll!Lxueq-A 10 e16uts uo pasn eq ue3 alzzou M4 oyl)'(w y' I) LL b pee3xe )ou )snw wpm wnuald etll wnueld ay) 401446091 wipe 9044 umop pede (w y 4) 9 4,10 wnwpww a 1e pauolpsod eq )snw selzzou Ieuoi)lppe Rue 'alzzou pm all 1011V '(w 9'0)11 9 uey) 810w ou eq )snw alzzou 409) pue 40114 ay4 0) pony ey) 4o pue a(1) 4014 e3ue)sip wnwlxew ay4 wnueld 40 (w g• 4) pa) mew) b 409x41 rpm alzzou MI eu0 NOI1031O1id NNVB A. ONV 31ONIS - 31ZZON Ml 1VN3N3D - NO1103101id 1VOIIEI3A 'y16uei 104)4) 4o sselpie6e1 pepelold aq 4snw 10gwey3 aqua 0144 9agweg3 wnuald a 6u13a)oJd uayM *wee lagwnu mop apo se pa4uno3 aq )snw pue sa)zzou mob -apo ale Aegl 6u9eoipui 'NI yqm pedwe)s si alzzou NI el -11 • pue M4 tem pedwels sl a4zzou MI all 'uog3emwd wnuajd 104 a4zzou NI 0141 Jo alzzou MI 049 0900 wels0s 904.-11 041 uo143940Jd wnuald lenue(QI uolssalddn9 wig luemwsad 201 -el 'uope36dde pepuawwo3w pelsg In-uou 104 seopnleS 100104001 13e11103 'sdS3 1n0y)lm 10 149M sleggruos 118 10 0n9d) SIP -1n 1011400 u091.1110d 10 uo63a)Old 103 :9)04'4 S -b 3200913 1ww ,90)'8(00 801-11. 835010 03119000 3e 0099131ZZON1000 099 00. 0911419Z 010t 19 3101000/41 A11113ISA891 9 . (ww 099.090.) NI 9401. N011331081 N001011981 9011300 330 801911113381 11Z20N 1,3na 'S -b s1n61j aaS'(ww 6S9) 'ui 04 0014) 105013 palunow eq Raw a4zzou ay) ')uewe3eld 10)0)4 -dpeld o) enp (ww 099 01 1,59) 'UI 99 0) 04 le a4zzou ay) wow of alq(ssodwI Ape3is(Cgd sl 4( 44 '19namo4i '11e0 1o)eedr3wd (1309 10 191U33 ay) le a6Je4j3slp 01 paw4e pue 10x00113911 9014 molaq (ww 099 OI 999) 'ul 99 0104 Palalua3 aq 4snw alzzou N9/1 all lenuew uo!ssaJddg5 anj 1ue1ne4sa21 g01-21 'pamop0) aq pm') seuilapm6 uog1suel) ey) '00610001) a s) 1olepol3ald eta (moge ewe 014) ❑ 'seupapin6 uoq -3a)old pup o4 6ulpi000e peuoglsod aq )snw (s)alzzou ay) '439p e 01 1oleedpwd 0141 anoge 8018 ay4 )4 'wewlsuMop 0610(13010 of peuge pue 1o)e)1dpald ay4 anoge P01194s q eq )snw (s)elzzou pnp ay4 's1o)e))dnwd (49m paddlnbe s)3np 60(13040101 uayM 'lagwnu mol) 2/ 4 se pa)uno3 aq 4snw pue a4zzou moa -y/) a s1 n ley) 6uge3Ipul 'N9/L 14)IM padwe)s s( a4zzou s911 pa)3e)wd 61paq Dap 1430010) . pasn aq )snw a4zzou Na/1 au0 10)el!dpald ay) 104 (s)alzzou N9/L pue Jo)e)ldpeld ay4 mow (s)alzzou )3np 6uisn pepa)Old aq ue3 aseq ay1 lean 10 4e pa4e3ol s1o)el!dl3wd qpm spn0 '14e 40009x9 40 6wuee13 ells w pie 0) pasn ale pue pews 6pe1aua6 ale slolegdpwd asayl 'aseq ay) 1990 10 4e pape)sul 104041 -dpwd 39e)so143040 Lie 90014 0)40)4 6u9919009 luelne)sa1 3W05 uoll3al01d 10)eldpald 398150143313 WOW 0-6 3211191i '9-9 4061 j aaS 'slalaweled u6(sep alzzou mop moue's 6uisn 6wuado ay) 0401 (ww E0Z 0) OS) 'u1 9 0) Z p0001 39) wo44 uo1$sue14 ay4 10 6uluado ay4 w pauolpsod aq of pwmbal aq 010 '196139 u( (w Zi.) )1 b 00414 9109 sl x0144 uolllsuell a Wm. sloop 439)0101 o) sa40001\11 :9408 •pwlnbal s! alzzou pnp apo uey) 010W List" pepa4wd a(npoW 014) 40 194033 10 'lulod 1041 le ease 9141 l0 131093 ay) w, pele3ol eq )snw (s)9jzzou eta 'pape)o1d eq ue3 40144 pnp azl0 wnwlxew ay) uey) sse4 10 0) lenba s1 lalaweip ay4 10 Je)awuad ay4 slat" uonlsueJ4 ay4 pl wpd a 1e papax41 ale SuopisueJj uol)3a101d uolesuell LO-d3S-9L09 11 'A3N b-6 3EE)Vd OL6£X3 Oln OLb£X3 in NOIS30 W31SAS - 0 N011039 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-6 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Plenum Protection (Continued) HORIZONTAL PROTECTION - OPTION 2 1W NOZZLE - "V" BANK PROTECTION One 1W nozzle will protect 6 linear feet (t.8 m) of "V' bank plenum. The nozzle must be mounted horizontally, positioned 1/3 the filter height down from the top of the filter. Nozzles can be located at 6 ft (1.8 m) spacings on longer plenums. The nozzle must be positioned 0-6 in. (0-152 mm) from the end of the hood to the hp of the nozzle. See Figure 4-10. I01 NOZZLE FIGURE 4-10 TWO 1N NOZZLES - "V" BANK PROTECTION . Two 114 nozzles will protect 10 linear feet (3.0 re) by 4 ft (1.2 m) wide of "V" bank plenum. The nozzles must be mounted in the plenum, 2 to 4 in. (50 10 101 mm) from the face of the filter. centered between the filter height dimension, and aimed down the length. The nozzle must be positioned 0-6 in. (0-381 mm) from the end of the hood 10 the lip o1 the nozzle. See Figure 4-11. \ 2-4 M. (50-101 mm) .1130 im( Fr(12m)_� R%IMNM 10 F110-Om� /M�)UMUM rGoo 2-41N (50-101 mm) FIGURE 4-11 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual For a plenum, either single or "V' bank, with a linear extension . longer than 10 ft (3.0 m), each bank may be protected using one . 1N nozzle every 10 ft (3.0 m) or less depending on the overall length of the plenum. See Figure 4-12. The nozzles may point in the opposite directions as long as the entire plenum area is . protected, and the 10 ft (3.0 m) limitation is not exceeded. See Figure 4-13. The nozzle positioning shown in Figure 4-14 is not an acceptable method of protection because the plenum area directly under the tee is not within the discharge pattern of either nozzle. FIGURE 4-12 FIGURE 4-13 FIGURE 4-14 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Appliance Protection The following pages detail types of appliance protection. Each design requires several factors: correct nozzle choice, correct nozzle height above hazard, correct nozzle location and correct aiming point. Fryer - Single Nozzle Protection 1. Design requirements for fryers are broken down into two types. A. FRYERS WITHOUT DRIPBOARDS If the fryer does not Include a dripboard, measure the internal depth (horizontal dimension from front to back) and length of the irypot. B. FRYERS WITH DRIPBOARDS If me fryer Includes any dripboard areas. measure both the internal depth (horizontal dimension from front to back) and length of the hypo' portion, and then measure the internal depth and length of the overall hazard area including any dripboard areas. 2. Using Table, "Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection," determine which nozzle is needed to protect the fryer based on the maximum dimensions listed. A. If the fryer does not include a dripboard, use the maximum dimensions listed in the first column of the • table to select the correct nozzle. B. 11 the fryer includes any dripboard areas, use both the maximum frypot dimensions in the first column of the table. and the maximum overall dimensions in the second column of the table to select the correct nozzle. None of the maximum dimensions in either column may be exceeded. 3. If either the maximum frypot or the overall sizes are exceeded, an additional nozzle(s) will be required. Refer to the multiple nozzle requirements. Example: A fryer with a dripboard. The inside of the frypot without the dripboard measures 18 in. in depth x 78 in. in length (457 mm x 457 mm) and the inside of the overall area includ- ing the dripboard measures 78 in. in depth x 24 in. in length (457 mm x 610 mm). From the Table "Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection," either the 3N or the 290 nozzle should be selected to protect the fryer, depend- ing on the maximum nozzle height above the fryer and the positioning requirements allowed. Refer to appropriate Figures. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-7 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-8 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Fryer - Single Nozzle Protection (Continued) Maximum Area Dimensions - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection Max. Size Frypot Only Full or Split Vat 14 M. x 15 in. • (355 mm x 381 mm) Full or Split Vat 14 in. x 15 In. • (355 mm x 381 mm) Full or Splil Val 14 in. x15in. • (355 mm x 381 mm) Full or Split Vat 14 1/2 in. x 14 in. • (368 mm x 355 mm) Max. Size Overall Type of With Dripboard Nozzle Fut or Split Vat 230 14 in. x 21 in. (355 mm x 533 mm) Full or Split Vat 245 14 in. x 21 In. (355 mm x 533 mm) Fut or Split Vat 290 14 in. x21 in.• (355 mm x 533 mm) Full or Split Vat 290 14 1/2 M. x 26 1/2 in. (368 mm x 673 mm) TOP OF FRYER FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBDARD FRYER WITH DRIPBOARD NOZZLE 010 P0017100E0 ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN PERIMETER OF COOKING SURFACE AND AIMED TO THE CENTER OF THE COOKING AREA FIGURE 4-15 002200 R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Nozzle Height Above Top of Fryer 27 in. to 47 in. (686 mm to 1193 mm) 201n. to 27 in. (508 mm to 685 mm) 13 in. to 16 in. (330 mm to 406 mm) 16 In. to 27 in. (406 mm to 685 mm) Nozzle location See Figure 4-15 and 4-16 See Figure 4-15 and 4-16 See Figure 4-17 See Figure 4-17 FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBOARD FRYER WITH 00(000ARD SPLIT VAT NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN PERIMETER OF COOKING SURFACE AND AIMED TO THE CENTER OF THE COOKING AREA FIGURE 4.16 002203 R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Fryer - Single Nozzle Protection (Continued) Maximum Area Dimensions - Single Nozzle Fryer Protection Max. Size Max. Size Overall Type of Frypot Only With Dripboard Nozzle • 14.5 in. x 16.5 in. 14.5 in. x 26.5 in. 290 • (368 mm x 419 mm) (368 mm x 673 mm) 19.5 in x 19 in. 19.5 in. x 25 3/8 in. 290 • (495 mm x 482 mm) (495 mm x 644 mm) 19.5 in. x 19 in. 19.5 in. x 25 3/8 in. 3N • (495 mm x 482 mm) (495 mm x 644 mm) 18 in. x18 in. 16 in. x273/4 in. 3N • (457 mm x 457 mm) (457 mm x 704 mm) FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARD FRYER WITH CHIPBOARD 200 NOZ2LE TIP POSITIONED OVER THE MIDPOINT OF THE HAZARD AREA: 3 W. (76 Run) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE LONGEST SIDE OF THE HAZARD AND I IN. (25 mm) 011014 THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE SHORTEST SIDE OF THE HAZARD AND AIMED AT THE MIDPOINT OF THE COOKING AREA FIGURE 4-17 ORM 94 IN. (663 mm) MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN NOZZLE AND CENTER OF HAZARD AREA FRVER WITHOUT DRIPBDARO FRYER WITH DRIPBOARD 371 NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN PERIMETER OF COOKING SURFACE AND AIMED TO THE CENTER OF THE COOKING AREA. FIGURE 4-18 0322131 (Continued) Nozzle Height Above Top of Fryer 16 in. to 21 in. (406 to 533 mm) 13 in. to 16 M. (330 to 406 mm) See Figure 4-18 25 M. to 35 in. (635 nun to 889 mm) SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-9 Nozzle Location See Figure 4-17 See Figure 4-17 See Figure 4-18 See Figure 4-19 RIGHT-TO.LEFT wool• CENTERLINE FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARD FRYER WITH DRIPBOARD NOTE: 314 NOZZLE TIP MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE SURFACE AREA WITHIN THE FRONT HALF OF THE FRY POT AND AIMED AT THE CENTER FIGURE 4-19 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-10 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Fryer - Multiple Nozzle Protection Design Requirements: Fryers exceeding the coverage 01 a single nozzle can be divided into modules. Each module must not exceed the maximum area allowed for a single nozzle. However, when utilizing multi- ple nozzle protection, the longest side allowed for a fryer with dripboard can be used, regardless of whether the fryer has a dripboard or not. The maximum size fryer that can be modularized is 864 in.2 (55742 mmz). 1. Design requirements for multiple nozzle fryers are broken down into two types: A. FRYERS WITHOUT DRIPBOARD(S) • If the fryer does not include a 4ripboard, measure the internal depth (horizontal dimension from front to back) and length of the frypot. Then, multiply the depth and length to obtain the area of the frypot in square inches. FRYERS WITH DRIPBOARD(S) If the fryer includes any dripboard areas, measure both the internal depth and length of the frypot portion, and then measure the internal depth and length of the overall hazard area Including any dripboard areas. Determine the area of both the frypot and the area of the overall vat by multiplying corresponding depth and length dimensions. 2. Divide the frypot or overall vat into modules, each of which can be protected by a single nozzle, based on the maximum dimension and area coverage of the nozzle as specified in Table, "Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Multiple Nozzle Protection." E CH MODULAR AREA, INCLUDING DR1P90ARD MUST NOT EXCEED 497 W T (32064 mm') ( MIDPOINT 1 MIDPOINT + ( + DRIP BOARD DRIP BOARD EXAMPLE ONLY aam, FRYER WITH 081000ARD R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual A. If the module considered does not include any portion of the dripboard, use only the maximum frypot area and maximum dimension listed in the first column of the table to select the correct nozzle. If the module considered includes any dripboard areas, use both the maximum frypot area and dimension listed in the first column of the table, and the maximum overall area and dimensions listed in the second column of the table to select the correct nozzle. 3 None of the maximum dimensions in either column may be exceeded. If either the maximum frypot or the overall sizes are exceeded, the area divided into modules.will need to be redefined with the possibility of an additional nozzle. Options For Modularizing Fryers The following Figure 4-20 shows approved methods of divid- ing (modularizing) fryers so that each section can be properly protected. Example: A fryer with a dripboard. The inside vat without the dripboard measures 18 in. in depth x 30 in. in length (457 mm x 762 mm) and the inside of the overall vat includ- ing the dripboard measures 24 in. in depth x 30 in. in length (670 mm x 762 mm). Because the fryer is 30 in. (762 mm) in length, it exceeds the coverage of a single nozzle. Dividing the length in half, each module now has an overall vat dimension of 24 in. in depth x 15 in. in length (610 mm x 381 mm). From the Table, "Maximum Cooking Area Dimension - Multiple Nozzle Fryer Protection,' either the 3N or The 290 nozzle should be selected to protect each fryer module, depend- ing on the maximum nozzle height above the fryer and the positioning requirements allowed. Refer to appropriate Figures. 4-15 through 4-19. See additional examples in Appendix Section. DRIP BOARD EXAMPLE ONLY FRYER WITH OR1PBOARD AREA OF EACH FRY POT MODULE CANNOT EXCEED 324 243 (20903 rms.) AREA OF THIS MODULE (FRY Pm PLUS DRIP BOARD) CANNOT EXCEED ' (32064 (32064 mmTl AREA OF EACH FAY POT MODULE CANNOT EXCEED 324 INT (20903 mmT) EXAMPLE ONLY FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARD MUDS FIGURE 4-20 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Fryer - Multiple Nozzle Protection (Continued) Maximum Area Dimension - Multiple Nozzle Fryer Protection Max. Size Module Frypot Only Full or Split Vat 21 M. x 210 in.2 (533 mm x 0.14 m2) Full or Split Vat 21 in. x 21010.2 (533 mm x 0.14 m2) Full or Split Vat 21 in. x 210 in.2 (533 mm x 0.14 m2) 25 3/8 x 370.5 int (644 mm x 0.24 m2) Full or Split Vat 26 1/2 in. x 203 in.2 (673 mm x0.13 m2) 25 3/8 x 370.5 int (644 mm x 0.24 m2) 27 3/4 x 324 in.2 (704 mm x 0.21 m2) Max. Size Module Overall With Dnpboard Full or Split Vat 21 in. x 294 in.2 (533 mm x 0.19 m2) Full or Split Vat 21 in. x 294 in.2 (533 mm x0.19 m2) Full or Split Vat 21 in. x 294 in.2 (533 mm x 0.19 m2) 25 3/8 x '495 int (644 mm x 0.32 m2) Full or Split Vat 26 1/2 in. x 384 1/4 in.2 (673 mm x 0.25 m2) 25 3/8 x 495 in2 (644 mm x 0 32 m2) 27 3/4 x 497 int (704 mm x 0.32 m2) SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL 6X3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-11 Type of Nozzle Height Nozzle Above Top of Fryer 230 27 in. to 47 in. (686 mm 16 1194 mm) 245 20 In. to 27 in. (508 mm to 666 mm) 290 13 in. tol6 in. (330 mm to 406 mm) 290 13 in. to 16 in. (330 mm to 406 mm) 290 16 in. to 27 in. (406 mm to 686 mm) 3N See Figure 4-23 3N 25 in. to 35 in. (635 mm to 889 mm) Nozzle Location See Figure 4-21 See Figure 4-21 See Figure 4-22 See Figure 4-22 See Figure 4-22 See Figure 4-23 See Figure 4-24 34 IN. (864 mm) MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTANCE BETWEEN No22LE AND CENTER OF cW _ HAZARD AREA //t F /1_21 1 In. (533 m)�`` I m MINIMUM VERTICAL NOZZLE HEIGHT FRYER WITHOUT ORWBOARD FRYER WITH ORIPBOARD POSITION. NOZZLE TIP ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE MODULE IT IS PROTECTING AND AM AT THE MIDPOINT OF THAT MODULAR AREA. FIGURE 4-21 FRYER WITHOUT DRIPBOARD FRYER WITH DRIPBOARD 290 NOZZLE TIP POSITIONED OVER THE MIDPOINT OF THE RESPECTIVE MODULAR AREA s 3 IN (76 mm) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE LONGEST SIDE OF THE MODULE AND s I W. (25 mm) FROM THE MIDPOINT ALONG THE SHORTEST SIDE OF THE MODULE AND AIMED AT THE MIDPOINT OF THE MODULE. FIGURE 4-22 FRYER WITHOUT 061000ARD FRYER WITH ORIPBOARD 3N NOZZLE TIP MUST BE POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG OR WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE MODULAR IT IS PROTECTING AND AIMED AT THE MIDPOINT OF THAT RESPECTIVE MODULE AREA. 1 I AIM POINT (DIAGONAL I j CENTER OF MODULE 1 COOKING AREA) RIGHT TO.LEFT CENTERLINE 1 FIGURE 4-23 0113 POINT (DIAGONAL CENTER OF MODULE COCKING AREA) RIGHT- TO.IFF1 CENTER- LINE FRYER WITHOUT ORIPBOARD FRYER WITH ORIPBOARD THE 3N NOZZLE TIP MUST 8E POSITIONED ANYWHERE ALONG 021 WITHIN THE PERIMETER AND FORWARD OF THE RIGHT-TO-LEFT CENTERLINE OF THE COOKING AREA. THE AIMING POINT OF THE NOZZLE MUST BE AT THE DIAGONAL CENTER OF THE MODULAR COOKING AREA FIGURE 4-24 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-12 REV 11 2014 -SEP -01 Multiple Nozzle Fryer Protection - Tilt Skillet / Braising Pan Protection for till skillets or braising pans is to be based upon the coverage limitations provided for deep tat fryer protection. Refer to Section IV, DESIGN, starting on Page 4-10, for maximum fryer nozzle coverages and maximum fryer nozzle height limitations. Although the. maximum 864 in.2 (55741 mm2) total surface cooking area requirement applies to fryer protection, it does not apply to till skillets or braising pans. Each till skillet/braising pan protected module must not exceed the fryer limitations tor "MAXIMUM SIZE MODULE OVERALL WITH DRIPBOARD" coverage per nozzle as described in Table on Page 4-11. Tilt skillets and braising pans generally utilize a hinged cover. Fryer protection nozzles are to be placed toward the front of the appliance to minimize the potential for the tilt skillet or braising pan cover to interfere with the nozzle discharge. See Figures 4-25 and 4-26. COVER MUST NOT INTERFERE 1000 NOZZLE DISCHARGE L ' 4111" 01% ./ ooW„ 0/ THE NOZZLE IS TO BE PLACED TOWARD THE FRONT OF THE APPLIANCE TO MINIMIZE THE POTENTIAL FOR THE SKILLET OR BRAISING PAN COVER TO INTERFERE WITH THE NOZZLE DISCHARGE. FIGURE 4-25 R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual COVER MUST NOT, -.0•""/ j INTERFERE WITH EDGE OF DISCHARGE PATTERN / FOR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NOZZLE HEIGHTS. REFER TO FRYER NOZZLE PARAMETERS 1 040071 FRYER NOZZLE USED FOR TILT SKILLET OR BRAISING PAN PROTECTION MUST BE POSITIONED NEAR THE FRONT EDGE OF THE PAN AND AIMED AT THE FRONTTO BACK CENTERLINE OF THE PAN. THE DISCHARGE FROM THE NOZ2LE(S) MUST COMPLETELY CLEAR THE PAN COVER WITH AN UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW TO THE BACK OF THE PAN FIGURE 4-26 R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Range Protection The R-102 system uses five different nozzles for the protection of ranges. Two of the design options require a one -flow nozzle and three of the design options require two -flow nozzles. NOTICE A 13 in. (330 mm) diameter wok pan is the largest wok size that can be protected on ranges. When protecting hot top ranges, the entire cooking sudace must be protected. Range Protection 1N (1 -Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity Application No Obstructions Single and multiple burner ranges can be protected using a 1N . nozzle. The nozzle Is stamped with 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using this nozzle for range protection, the maximum length of the bumer grates being protected with a single nozzle must not exceed 32 in. (812 mm) and the maximum area of the burner grates must not exceed 384 in.2 (24774 mm2) per nozzle. When protecting a range, the 1N nozzle must be located a -maximum of 10 in. (254 mm) from each burner grate centerline and must be aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figures 4-27 and 4-28. \I/� 40 IN T i --/- I I I 30 N. \ ) // (282 mml FIGURE 4-27 101N (254 Frim) MAXIMUM 1N NOZZLE SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-13 321N. (812 mm) MAXIMUM WIN (254 mm) MAXIMUM AIMING POINT FIGURE 4-28 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-14 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Range Protection 245 (2 -Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity Application No Obstructions 40 M. to 50 in. (1016 mm to 1270 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 245 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 245 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 245 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 672 in.2 (43354 mm2) with a maximum longest dimension of 28 in. (711 mm). When using this nozzle for range protection, the nozzle must be pointed vertically down and positioned as shown in Figures 4-29 and 4-30. 245 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTERLINE OF COOKING SURFACE '1 1 40 IN. (1 16 mm1 MI !MUM HECHT 0 245 NOZZLE TIP 50i 270 mm) MAXIMUM GHT OF 245 OF 245 NOZZLE vP 0 0 00 l 4 FIGURE 4-29 NOTICE Four burner grates shown In Figure 4-30. For single or double burner grates, locate nozzle at center of cooking surface or 11 3/8 in. (288 mm) maximum from nozzle centerline to center of any burner grate. R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual r --COOKI NG AREA �I 245 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER COOKING SURFACE OR M XIM3/8 UM 268 M AIMUFEO CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER ANY BURNER GRATE 245 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE OR 11 3A3 IN. (26B mm) MAXIMUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE COOKING AREA COOKING AREA COOKING AREA LOOM FIGURE 4-30 • R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Range Protection 260 (2 -Flow) Nozzle - Medium Proximity Application No Obstructions 30 in. to 40 in. (762 mm to 1016 mm) above the cooking surface. The medium proximity application uses the 260 nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 260 nozzle will protect a cooking area of 768 012 (49548 mm2) with a maximum dimension o132 M. (812 mm). When using this nozzle for range protection, the nozzle must be pointed vertically down and positioned as shown in Figures 4-31 and 4-32. 260 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTERLINE OF COOKING SURFACE 30 N. (7 2 mm) MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 260 NOZZLE TIP 40 N. (10161rvn) MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 260 NOZZLE TIP 0 0 0 0 4 000i 0 FIGURE 4-31 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV 11 PAGE 4-15 260 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE OR 10 IN. (254 mm) MAX MUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE r._ COOKING AREA 260 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE OR 10 IN. 1254 mmt AXIMUM FROM CENTERLINE OF NOZZLE TO CENTER OF ANY BURNER GRATE COOKING AREA COOKING AREA FIGURE 4-32 NOTICE Four burner grates shown In Figure 4-32. For single or double burner grates, locate nozzle at center of cooking surface. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-16 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Range Protection 1N (1 -Flow) Nozzle - Low Proximity Application 15 M. to 20 in. (381 mm to 508 m) above the cooking surface. The low proximity 1 -flow nozzle application for the protection of ranges requires the 1N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1N indicating that it is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one Bow number, When using the 1N nozzle for low proximity range protection with or without obstruction, the maximum length of the burner grates being protected must not be exceed 24 in. (609 mm) length, aimed along a centerline to a paint 20 in. (508 mm) from the end of the length, protecting a maximum width of 18 in. (457 mm). When protecting a range, the 1N nozzle must be located a maximum of 9 in. (228 mm) from each bumer grate centerline and must be positioned above the edge of the hazard area to be protected. The 1N nozzle tip must be positioned at or below the obstruc- tion, If present. The protected area begins at the point straight down from the nozzle hp. The nozzle can be placed at the side of the range aimed either left or right. or -can be placed in the front or back of the range. See Figures 4-33 and 4-34 tor nozzle location details. 15-201N. (381 - 508 mm) AIM PONT 2015 —(wB 0 0 0 0 FIGURE 4-33 PROTECTED AREA FIGURE 4-34 R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Range Protection Two 290 (2 -Flow) Nozzles - Low Proximity Application 15 1n. to 20 in. (381 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking surface. The low proximity 2 -flow application requires the use of two 290 nozzles. • Both nozzles are stamped with 290 indicating they are two flow nozzles and must be counted together for a total of four flow numbers. Two 290 nozzles will protect a cooking area of 1008 in.z (65032 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 36 in. (914 mm). When using two of these nozzles for low proximity -range protec- tion, the nozzles must be positioned along the cooking surface perimeter to 1.5 in. (38 mm) Inside the perimeter, and aimed at a 45° angle along the longitudinal centerline of the range. See Figures 4-35 and 4-36. 290 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION 0 - 1.5 N. (0-38 mm) N FROM EDGE OF 45' COOKING SURFACE 1510. 70 2010. (381 10 508 mm) MAXIMUM t f1 15 N. T020IN. 081 Io 508 mm) MAXIMUM 000000 I t' COOKING ~ AREA FIGURE 4-35 LONGRUDNAL CENTERLINE COOKING AREA ,s ,s ,s /ID, ►\ so ora 4, P] 290 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION 0 - 1.51N. (36 mm) IN FROM EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE COOAKING ARE — mms 290 NOZZLE TIP LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE 218. (50 mm) COOKING AREA 290 NOZZ E TIP LOCATION 0 - 1.5 N. (38 mml 10 FROM EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE 280 NOZ2LE TIP LOCATION CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE 2 2 N (50 m10) FIGURE 4-36 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Range Protection (With or Without Back Shelf/Obstruction) When this type of hazard Is equipped with a back shelf or other similarly sized obstruction located above the range top, two protection options are available: One requires a 1F nozzle and the other option requires a 260 nozzle. Range Protection 1F (1 -Flow) Nozzle (With or Without Back Shelf/Obstruction) Single and multiple burner ranges can be protected using a • 1F nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1F indicating that it is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using the 1F nozzle for range protection with or without back shell or other similarly sized obstruction, the maximum length of the burner grates being protected must not exceed 28 in. (711 mm) and the maximum area of the burner grates must not exceed 336 in.2 (21677 mm2). See Figure 4-37 for nozzle location details. i 1F NOZZLE 40.48N. (1016- 218 nun) SHELF OR OTHER SIMILARLY SIZED OBSTRUCTION CAN OVERHANG BURNER(5) BY A MAXIMUM OF 11 N. (279 mm) PIM POINT 125 (3w mm) MAXIMUM FRONT TO REAR CENTERLINE 1F NOZZLE LOCATED OVER FRONT EDGE OF BURNER GRATE AND ORIENTED 50 NOZLLE TIP FLATS ARE PARALLEL WITH BURNER GRATE FRONT TO REAR CENTERLINE AND SHALL BE AIMED AT THE CENTER OF THE COOKING SURFACE. 141N. (355 mm) MAXIMUM 2015. 508 mm) MINIMUM w (3 (355 mm) MAXIMUM FIGURE 4-37 000238 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-17 Range Protection 260 (2 -Flow) Nozzle (With or Without Back Shelf/Obstruction) Single and multiple burner ranges can be protected using a 260 • nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating that it is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. When using the 260 nozzle for range protection with or without back shell or other similarly sized obstruction, the maximum length of burner grates being protected must not exceed 32 tn. (812 mm) and the maximum area of the burner grates must not exceed 384 in 2 (24774 mm2). Nozzle must be located on the front edge of the burner grates and aimed at a point 10 on. (254 mm) from the back edge of the burner grates' Nozzle must be mounted 30 to 40 in. (762 to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. See Figure 4-38. 260 NOZZLE SHELF OR OTHER SIMILARLY SIZED OBSTRUCTION CAN OVERHANG BURNER(0) RYAMAXIMUM OF II N.1279mm) 30 - 4015. 18 IN (457 mm) MINIMUM NTN (254 mm) FROM RACK OF BURNER GRATES FIGURE 4-38 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-18 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Griddle Protection 1N (1 -Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity Application The R-102 system uses four different nozzles for the protection of griddles. One of the applications requires a 1 -flow nozzle and three of the applications require a 2 -flow nozzle. High Proximity Application: 35 in. to 40 in. (889 to 1016 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 1N nozzle. • The nozzle is stamped with 1N indicating this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1N nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1080 i0.2 (69677 mm2) with the maximum longest side of 36 in. (914 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the cooking surface peritneter to a maximum of 2 in. (50 mm) inside the perimeter, and aimed to the midpoint of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-39 and 4-40. NOTICE When using this type of griddle protection, only five Now numbers are allowed on a 1.5 gal (5.7 L) system and only 11 Now numbers are allowed on a 3 gal (11.4 L) system. y I- II I L MIDPOINT OF 1 COCKING SURFACE I 1 I I I i J ) IN NOZZLE LOCATED ALONG ANY 5 DE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN 0- 2 N. (0-50 mm) OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE. NOZZLE MUST BE AIMED AT M10PONT OF COOKING SURFACE. EOGE 11 OF -6 -II COOKING 1 SURFACE 1I NOZZLE LOCATION 0- 2N. (0-50 mm) INSIDE PERIMETER 1 40 IN If OF COOKING SURFACE 1 1 (1016 mm) ' 11 MAXIMUM I HEIGHT 1 OFIN GI 1 NOZZLE TIP / � 1 35 IN. (669 mm) j IN I MINIMUM I I HEIGHT I ( OF Z I I NOZZLE TIP II i COOKING SURFACE EDGE FIGURE 4-39 • FIGURE 4-40 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 290 (2 -Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity Application Option 1 - Nozzle Center Located 30 In. to 50 in. (762 mm to 1270 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 290 nozzle. • The nozzle is stamped with 290 indicating this is a 2 -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 290 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 720 (n.2 (46451 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 30 in. (762 mm). When using this nozzle for high proximity applications, the nozzle must be positioned within 1 in. (25 mm) of the center of the cooking surface and pointed vertically down, See Figure 4-41 and 4-42. CENTER LINE OF GRIDDLE tSURFACE 3 1 N. (25 mm) IN ANY DIRECTION I f I1I li HUT 1 MINIMn�62mm) 1 HM M el OF 290 1 1 I (1270 NU MAX ) A% HEIGHT 200OF NO NOZZLE TIP NOZZLE LOCATION FIGURE 4-41 CENTER OF GRIDDLE SURFACE OR A MAXIMUM OIMENSION OF 20.6 N. (523 mm) FROM NOZZLE CENTERLINE TO FURTHEST CORNER OF GRIDDLE 11022.1 FIGURE 4-42 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 260 (2 -Flow) Nozzle - High Proximity Application Option 2 - Nozzle Perimeter.Located 30 in. to 50 in. (762 mm to 1270 mm) above the cooking surface. This high proximity application uses the 260 nozzle. F The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 260 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area 011440 4n.2 (92903 mm2) with a maximum dimension of 48 in. (1219 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the cooking surface perimeter to 2 in. (50 mm) inside perimeter, and aimed al the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-43 and 4-44. EDGE OF -61 COOKING SURFACE ) NOZZLE LOCATION 1 0-2 N.(0-50 mm) INSIDE PERIMETER I 50 (0. 1.6- OF COOKING SURFACE 1 1 (1270 mm) II I MAXIMUM ( /-T HEIGHT OF260 NZZLTI I 1 301N. (762 mm) I I MINIMUM 1 OFHEIGHT 1 1 OF 2800 I NOZZLE TW 010> FIGURE 4-43 030 243 COOKING AREA -� r t ) AIM POINT 1 (— _IJ MIDPOINT OF COCKING SURFACE +� COOKING AREA 260 NOZZLE LOCATED ALONG ANY SIDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN 0-2w(0-51 mm)OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE. NO3OI F MUST BE AIMED AT MIDPOINT OF COOKING SURFACE. COOKING SURFACE EDGE FIGURE 4-44 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-19 Griddle Protection 290 (2 -Flow) Nozzle - Medium Proximity Application Option 2a - Nozzle Perimeter Located (Continued) 20 in. to 30 in. (508 mm to 762 mm) above the cooking surface. The medium proximity application uses the 290 nozzle. • The nozzle is stamped with 290 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 290 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1440 in.2 (92903 mm2) with a maximum dimension o148 M. (1219 mm) When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the perimeter to 2 in. (50 mm) inside perimeter, and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-45 and 4-46. COOING AREA r 1 CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE 4 �/ 1 AIM POINT L iJ COOKING AREA I 290 NOZZLE LOCATED ALONG COOKING SURFACE EDGE ANY SIDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITHIN 0- 214. (0 -50 mm) OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE. NOZZLE MUST BE AIMED AT CENTER OF COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-45 NOZZLE LOCATION 0-2 N.(0-51Pull 1I INSIDE PERIMETER 30 IN. L._ OF COOKING SURFACE 1 1 (762 mm) ' 11 MAXIMUM / HEIGHT OF 290 NOZZLE TIP I1 I 20 IN (508 mm) / / I MINUM / 1 HEIGHT OF 29IM0 NOZZLE TIP EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-46 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-20 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Griddle Protection 2120 (2 -Flow) Nozzle - Low Proximity Application Option 2b - Nozzle Perimeter Located (Continued) 10 in. to 20 in. (254 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking surface. The low proximity application uses the 2120 nozzle. • The nozzle is stamped with 2120 indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 2120 nozzle will protect a maximum cooking area of 1440 in.2 (92903 mmz) with a maximum dimension of 48 in. (1219 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be positioned along the perimeter to 2 in. (50 mm) inside perim- eter, and aimed al the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-47 and 4-48. 1 002215 LOCATION 1 0-2N.(0-51no6 ( INSIDE PERIMETER 1 201N. Le- OF COOKING SURFACE,1 1 (500 mm) 11 MAXIMUM 1 HEIGHT 1 /, NOZZLE TIP OF 2120 I 110 IN. (251 mm) 1 MINIMUM / j 1 HEIGHT I I OF 2120 1 I NOZZLE TIP 1 I II II EDGE OF COOKING SURFACE FIGURE 4-47 033243 COOKING AREA I f CENTER OF COO(I1G /SURFACE I / I I I /1 I 1.4.-- AIM POINT (-- i J COOKING AREA 21 0 022LE LOCATED ALONG COOKING SURFACE EDGE ANY IDE OF GRIDDLE SURFACE WITH N0-2IN. (0-51mm)OF COOKING SURFACE EDGE NOZZLE MUS BE AIME0 AT CENTER OF COO ING SURFACE. FIGURE 4-48 030341 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 2W (2 -Flow) Nozzle - Low Proximity Application Option 2c - Nozzle Perimeter Located (Continued) 10 M. to 20 in. (254 mm to 508 nom) above the cooking surface. The low proximity application uses the 2W nozzle. • The nozzle is stamped with 2W indicating this is a two -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. One 2W nozzle wilt protect a maximum cooking area of 108011.2 (69677 mm2) with a maximum dimension o136 in. (914 mm). When using this nozzle for griddle protection, the nozzle must be • positioned 0-10 in. (0-254 mm) forward or behind the right to left centerline of the hazard area. See the diagram below for nozzle . location and aiming. OVERHEAD VIEW 10 01N1ROM CENTEFTIVE MAx 1 pM111mwFRw M. 36 W. (914 mm) MAX ��uu-250 2W NOZZLE AW PONT O (0-76 mm) TO RENTOR COOKING SURFACE CENTER LINE WHEN 2W NOZZLE IS P9O AT OR TO INE REAR 0F OF CENTER UNE 2W NOZZLE AN PONT 0. ((0nolo o FORWARD L3 N OF(WOKING SURFACE CENTER UNE WHEN 2W NOZZLE 6 POS2WED AT OR FORWARD OF COOIKNG SURFACE CENTER LNE AIM POINT9IN (228 mm) FROM EITHER SIDE OF COOKING SURFACE FRONT VIEW (78 mm) MAX. FIGURE 4-49 0.3 W, (76 nvn) NOTE A 2W NOZZLE CAN PROTECTA GRIDDLE WITH A MAXIMUM COOKING SURFACE OF 30 IN X 36 IN. (762 mm 914n)AT A NEGH4OF 10- 20 W. (254 em THE 2W NOZZLE CANOE POSITICNED A MAXIMUM OFo 10 N.(254 1 FORWARD OR BEHIND IN SURFACE CENTER UNE AND A MAXIMUMOF 0 mAWS( FROM URN0R SIDE 6 0 E 711E SURFACE. AIMED N 9 N. (228 mm)TO A POINT O.3 IN. (0-76INN FORWARD OR TO THE REM OF THE COCKING SURFACE CENTER 121E. 20IN (500 mm) MAX. 014110 FIGURE 4-50 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Griddle Protection 1W (1 -Flow) Nozzle - Low Proximity Application 15 in. to 20 in. (381 mm to 508 mm) above the cooking surface. The low proximity 1 -Now nozzle application for the protection of griddles requires the 1W nozzle. • The nozzle is stamped with 1W indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using the 1W nozzle for low proximity griddle protection with our without obstruction, the maximum length of the cooking surface to be protected must not exceed 26 M. (660 mm). The nozzle must be centered at one end of the maximum 26 in. (660 mm) length, aimed along a centerline to a point 20 in. (508 mm) from the end of the length, protecting a maximum width of 20.5 M. (520 mm). The 1W nozzle tip must be positioned at or below the obstruc- tion, it present. The protected area begins at the point straight down from the nozzle tip. The nozzle can be positioned above the edge of the hazard area to be protected. See Figure 4-51 and 4-52. Note: If the hazard area exceeds the single nozzle coverage listed above, additional nozzles will be required. The additional nozzle can be positioned in front at high proximity or at the side at low proximity. \ 15-20IN (301-506 mm) \.\ • 1 (SOBmmou ) 0 0 0 0 PROTECTED AREA AIM POINT FIGURE 4-51 20.5N. (52009N ABO PONT 20 N. (5090m) 20 N (960 mm) FIGURE 9.52 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-21 Chain Broiler Protection The following fisted protection guidelines can be applied t0 any manufacturer's chain broilers, it the chain broiler meets the specified parameters. Chain broilers utilizing catalytic converters can be protected from overhead using model specific protec- tion identified in the `Specific Application by Moder section in System Design. Or, they can be protected with standard 1N nozzle horizontal chain broiler protection with the nozzles posi- tioned at either end of the chain broiler. openings. Refer to the "Horizontal Chain Broiler Protection" section for specific design information. Horizontal Chain Broiler Protection The R-102 system can use two 1N nozzles for horizontal chain . broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number (total of two f(ow numbers for each chain broiler being protected). Two 1N nozzles are always needed for chain broiler protec- tion when the hazard area to be protected does not meet the 'Overhead Broiler Protection" requirements. The maximum G internal size 01 the broiler is 43 x 31 in. (1092 mm x 787 mm). The nozzles must be positioned at each end of the enclosed cooking chamber 1 to 3 in. (25 mm to 76 mm) above the surface of the chain and a maximum distance of 4 in. (101 mm) away from the broiler opening. The nozzles may be mounted at either corner as long as they are at opposite ends of the chain broiler and positioned to discharge diagonally across the top of the chain. See Figure 4-53 and 4-54. _ L OWNS I - 3 W. (25 76 mm( FIGURE 4-53 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-22 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Horizontal Chain Broiler Protection (Continued) MAXIMUM INTERNAL BROILER SIZE 43 x 31 IN. (1092 9 797 mm) FIGURE 4-54 Overhead Chain Broiler Protection The R-102 system can use two 1W nozzles for overhead chain •broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 1W, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. Overhead protection is only available for chain broilers with exhaust opening dimensions that are not less than 60% of the internal broiler length and not less than 60% o1 the intemal broiler width, to a minimum size of 12 M. x 12 in. (305 mm x 305 mm). Internal broiler size can not be larger than 32 M. x 34 in. (812 mm x 863 mm). When overhead protection is used, the nozzles must be centered above the exhaust opening within 410 8 in. (101 to 203 mm) of each other and they must be located 10 to 26 in. (254 to 660 mm) above the top of the broiler surface. See Figure 4-55. 1 4.919. (101203 mm) ti666. (254-960 mm) 416. =r MINIMUM ` 1219 UM mm) rt� ' JI 1' II 121N (305 mm) MINIMUM MAXIMUM INTERNAL BROILER SIZE 32 X 34 1N. (612. 963 mm) FIGURE 4-55 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual The nozzles may vary in position as long as they are evenly spaced from the exhaust center and are always 180° opposite of each other. If the opening is not square, the nozzles must be positioned along the centerline, parallel to the longest side of the opening. See Figure 4-56. '6.t,11Y Xlti. TOP VIEW 4 .TOP VIEW FIGURE 4-58 • Note: The Metal Blow -off Cap must be used when utilizing chain broiler protection. Example No. 1 - Intemal broiler size is 24 in. long x,20 in. wide (609 mm x 508 mm), with an opening of 16 in. x 16 in. (406 mm x 406 mm). To determine minimum opening size, multiply the internal length and the internal width by 0.6: Length of opening - 24 in. x 0.6 = 14.4 M. (609 mm x 0.6 = 366 mm) Width of opening - 20 in. x 0.6 = 12.0 in. (508 mm x 0.6 = 304 mm) The minimum allowable opening for overhead protection would be 14.4 in. x 12.0 in. (365 mm x 304 mm). This example would be acceptable for overhead protec- tion. Example No. 2 - Internal broiler size is 30 in. long x 24 in. wide (762 x 609 mm) with an opening of 22 in. x 12 in. (558 x 304 mm). To determine minimum opening size, multiply internal length and internal width by 0.6: Length of opening - 30 in. x 0.6 = 18:0 in. (762 mm x 0.6 = 457 mm) Width of opening - 24 in. x 0.6 = 14.4 M. (609 mm x 0.6 = 365 mm) Minimum allowable opening for overhead protection would be 18 in. x 14.4 in. (457 mm x 365 mm). Because this broiler has an opening of 22 in. x 12 in. (558 mm x 304 mm), the 12 in. (304 mm) width is below the minimum allowable calculated dimension of 14.4 in. (365 mm) and therefore would not be acceptable for overhead protection. Salamander Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses three different nozzle locations for salamander broiler protection. All of the design options require a one -flow nozzle. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Salamander Broiler Protection - 1N (1 -Flow) Nozzle Overhead A salamander broiler with a maximum hazard area (intemal broiler chamber) of 16 in. (406 mm) deep x 29 in. (736 mm) wide . can be protected using a 1N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle The single 1N nozzle must be located directly in line with either vertical edge of the broiler opening, 6 in. (152 mm) to 12 in. (304 mm) in front of the broiler, and 0 in. to 12 in. (304 mm) above the top of the broiler. The nozzle must be aimed at the center of the broiler opening. See Figure 4-57a. VERTICAL EDGE OF BROILER OPENING AIM AT CENTER OF BROILER OPENING IN NOZfE (PART NO 419335) 1201. (304 mm) 6 IN. (152 mm) AIM AT CENTER OF BROILER OPENING NOZZLE �- LOCATION ZONE 619. (152 mm( FIGURE 4-57a 0.126 a Salamander Broiler Protection - 1F (1 -Flow) Nozzle Overhead A salamander broiler with a maximum hazard area (intemal broiler chamber) of 15.5 in. (393 mm) deep x 31 in. (787 mm) • wide can be protected using a IF nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1F, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle. The single 1F nozzle must be located directly in line with the center of .the broiler opening, 8 in. (203 mm) to 12 in. (304 mm) in front of the broiler and 12 in. (304 mm) to 18 in. (457 mm) above the top of the broiler. The nozzle must be aimed at the center of the top broiler opening when the grate is located in the middle position. The nozzle must be orientated so the nozzle hp flats are parallel with the grate lett to light centerline. See Figure 4-57b. IF 902710 41 D. 9333) 6 I (152 mm) NOZZLE LOCATION ZONE IIN. (203 mm) AIM AT CENTER OF THE TOP BROILER OPENING WHEN THE GRATE IS LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE POsnxw AIM AT CENTER OF THE TOP BROILER OPENING WHEN THE GRATE 15 LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE PO5171095IM AT CENTER OF BROILER OPENING FIGURE 4-57b SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-23 Salamander Broiler Protection - 1N (1 -Flow) Nozzle Local • Note- The use of the Agent Distribution Hose should be consid- ered when protecting a salamander broiler/range combination appliance that employs casters. A salamander broiler with a maxirnum hazard area (internal broiler chamber) of 15 in. (381 mm) deep x 31 in. (787 mm) wide • can be protected using a 1N nozzle. The nozzle is stamped with 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle. • The single 1N nozzle must be affixed to the side of the cooking • chamber, above the grate on either vertical edge of the broiler opening. The nozzle must be aimed at the center of the grates. See Figure 4-57c. IN NOZZLE AIMED AT CENTER OF GRATES FIGURE 4-57c Upright Broiler/Salamander Protection The R-102 system uses two 1/2N Nozzles for alt upright broiler . protection. The nozzle is stamped 1/2N, indicating that this is a half -flow nozzle. A pair of these nozzles will equal one flow number. Two 1/2N nozzles will protect a maximum hazard area (internal broiler chamber) o1 30 in x 32.5 in. (761 mm x 825 mm). These nozzles must always be used in pairs on an upright broiler. One nozzle must be positioned above the grate and pointed at the back opposite corner of the broiler chamber The second nozzle must be pointed down Into the center of the drip pan through the open slot. See Figure 4-58. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-24 REV, 11 2014 -SEP -al Upright Broiler/Salamander Protection (Continued) UPRIGHT BROILER BROILER CHAMBER FIGURE 4-58 Gas-Radiant/Electric Char -Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the 1N nozzle for gas-radiant/electric char -broiler protection. •The nozzle is stamped with a 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1N nozzle will protect a hazard with a maximum length of 36 in. (914 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 864 in.2 (55741 mm2). The nozzle hp must be located 15 M. to 40 in. (381 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle tor gas-radiant/electric char -broiler protection, the Nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and shall be aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-59a. KT/r MAXIMUM 1\?//•(1 I' 151N. (381 mm) \\I// 1 MINIMUM FIGURE 4-59a R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual • Electric Char -Broiler Protection (Optional) The 13-102 system uses the 1N nozzle for electric char -broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with a 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1N nozzle will protect a hazard with a maximum length of 34 in. (863 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 680 in.2 (43870 mm2). The nozzle tip must be located 20 in. to 50 in. (508 mm to 1270 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for electric char -broiler protection, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along 01 within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and shall be aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-59b. AREAOOKI CNG coOKwd AREA 41%11101 } 50IN (1210 mm) MAXIMUM i' 20 W. (508 mm) 1 MINIMUM i i d FIGURE 4-59b R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Lava Rock (Ceramic) Char -Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the 1N nozzle for all lava rock char - A broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 1N, indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one Clow number. One 1N nozzle will proles a hazard which has a maximum length of 24 in. (609 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 312 in.2 (20128 mm2). The nozzle hp must be located 18 in. to 35 in. (457 mm to 889 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for lava rock (ceramic) char - broiler protection, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and angled to the center. See Figure 4-60. COOKING AREA -COCKING AREA\ '4, , I FIGURE 4-60 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-25 Natural Charcoal Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the 1N nozzle for all natural charcoal •broiler protection. The nozzle is stamped with 1N indicating that this is a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. One 1N nozzle will protect a hazard area which has a maximum length of 24 in. (610 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 288 in.2 (18580 mm2). The nozzle hp must be located 18 in. to 40 In. (457 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. When using this nozzle for natural charcoal broiler protection, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-61. The coverage of such appliances only applies when the depth of the charcoal does not exceed 4 in. (101 mm) COOKING _�I� GooxING AREA �\ I AREA I1 / 1 \ 40 IN Uma mm) I MAXIMUM SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-26 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Alternate Ceramic/Natural Charcoal Char -broiler Protection The R-102 system may also use the 3N nozzle for all ceramic (lava rock) and natural charcoal char -broiler protection. The • nozzle is stamped with 3N, indicating that this is a three -flow nozzle and must be counted as three flow numbers. One 3N nozzle will protect a hazard which has a maximum length o1 30 in (762 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 720 in.2 (46451 mm2). The nozzle tip must be located 14 in. to 40 in. (355 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard Surface. The nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and angled 10 the center. See Figure 4-62. For natural charcoal char -boiler protection, this coverage only applies when the depth of the charcoal does not exceed 4 in. (101 mm) COOKING t. COOKING AREA AREA 1 1 1 I I I 1 /\ 4 40W. (1016 mm) MAXIMUM 4 W. (101 mm) I 1 W. MAXIMUM I / 7 ( M55 mm) DEPTH pJOAUM OW SO FIGURE 4-62 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Wood Fueled Char -Broiler Protection The R-102 system uses the 3N nozzle for mesquite char -broiler . protection. The nozzle is stamped with 3N indicating that this is a three -flow nozzle and must be counted as three flow numbers. One 3N nozzle will protect a hazard which has a maximum length of 30 in. (762 mm) and a total cooking area which does not exceed 720 in.2 (46451 mm2). The nozzle tip must be located 14 M. to 40 in. (355 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface. The nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the maximum cooking area and aimed at the center of the cooking surface. See Figure 4-63. Mesquite logs and pieces, no larger than 4 in. (102 mm) in diam- eter, may be protected with a maximum allowable wood depth of 6 in. (152 mm). I / I (01N. 6 MAXIMUM MAXIMUM I I�I CI 6 M. (125 mm) \ \ MAXIMUM DEPTH 14 W. (355 men) MINIMUM FIGURE 4-63 • 1? -102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Wok Protection The R-102 system uses two different nozzles for the protection of woks. 1. A 260 nozzle will protect a wok 14 in. (355 mm) minimum diameter up to 30 in. (762 mm) maximum diameter. The wok depth must be no less than 3:75 in. (95 mm) and no greater than 8 in. (203 mm). The nozzle is stamped with 260 indicating that this is a Iwo -flow nozzle and must be counted as two flow numbers. When using this nozzle, the nozzle must be positioned as shown in Figure 4-64. NOZZLE MUST BE POsmONED WITHIN 1 W. (25 m,n) RADIUS OF THE CENTER OF THE WOK. POINTED VERTICALLY DOWN 260 NO22LE 35-45 W. (888— 1 43 mm) MINIMUM DEPTH 3.75 W. (05 mm) MAXIMUM DEPTH 6 W.1203 mm) 14 IN. (355 mm) MINIMUM DIAMETER 301N. (762 mm) MAXIMUM DIAMETER FIGURE 4-64 Certel SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-27 2. A 1N nozzle will protect a wok 11 in. (279 mm) minimum diameter up to 24 in. (609 mm) maximum diameter. The wok depth must be no less than 3 in. (76 mm) and no greater • than 6 in. (152 mm). The nozzle is stamped with 1N indi- cating. that this a one -flow nozzle and must be counted as one flow number. When using This nozzle, the nozzle must be positioned anywhere along or within the perimeter of the wok, aimed at the center, 30 in. to 40 in. (762 mm to 1016 mm) above the hazard surface, as shown in Figure 4-65. NOTICE When using this type of wok protection, only five flow numbers are allowed on a 1.5 gal (5.7 L) system, and only eleven flow numbers are allowed on a 3 gal (11.4 L) system. MINIMUM DEPTH 3.0IN (76 mm) I MAXIMUM DEPTH T1"— MAXU52 PT 1\ / 40 IN. m ( (1016 m) ! >I_ Il W. (279 mm) MINIMUM DIAMETER 24 W. (609 mm) MAXIMUM DIAMETER FIGURE 4-65 Wrenn SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-28 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Nozzle Application Chart The following chart has been developed 10 assist in calculating the quantity and type of nozzle required to protect each duct, plenum, or appliance. Hazard Duct or Transition (Single Nozzle) Duct or Transition (Single Nozzle) Duct or Transition (Dual Nozzle) Electrostatic Precipitator (At Base of Duct) Plenum (Horizontal Protection) Plenum . (Horizontal Protection) Plenum (Vertical Protection) Fryer (Split or Non -Split Vat) Fryer (Split or Non -Split Vat) Fryer (Split or Non -Split Vat)' Fryer (Non -Split Vat Only) R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual NOTICE This chart is for general reference only. See complete details for each type of hazard. Minimum Maximum Hazard Nozzle Nozzle Dimensions Quantity Heights Length - Unlimited 1 - Perimeter - 50 M. (1270 mm) Diameter - 16 in. (406 mm) Length - Unlimited 1 Penmeter - 100 in. (2540 mm) Diameter - 31 7/8 in. (809 mm) Length - Unlimited 2 Perimeter -150 in. (3810 mm) Diameter - 48 in. (1219 mm) Individual Cell Length - 10 9 (3.0 m) Length- 6 ft (1.8 m) Width -48(1.2 m) Length - 4 It (1.2 m) Width- 4 6 (1.2 m) Maximum Size (without drip board) 14 in (355 mm) x 15 in. (381 mm) Low Proximity Maximum Size (without drip board) 14 1/2 in. (368 mm) x 14 in. (355 mm) Medium Proximity Maximum Size (without drip board) 15 in. (381 mm) x 14 M. (355 mm) High Proximity Medium Proximity Maximum Size (without drip board) 19 1/2 M. (495 mm) x 19 in. (482 mm) High Proximity Low Proximity Maximum Size (without drip board) 18 in (457 mm) x 18 in (457 mm) High Proximity 1 1 ' For mNaple nuts protection of single fryers, sea delalletl Information on Pages 4-10 and 4.11. 13-16in. (330 - 406 mm) 16 - 27 in. (406 - 685 mm) 27 - 47 in. 20 - 27 in. 21 - 34 in. 13- 16 in. 25 - 35 in. (635 — 889 mm) Nozzle Part No. 439839 439840 2W 439840 2W 439837 1/2N 439838 1N 439839 1W 439839 1W 439845 290 439845 290 439842 230 439843 245 439841 3N 439845 290 439841 3N Nozzle Stamping - Flow No. 1W R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Nozzle Application Chart (Continued) Maximum Hazard Hazard Dimensions Fryer (Non -Split Vat Only) Maximum Size (Continued) (without drip board) 14 1/2 M. (368 mm) x 16.5 in. (419 mm) High Proximity Fryer (Non -Split Vat Only)* • Maximum Size (with drip board) 21 in. (533 mm) x 14 M. (355 mm) (Fry Pot must not exceed 15 in. x 14 in. (381 mm x 355 mm)) High Proximity Medium Proximity Maximum Size (with drip board) 25 3/8 in. (644 mm) x 191/2 in. (495 mm) (Fry pot side must not exceed 19 1/2 in (495 mm) x 19 in. (483 mm) High Proximity 1 1 Low Proximity 1 Maximum Size (with drip board) 18 in. (457 mm) x 27 3/4 in. (704 mm) High Proximity Maximum Size (with drip board) 14 1/2 in. (368 mm) x 26.5 in. (673 mm) High Proximity 1 1 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-29 Minimum Nozzle Nozzle Quantity Heights 1 Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat) (with drip board) 14 in. (355 mm) x 21 in. (533 mm) Low Proximity Fryer (Split or Maximum Size Non -Split Vat) (with drip board) 14 1/2 in. (368 mm) x 26 1/2 in. (673 mm) 1 Medium Proximity - Far muilple nozzle pro -lemon a single fryers. sae dossed adormmwn on Pages 4-10 and 4-11. 16-21 M. (406 - 533 mm) 27 - 47 in. (685 - 1193 mm) 20 - 27 M. (508 - 685 mm) 21 - 34 in. (533 - 863 mm) 13 - 16 in. (330 - 406 mm) 25 - 35 in. (635 - 889 mm) 16-21 in. (406 - 533 mm) 13 - 16 in. (330 - 406 mm) 16-27 in. (406 - 685 mm) Nozzle Part No. 439845 439842 439843 439841 439845 439841 Nozzle Stamping - Flow No. 290 230 245 3N 290 3N 439845 290 439845 290 439845 290 - SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-30 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 Nozzle Application Chart (Continued) Maximum Hazard Hazard Dimensions Range Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 32 in. (812 mm) Area - 384 in.2 (24774 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 24 in (609 mm) Area - 432 in.2 (27870 mm2) Longest Side 28 in. (711 mm) Area - 336 in: (21677 mm2) Longest Side 32 in. (812 mm) Area - 384 0.2 (24774 mm2) Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 28 in. (711 mm) Area - 672 tn.2 (43354 mm2) Longest Side (Medium Proximity) 32 in. (812 mm) Area - 768 in.2 (49548 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 2 36 in, (914 mm) Area - 1008 in.2 (65032 mm2) Griddle Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 48 M. (1219 mm) Area — 1440 in.2 (92903 mm2) Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 30 in. (762 mm) Area - 720 in.2 (46451 mm2) Longest Side (High Proximity) 36 M. (914 mm) Area - 1080 in.2 (69677 mm2) Longest Side (Medium Proximity) 48 in. (1219 mm) Area - 1440 in.2 (92903 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 26 M. (660 mm) Area - 533 in.2 (34387 mm2) R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Minimum Nozzle Nozzle Quantity Heights 30 - 40 in. (762 - 1016 mm) 15 - 20 in. (381 - 508 mm) 40 - 48 in. (1016 - 1219 mm) (With Backshelf) 30 - 40 M. (762 - 1016 mm) (With Backshelf) Nozzle Part No. 439838 439838 439836 439844 40 - 50 in. 439843 (1016- 1219 mm) 30 - 40 M. 439844 (762 - 1016 mm) • 15 - 20 M. (381 - 508 mm) 30 - 50 in. (762 - 1270 mm) (perimeter located) 30 - 50 in. (762 - 1270 mm) (center located) 35 - 40 in. (889 - 1016 mm) (perimeter located) 20 - 30 in. (508 - 762 mm) (penmeter located) 15-20in. (381 - 508 mm) (center located) 439845 439844 Nozzle Stamping - Flow No. 1N 1N 1F 260 245 260 290 260 439845 290 439838/439865 1N/1 NSS 439845 290 439839 1W R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual Nozzle Application Chart (Continued) Hazard Griddle (Continued) • Chain Broiler • (Overhead Protection) Chain Broiler (Horizontal Protection) • Gas-Radiant/Electric Char -Broiler Electric Char -Broiler Lava -Rock Broiler • Natural Charcoal Broiler Lava -Rock or Natural Charcoal Char -Broiler Maximum Hazard Dimensions Longest Side (Low Proximity) 36 in. (914 mm) Area - 1080 to.2 (69677 mm2) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 1 48 in. (1219 mm) Area - 1440 in.2 (92903 mm2) Length - 34 in. (863 mm) 2 Width - 32 in. (812 mm) Length - 43 M. (1092 mm) 2 Width - 31 in. (787 mm) Longest Side - 36 in. (914 mm) 1 Area - 864 in.2 (55741 mm2) Longest Side - 34 in. (863 mm) 1 Area - 680 i0.2 (43870 mm2) Longest Side - 24 in (609 mm) 1 Area - 312 in.2 (20128 mm2) Longest Side - 24 in. (609 mm) 1 Area - 288 in.2 (18580 mm2) Longest Side - 30 in. (762 mm) 1 Area - 720 in.2 (46451 mm2) SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-31 Minimum Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle Quantity Heights Part No. 1 10 - 20 in. 439840 (254 - 508 mm) (perimeter located) Wood Fueled Char -Broiler Longest Side - 30 in. (762 mm) 1 Area - 720 in.2 (46451 mm2) Length - 32.5 in. (825 mm) 2 Width - 30 in. (762 mm) Length - 29 in. (736 mm) 1 Width - 16 in. (406 mm) Length - 31 in. (787 mm) 1 Width - 15 M. (381 mm) Length - 31 in. (787 mm) 1 Width - 15 in. (381 mm) Wok 14 in. - 30 in. (355 - 762 mm) 1 Diameter 3.75 - 8.0 M. (95 - 203 mm) Deep 11 in. - 24 in (279 - 609 mm) Diameter 3.0 - 6.0 in. (76 - 152 mm) Deep Upright Broiler/ • Salamander Salamander Broiler 10 - 20 in. (254 - 508 mm) (perimeter located) 10 - 26 in. (254 - 660 mm) 1 - 3 in. (25 - 76 mm) 15 - 40 in. (381 - 1016 mm) 20 - 50 in. (508 - 1270 mm) 18 - 35 in. (457 - 889 mm) 18 - 40 in. (457 - 1016 mm) 14 - 40 in. (355 - 1016 mm) 14 - 40 in. (355 - 1016 mm) 35 - 45 in (889 - 1143 mm) 30 - 40 in. (762 - 1016 mm) • Minimum chain Mailer exhaust opening - 12 In x 12In. 1305 mm x 305 men). and not less Than 60% a1 Internal ballet ales. 439846 Nozzle Stamping - Flow No. 2W 2120 439839/439864 1 W/1 WSS 439838/439865 114/1 NSS 439838/439865 114/1 NSS 439838/439865 1N/1 NSS 439838/439865 1 N/1 NSS 439838/439865 114/1 NSS 439841 3N 439841 3N 439837 1/2N 439838 1N 439836 1F 439838 1N 439844 260 439838/439865 1N/1 NSS R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual TANK AND CARTRIDGE REQUIREMENTS Once the hazard analysis is completed and the total nozzle flow numbers are established, the quantity and size of agent tanks and cartridges needed to supply the nozzles with the proper volumes of agent at the proper flow rates can be determined. For cartridges used in the regulated release mechanism, flow capacities, tank quantities and sizes, and regulated release cartridge options are given in the table below. • Total Quantity and Regulated Release Flow Size of Cartridge Options Numbers' Tank(s) Nitrogen Carbon Dioxide 1 - 5 (1) 1.5 Gallon LT -20-R 101-10 6-11 (1) 3.0 Gallon LT -30-R 101-20 11 - 16 (1) 1.5 Gallon Double 101-30 (1) 3.0 Gallon 16 - 22 (2) 3.0 Gallon 101-30" 16 - 22 (2) 3.0 Gallon (Manifold) 22 - 33 (3) 3.0 Gallon Double When one or more regulated actuators are used, the following tank and cartridge combinations apply for each regulated actu- ator: Regulated Actuator Regulated Actuator Tank(s) Cartridge Double Double (1) 1.5 Gallon (1) 3.0 Gallon (1) 1.5 Gallon and (1) 3.0 Gallon (2) 3.0 Gallon (2) 3 0 Gallon (Manifold) (3) 3.0 Gallon LT -20-R or 101-10 LT -30-R or 101-20 LT -A-101-30 or 101-30" or double tank LT -A-101-30 or 101-30" or double lank LT -A-101-30 or Double LT -A-101-30 or Double • For escepuons to mawrmum 1100 numbers, see Olslnbutien PIOng Requirements lar 1.5 gallon and 3 0 gallon systems In INa Seamon •• rhe 101.30 camWge can not be used when Iwo3.0 gallon tanks aro manitalded together AUTOMAN REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-61 For higher total flow numbers (23 to 110), multiple cartridges and regulated actuators are required as shown in the System Selection Guide in 'Appendix" Section ACTUATION AND EXPELLANT GAS LINE REQUIREMENTS This section contains the guidelines for installing the actuation and expellant gas lines between the regulated release mech- anism regulator, each regulated actuator regulator, and each agent tank. These limitations should be considered when select- ing the component mounting locations. The actuation gas line is the length of pipe and/or hose that is run from either the AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly or the Remote Release Assembly that directs high pressure from the cartridge in the release to actuate one or more additional Regulated Actuator Assemblies. The actuation gas line. can consist of 1/4 in. Schedule 40 black iron, chrome -plated, stain- less steel, or galvanized steel pipe and fittings, and/or factory supplied stainless steel braided actuation hose. The expellant gas line is the length of pipe that is run from the regulator in either the AUTOMAN Regulated Release Assembly or a Regulated Actuator Assembly that directs regulated pres- sure to the agent storage tanks to pressurize the lank and discharge the agent. The expellant gas line shall consist of 1/4 in. Schedule 40 black iron, chrome -plated, stainless steel, or galvanized steel pipe and fittings. Actuation Gas Line - 6 to 8' Tanks Maximum 8 Tank maximum reflects the utilization of 3 tank regulated actuators. 1. Use only 1/4 in. Schedule 40 black iron, hot -dipped galva- nized, chrome -plated, or stainless steel pipe and fittings. 2. The actuation gas line piping is installed from the regulated release mechanism to each regulated actuator connected within the system. The total length of the actuation gas line from the regulated release assembly to the regulated actua- tor assembly(ies) must not exceed 20 h (6.0 m) when using an LT -20-R, an LT -30-R nitrogen cartridge, or a 101-10 or a 101-20 carbon dioxide cartridge. See Figure 4-121. REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY EXPELLANT GAS LINES GAS LINE LENGTH TOTALS Y 7 NOT INCLUDED IN ACTUATION REGULATED ASSEMBLY ACTUATION GAS LINE WITH AN LT -20-R. LT -30.R. 101.10 OR 101-20 CARTRIDGE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 20 FT (6 0 m): MAXIMUM NO. OF FIRINGS 0 ACTUATOR , �RI REGULATED ' ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY FIGURE 4-121 NOM SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-62 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 ACTUATION AND EXPELLENT GAS LINE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Actuation Gas Line - 6 to 8' Tanks Maximum (Continued) 3. If an expellant gas line is connected to the regulated release assembly along with an actuation gas line, the total combined length of the actuation and expellant gas line must not exceed 30 h (9.1 m) when using a "double -tank" nitrogen cartridge or a LT -A-101-30 nitrogen cartridge or a 101-30 carbon dioxide cartridge. See Figure 4-122. 4. A combined total of nine fittings may be used in these lines, eight 90° elbows and one tee. Two 450 elbows equal one 90° elbow. Actuation Gas Line - 10 to 15' Tanks Maximum ' 15 Tank maximum reflects Me utiilaason of 31ank regulated actuators. 1. Use only 1/4 in. Schedule 40 black iron, hot -dipped galva- nized, chrome -plated, or stainless steel pipe and fittings. Note: Stainless steel hose and fittings can also be used. See Component Section for detailed information. ACTUATOR AND EXPELLANT GAS LINES WITH A -DOUBLE TANK CARTRIDGE ORA 10.30 CARTRIDGE OR A LT -A-10140 CARTRIDGE MAXIMUM COMBINED LENGTH -30 FT (B.1 m) MAXIMUM COMBINED MOMS -9 \ REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY AUTOMAN REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY SAFETY EXPELLANT RELIEF VALVE GAS LINE REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY EXPELLANT GAS LINES NOT INCLUDED IN COMBINED TOTALS FIGURE 4-122 00020 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual 2. The actuation gas line piping is installed from the 101 remote mechanical release to each R-102 regulated actua- tor assembly The total length of the actuation gas line from the remote mechanical release to the regulated actuator assemblies must not exceed 100 ft (30.4 m). 3. A combined total of 20 elbows and 9 tees may be used in these lines. Two 450 elbows equal one 90° elbow. See Figure 4-123. 4. Use only a 101-10 carbon dioxide cartridge in the 101 remote mechanical release. 5. A safety vent relief valve (Part No. 15677) is required in the actuation gas line to relieve residual pressure atter actua- tion. Actuation Gas Line - Using 1/4 in. Stainless Steel Hose ' 15 Tank maximum rellecls the utilization of INee lank regulated actuators 1. Maximum total length of hose cannot exceed 17.5 a (5.3 m). Note: A combination of 1/4 in. stainless steel braided hose and 1/4 in. NPT pipe can be used as long as the total combined actuation gas line length does not exceed 17.5 ft (5.3 m). Stainless steel braided hose cannot be used for expellant gas lines. See Figure 4-123 for additional details. 2. Maximum of live regulated actuators allowed 3. Actuated with remote release (Part No. 433485) or Regulated Release Assembly (Part No. 429853) 1N IN ACTUATION LINE - 100 FT (30 4 31) MAXIMUM 0 TEES MAXIMUM 20 ELBOWS MAXIMUM REGULATED ACTUATOR WITH TANN 1/41N. STAINLESS STEEL HOSE OPTIONS SAFETY RELIEF VALVE • 1I I. I li l 1 42IN (1066 mm) MAO. HOSE LENGTH (TYP.) \ 3 I REGULATED ACTUATOR WITH TANK NOTE: WHEN MULTIPLE RELEASE ASSEMBLIES ARE UTILIZED, A 1/4 1N CHECK VALVE (PART NO. 25627) WILL BE REOUIRED AFTER EACH REGULATED RELEASE 1N IN. STAINLESS / STEEL HOSE 44 MAXIMUM OF 5 REGULATED ACTUATORS REMOTE RELEASE MECHANISMS (PART NO. 433485) 5 MAXIMUM CHECK VALVE MAXIMUM OF 5 REGULATED ACTUATORS MAXIMUM OF 5 REMOTE RELEASE ( MECHANISMS PART NO. *33415) OR ONE REGULATED RELEASE (PART NO 429153) FIGURE 4-12312 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual ACTUATION AND EXPELLENT GAS LINE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Expellant Gas Line 1. The expellant gas line is installed from the regulated release mechanism in double, three, and multiple -tank systems, and from the regulated actuator assembly in multiple -tank systems. The expellant gas line is the piping and/or hose between the regulator and the lank-enclosure/tank-bracket assembly. The total length of the expellant gas line from the regulated release mechanism or each regulated actu- ator assembly must not exceed 30 ft (9.1 m) when using a -double-tank' cartridge, an LT -A-101-30 Cartridge, or a 101-30 Cartridge. See Figures 4-124 and 4-125. EXPELLANT GAS LINE MAXIMUM LENGTH - 30 FT (9.1 m); MAXIMUM NO OF FITTINGS - 9 ii 11 1 111, RELEASAUTOMA ASSEMBLY EXPELLANT GAS LINE MAXIMUM LENGTH -30 Fr (91 m), MAXIMUM NO. OF FITTINGS - 9 FIGURE 4-124 REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY FIGURE 4-125 1110711 2. A combined total of nine fittings may be used in these lines, eight 90° elbows and one tee. Two 45° elbows equal one 90° elbow. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-63 3. If two tanks are connected to the regulated release assembly in a multiple -tank system arrangement, the total combined length of the actuation and expellant gas lines must not exceed 30 It (9.1 m) when using a "double -lank" nitrogen cartridge, an LT -A-101-30 nitrogen cartridge, or a 101-30 carbon dioxide cartridge. See Figure 4-122. 4. I1 three 3.0 gallon tanks are connected to the regulator in either a regulated release or regulated actuator assembly, only factory supplied expellant gas hose assemblies will be utilized. Refer to Distribution Piping Requirements - 9.0 Gallon System, page 4-70 for additional design requirements. DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS Once the nozzle placement and quantity of tanks has been determined, it is then necessary to determine the piping config- urations between the tank adaptor and each discharge nozzle. This section contains the guidelines and limitations for designing the distribution piping so that the liquid agent will discharge from the nozzles at a proper flow rate. These limitations should also be referred to when selecting the mounting location for the regu- lated release mechanism and agent tank. General Piping Requirements 1. All R-102 system piping is straight line. Therefore, the need for critical lengths end balancing is minimized. 2. Two 45° elbows count as one 90° elbow. 3. Each branch line includes the tee or elbow leading to it, and all fittings within the branch line itself. 4. The minimum piping length of Schedule 40, 3/8 in. pipe from the tank outlet to any nozzle protecting a range, fryer, or wok must be 611 (1.9 m). 5. Pipe lengths are measured from center of fitting to center of fitting. See Figure 4-126. CENTER TO CENTER �t FIGURE 4-126 0307/11 6. All distribution piping must be 3/8 in. Schedule 40 black iron, chrome -plated, or stainless steel. Do not use hot dipped galvanized pipe on the distribution piping. 7. All threaded connections located in and above the protected area must be sealed with pipe tape. Tape should be applied to male threads only. Make certain tape does not extend over the end of the thread. as this could cause possible blockage of the agent distribution. 8. Before installing blow -off caps on nozzles, apply a small amount of Dow Corning No. 111 silicone grease across the opening in the nozzle tip and also a small amount coating the exterior of the blow -off cap. This will help keep cooking grease from building up on the cap. 9. Tees used in the distribution piping can be used as thru tees. side outlet tees, or bull tees. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-64 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Supply and Branch Line Identification The R-102 distribution piping network is broken down into four specific pipe runs: the Supply Line, the Duct Branch Line, the Plenum Branch Line, and the Appliance Branch Line. See Figure 4-127. DUCT BRANCH LINE SUPPLY LINE PLENUM BRANCH UNE NOTE: THIS ISA CONCEPTUAL DRAWING ONLY THIS 5 NOT AN ACTUAL INSTALLATION APPLIANCE BRANCH UNE FIGURE 4-127 NOTE: THESE ARE EXAMPLES ONLY. OTHER CONFIGURATIONS CAN BE DESIGNED. END OF SUPPLY LINE R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual SUPPLY LINE The Supply Line is defined as the length of pipe which runs from the agent tank outlet to the last branch line (whether a duct, appliance, or plenum branch line). This includes all supply line fittings except for the tees or elbows leading to the branch lines. See Figures 4-127 and 4-128. END OF SUPPLY LINE SUPPLY LNE TEE f 8 BRANCH LINE CANNOT START AHEAD OF A SUPPLY LINE TEE END OF SUPPLY LINE ENO OF SUPPLY LINE SUPPLY LINE TEE (NOZZLES FOR PLENUM PROTECTION) (NOZZLES FOR PLENUM PROTECTION) BRANCH LINE CANNOT START AHEAD OF A SUPPLY LINE TEE FIGURE 4-128 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Supply and Branch Line Identification (Continued) NOTICE Branch lines cannot start ahead of a supply line tee. - DUCT BRANCH LINE The Duct Branch Line is defined as the length of pipe which runs from the supply line to the duct nozzle(s). This includes all branch line fittings as well as the tee or elbow used to start the branch line. See Figures 4-128 and 4-129. DUCT BRANCH LINE (ELBOW INCLUDED) DUCT BRANCH LINE (TEE INCLUDED) DUCT BRANCH LINE (TEES INCLUDED) FIGURE 4-129 rowel SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-65 PLENUM BRANCH LINE The Plenum Branch Line is defined as the length of pipe which runs from the supply line to the plenum nozzle(s). This includes all branch line fittings as well as the tee or elbow used to start the branch line. See Figures 4-128 and 4-130. -rte j PLENUM BRANCH LINE I (TEE INC UO€D) .4 PLENUM BRANCH LINE (TEE INCLUDED) FIGURE 4-130 APPLIANCE BRANCH LINE The Appliance Branch Line is defined as the length of pipe which runs from the supply line to the appliance nozzle(s). This includes all branch line fittings as well as the tee or elbow used to start the branch line. See Figures 4-128 and 4-131. APPLIANCE BRANCH LINES (TEES INCLUDED) FIGURE 4-131 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-66 ' REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Distribution Piping Requirements - 1.5 Gallon System DUCT, PLENUM, AND APPLIANCE PROTECTION 1. This option allows for duct protection, plenum protection, appliance protection, or any combination. However, only one duct nozzle may be used, either a 1W or a 2W, nozzle. 2. All distribution piping, supply and branch, must be 3/8 in. Schedule 40 black iron, chrome -plated, or stainless steel. 3. Each 1.5 gallon lank allows a maximum of five flow numbers.' 4. The pipe length between the start of the first branch line and the start of the last branch line must not exceed 8 ft (2.4 m). When the supply line is split, the combined length of both legs of the supply line (start of first branch line to start of last branch line) must not exceed 811(2.4 m). See Figure 4-132. 5. The combined length of all branch lines must not exceed 22 ft (6.7 m). See Figure 4-133. 6. The -requirements of the following table must not be exceeded: 4 k 1.5 GALLON SYSTEM Requirements Pipe Size Maximum Length Maximum Tees Supply Line 3/8 in. 40ft (12.1 m) Maximum Flow Numbers 5' R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual START OF LAST BRANCH UNE START OF FIRST BRANCH LINE START OF FIRST BRANCH LINE TOTAL LENGTH MUST NOT EXCEEDS FT 77 m) START OF LAST BRANCH LINE IW NOZZLE FIGURE 4-132 (BRANCH LINES IN BOLO) 12.1 NOZZLE� COMBINED LENGTH MUST NOT EXCEED 22 FT Duct Plenum Appliance Branch Line Branch Line Branch Line 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in 6 f 4ft 10ft (1.8 m) (1.2 m) (3.0 m) 1 ' 2 3 2 2 3 ' Esceplions: 1. Su lbw numbers are allowed when a duo branch line Is Ino Iasi brand) tine an the pipbg network end no 1N noules ere used IO protect woks or 9*24.s. 2. 5M Ilan numbers are allowed when sis 1N nooles ere used end none al ISa noules ete °sod 1d Nonl0) woks. griddles. ranges, end selamenders. Neale: OnylIve dew numbers ere Wowed II c IN mule is used IN wok, griddle, range. or salamander prolecdn. 3. Su Row numbers are Wowed when only Iwo 3N nosries ere used. FIGURE 4-133 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Distribution Piping Requirements - 3.0 Gallon System 1. The maximum length between the start of the first branch line and the start of the last branch line must not exceed 24 ft (7 3 m). When the supply line is split, the combined total of both legs of the supply line (from the start of the first branch line to the start of the last branch line) must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). See Figure 4-134. 2. The total length of all branch lines must not exceed 36 ft (10.9 m). See Figure 4-134. 3. Use a 3/8 M. union to connect the tank adaptor to the 3/8 in. supply line. 4. A maximum of two nozzles are allowed per duct branch line. 5. The requirements of the following table must not be exceeded: 3.0 GALLON SYSTEM Requirements Pipe Size Maximum Length Maximum Rise Maximum 90m Elbows Maximum Tees Maximum Flow Numbers SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-67 COMBINED LENGTH OF \ BOTH LEGS OF SUPPLY LINE MUST NOT 3 BRANCH LINES EXCEED 24 FT (7 3 m) 2W NOZZLE IN NOZZLE 1N NO22LE 230 NOZZLE (BRANCH LINE IN BOLD) COMBINED LENGTH MUST NOT EXCEED 36 F1(10 9 m) 245 NOZZLE 1229 NOZZLE FIGURE 4-134 Duct Plenum Appliance Supply Line Branch Line Branch Line Branch Line 3/8 M. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 40 ft 88 4ft 12 ft (12.1 m) (2.4 m) (1.2 m) (3.6 m) bit 4f1 20 2ft (1.8 m) (1.2 m) (0.6 m) (0.6 m) 9 4 4 6 1 2 2 4 11' 4 2 4 'Exceptions: Twehg Now numbers ere ebwed in any one lenk Im duct end plemlm prstaclion only. 2 Twelve now numbers era allowed wet anyone lank using only WtrRow eppLence noules. 3. Twelve Ilew numbers ere allowed with any one lank using onty IhteeAow appliance 03xiles. Special Instructions: 1. Twelve now numbws ere allowed when lour Dean Indusules GT1 Gas Fryers ere protected el tow pmalmlly as shown In Fgure 4.66 on Pegs 4-32 The dbdlerge piping must be es shown In Figure .67 on Page 4.32. 2 For certain MC000841'8 eppikalions. 11 5 flow numbers ore allowed when using a combinagon of one 2W duct Route, one 1r21d ebctrnslakc precIpgabr 0322(3, one 1N Plenum nozzle, and bur Iwo.lbw appliance nozzles. Contact the Applications Engineering Department ler eddlbnal Mormalwn SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-68 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Distribution Piping Requirements - 6.0 Gallon Manifolded System As an option to piping two 3.0 gallon tanks separately, two 3.0 gallon tanks can be manifolded together to share a common agent distribution line: Only. 3,0 gallon tanks connected to the same regulator can be manifolded. The following requirements must be met when manifolding: 1. All piping must be 3/8 in. Schedule 40. 2. See Figure 4-136 for tank connections. 3. The length of supply line piping between the start of the first branch line and the start of the last branch line must not exceed 24 R (7.3 m). See Figure 4-135. When the supply line is split, the combined total of both legs of the supply line (from the start of the first branch line to the start of the last branch line) must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). 4. The combined length of all branch lines must not exceed 36 ft (10.9 m). See Figure 4-135. 5. A maximbtn of 22 Clow numbers are allowed. 6. The requirements of the following table must not be exceeded. • e 6.0 GALLON SYSTEM R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual LENGTH OF PIPING MUST NOT EXCEED 24 FT. (7.3 m) FROM START OF FORST BRANCH LINE TO START OF LAST BRANCH LINE START OF LAST BRANCH LINE 2 FLOW APPLIANCE NOZZLE (BRANCH LINES 64 BOLD) COMBINED LENGTH MUST NOT EXCEED 36 Ff (10 0 m) Duct Plenum Appliance Requirements Supply Line Branch Line Branch Line Branch Line Pipe Size 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. Maximum Length 32 ft 8 ft 4 8 12 ft (9.7 m) (2.4 m) (1.2 m) (3.6 m) Maximum Rise 6 ft 4 ft 2 ft 2 ft (1.8 m) (1.2 m) (0.6 m) (0 6 m) Maximum 908 8 4 4 6 Elbows Maximum Tees 2 2 . 2 4 Maximum Flow 22 4 2 4 Numbers FIGURE 4-135 R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Distribution Piping Requirements - 6.0 Gallon Manifolded System (Continued) This configuration consists of two 3 gallon tanks. Both tanks are connected to a common manifold tee and are pressurized from a single double tank (Part No. 73022)'nitrogen cartridge in the regulated release assembly See Figure 4-136. Note: A tank mounting bracket can be utilized instead of the tank/enclosure assembly. USE HOSE/ GROMMET PACKAGE (PART NO. 018511) SEE NOTE-. NO 1 3/81N SUPPLY 3/8 IN. SUPPLY 3)8124. BRANCH 1 -4 - 32w BRANCH MI -LINE BURST DISC ASSEMBLY- SEE NOTE NO 4 3 0 GALLON REGULATED RELEASE O0B1 ASSEMBLY OR 30 GALLON REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY TANK/ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY REMOVE BURST DISC - SEE NOTE NO. 3 DOUBLE TANK NITROGEN CARTRIDGE OR (LT -A-101.30 CARTRIDGE - REGULATED ACTUATOR ONLY) NOTE 1 THE PIPE CONNECTION FROM TANK CENTER TO TANK CENTER CANNOT EXCEED 6 12 PI (215 mm). ALSO. OEM RELEASE/BRACKET ASSEMBLY CAN BE UTILIZED WHEN MANIFOLDING 3 0 GALLON TANK NOTE 2: ONLY 3 GALLON TANKS CAN BE MANIFOLOED. NOTE 3. THE BURST DISC THAT IS PART OF THE TANK ADAPTOR/ BURST DISC ASSEMBLY MUST BE REMOVED AND MODIFIED SEPARATE THE ALUMINUM DISC MATERIAL FROM THE PLASTIC GASKET DISCARD THE ALUMINUM DISC MATERIAL AND REINSTALL THE PLASTIC GASKET BACK INTO THE TANK ADAPTOR/BURST DISC ASSEMBLY NOTE 4: THE IN-LINE BURST 0150 ASSEMBLY (PART NO 416970) 15 TO BE MOUNTED A5 CLOSE TO THE TANK OUTLET A5 POSSIBLE AFTER SYSTEM DISCHARGE, THE ASSEMBLY MUST BE DISASSEMBLED ANO A NEW BURST DISC INSTALLED FIGURE 4-136 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-69 Distribution Piping Requirements - With Independent Pipe Runs Independent pipe runs can also be used with the regulated release assembly and the lank/enclosure assembly or tank mounting brackets. See Figure 4-137. When manifolding is not used, each o1 the two 3 gallon tanks utilize the piping limitations of a single tank system. HOSE/ ■ l+ .� F--i_J-t GROMMET IHI PACKAGE 5T 418 asu) REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY OR REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY TANK/ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY DOUBLE TANK NITROGEN CARTRIDGE OR LT -A-101-30 CARTRIDGE (LT -A-101.30 CARTRIDGE - REGULATEO ACTUATOR ONLY) FIGURE 4-137 ODOM Note: If an expellant gas hose is to be used for a second tank in an adjacent tank enclosure or tank bracket assembly, the second tank will need to be installed on the left side of the AUTOMAN Regulated Release, with the outlets a maximum of 8.5 in. (215 mm) from center to center, similar to the manilolded system in Figure 4-136. Otherwise, the second tank will require 1/4 in. NPT pipe instead of expellant gas hose. SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-70 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Distribution Piping Requirements - 9.0 Gallon System This optional configuration consists only of three 3 -gallon tanks, all pressurized from a single double4ank nitrogen cartridge with expellant gas hoses connected as shown in Figure 4-138. Tanks No. 1 and No. 2 must be connected directly to the regulator with . separate expellant gas hoses and Tank No. 3 must be connected to Tank No. 2 with a third expellant gas hose as shown in Figure 4-136. Each lank must be connected to an Independent distribu- tion piping network as shown in Figure 4-138. Distribution piping requirements for each network must be as follows: 1. The maximum length between the start of the first branch line and the start of the Iasi branch line must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). When the supply line is split, the combined total of both legs of the supply line (from the start of the first branch line to the start of the last branch line) must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). See Figure 4-134. 2. The total length of all branch lines must not exceed 36 ft (10.9 m). See Figure 4-138. 3. Use a 3/8 in. union to connect the tank adaptor to the 3/8 in. supply line. 4 A maximum of two nozzles are allowed per duct branch line. 5. When using this 9.0 gallon system configuration, no mani- folding of distribution piping is allowed. 6..INhen an AUTOMAN Regulated Release is utilized in this configuration, additional regulator actuators cannot be used. 7. Only 3 -gallon tanks can be utilized in this configuration. 8. The requirements of the following table must not be exceeded for each 3 -gallon lank' 9.0 GALLON SYSTEM Duct Requirements Supply Line Branch Line Pipe Size 3/8 in. 3/8 in. Maximum Length 40 ft 8 ft (12.1 m) (2.4 m) Maximum Rise 6 ft 4 ft (1.8 m) (1.2 m) Maximum 90" Elbows Maximum Tees Maximum Flow Numbers 9 4 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual TWO TANK ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY (PART N0. 430324) (INCLUDES HOSES AND GROMMETS) 3 GALLON REGULATED RE EASE ASSEMBL , OR 3 GALLON REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY DOUBLE TANK NITROGEN CARTRIDGE 00 LT -A-101-30 CARTRIDGE (PEGULA7E0 ACTUATOR Or4.Y1 NOTE: WHEN THREE 3 0 GALLON TANKS ARE CONNECTED TO ONE AUTOMAN REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY, NO ADDITIONAL REGULATED ACTUATOR(S) ASSEMBLIES CAN BE USED. Plenum Branch Line 3/8 in. Oft (1.2 m) 2ft (0.6 m) 4 Appliance Branch Line 3/8 in. 12 ft (3 6 m) 2ft (0.6 m) 6 1 2 2 4 11' 4 2 4 FIGURE 4-138 'Eecep8ons: 1 Twelve lbw numbers are allowed In any one lank for duel and plenum protection ONLY. 2 Twelve lbw numbers are allowed with any one tank using only two-llow applumce nozzles 3. Twelve I/O,. numbem ere Mowed met any one tank using only IMeellow appliance routes. Special Instructions: 1. When lour Dean hMus0los GTI Gas Rytus are pmtacled al low pioum0y as shown in Fount 446 on Page 4-32, the discharge pone must be as shown n Rgure 4.67 on Page 442 2 For certain McDonald's applicalions, 11,5 flow numbers are allowed when udng a combination of one 2W duct noixle, one 12N electrostatic precipitator nozzle. one IN plenum nozzle and lout Iw0110w appliance nozzles. Contact the Applications Engineering OepenmeN for ad4,lronN nlonnueon <44.116 _•_ Mb oao��- 0 a0 3.0 GALLON GALLON GALLON t.t.. TAN 3 NO. J TANK, NO. 2 TANK NO 1 >•._MINIM --.---...-.. TWO TANK ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY (PART N0. 430324) (INCLUDES HOSES AND GROMMETS) 3 GALLON REGULATED RE EASE ASSEMBL , OR 3 GALLON REGULATED ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY DOUBLE TANK NITROGEN CARTRIDGE 00 LT -A-101-30 CARTRIDGE (PEGULA7E0 ACTUATOR Or4.Y1 NOTE: WHEN THREE 3 0 GALLON TANKS ARE CONNECTED TO ONE AUTOMAN REGULATED RELEASE ASSEMBLY, NO ADDITIONAL REGULATED ACTUATOR(S) ASSEMBLIES CAN BE USED. Plenum Branch Line 3/8 in. Oft (1.2 m) 2ft (0.6 m) 4 Appliance Branch Line 3/8 in. 12 ft (3 6 m) 2ft (0.6 m) 6 1 2 2 4 11' 4 2 4 FIGURE 4-138 'Eecep8ons: 1 Twelve lbw numbers are allowed In any one lank for duel and plenum protection ONLY. 2 Twelve lbw numbers are allowed with any one tank using only two-llow applumce nozzles 3. Twelve I/O,. numbem ere Mowed met any one tank using only IMeellow appliance routes. Special Instructions: 1. When lour Dean hMus0los GTI Gas Rytus are pmtacled al low pioum0y as shown in Fount 446 on Page 4-32, the discharge pone must be as shown n Rgure 4.67 on Page 442 2 For certain McDonald's applicalions, 11,5 flow numbers are allowed when udng a combination of one 2W duct noixle, one 12N electrostatic precipitator nozzle. one IN plenum nozzle and lout Iw0110w appliance nozzles. Contact the Applications Engineering OepenmeN for ad4,lronN nlonnueon <44.116 R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Once the fire suppression system design has been determined, a detection system design must be completed. This section contains guidelines and limitations for detection system instal- lation. Detector Identification The two types of detectors are distinguished from each other by their location in the detection system. 1. The Terminal Detector is the last in a series of defectors, or the only detector used in a single -detector system. This detector is thus named because it Is at the point at which the wire rope ends, or `terminates." 2. A Series Detector is any detector located in-line between the regulated release mechanism 2nd the terminal detector. Detector/Pulley ElbowlConduit Offset Design Limitations 1. Conduit runs, pulley elbows, and number of detectors per system must be within the approved system guidelines. The following requirements must not be exceeded: Scissors Style Detector (Without Offset Conduit Scissors Style Detector (With Offset Conduit Maximum Number of Detectors per System 15 Maximum Number of Elbows per System 20 Maximum Length of 1/2 in. Conduit per System 150 It (45.7 m) 15 16 150 ft (45.7 m) 2.11 the hazard requires more than 15 detectors, up to live 101 Remote Releases (Part No. 433485) can be used for system actuation. Each 101 remote release allows the use of a maximum of 15 "scissor" style detectors (14 series and 1 terminal) for a total of 75 detectors i1 needed. Detector Placement Requirements EXHAUST DUCTS Each exhaust duct must have at least one detector installed in the duct entrance, located in the airstream of the cooking vapors, or at a maximum of 20 ft (6.0 m) into the duct opening. See Figure 4-139 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-71 FIGURE 4-139 NOTICE When gas appliances are used and the flue gases from the burner are exhausted into the duct, the detector must be kept out of the air stream of these exhaust gases. These gases can be very hot and could actuate the system unnecessarily. Duct openings that are long and narrow or large enough to require multiple duct nozzles may require additional detectors. ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR If an electrostatic precipitator is located at or near the base of the exhaust duct. it is necessary to locate a detector below the precipitator, at the base of the duct, and also locate one in the duct, just above the precipitator. See Figure 4-140. When installing the detector bracket and system conduit, make certain they do not interfere with the operation of the precipitator. Note: On secondary filtration units utilizing multiple filter stages/ . media, contact Technical Services for instructions. FIGURE 4-140 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-72 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Detector Placement Requirements (Continued) COOKING APPLIANCES If the cooking appliance is located under an exhaust duct where a detector has been mounted, it is normally not necessary to utilize another detector for that cooking appliance, provided the detector is not more than 12 in. (304 mm) into the duct and the appliance has no larger cooking surface than 48 in. x 48 in. (1219 mm x 1219 mm). See Figure 4-141. Note: If two appliances are located under a duct opening where a detector has been mounted and both appliances together do not exceed a cooking surface of 48 in. x 48 M. (1219 mm x 1219 mm) and the detector is located above both the protected appliances, it is not necessary to utilize an additional detector provided the duct detector is not more than 12 in. (304 mm) into the duct opening. • APPLIANCE REQUIRES SEPARATE DETECTOR APPLIANCE COVERED BY DETECTOR UNDER DUCT APPLIANCE REQUIRES SEPARATE DETECTOR FIGURE 4-141 Each cooking appliance with a continuous cooking surface not exceeding 48 in. x 48 in. (1219 x 1219 mm) can be protected by a minimum of one detector. Cooking appliances with 5 continu- ous cooking surface exceeding 48 in. z 48 in. (1219 x 1219 mm) must be protected by at least one detector per 48 in. x 48 in. (1219 x 1219 mm) cooking area. Detectors used for cooking appliances must be located above the protected appliance toward the exhaust duct side of the appliance. The detector should be located in the air stream of the appliance to enhance system response time. Note: For overlapping detector coverage, see Page 4-60 for design requirements. Detection Line Requirements CONDUIT Rigid conduit or 1/2 inch EMT thin-wall conduit may be used. Standard steel conduit fittings (compression type are recom- mended) must be employed to properly install the detection system. All conduit or pipe must be firmly supported. When using pipe, make certain that all ends are carefully reamed. deburred and blown clear of chips and scale before assembly. R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual NOTICE The conduit offset can be used at the top or bottom of the regulated release to change direction of the conduit. The conduit offset cannot be used with pulley tees. All other changes in direction must be made by using ANSUL approved pulley elbows (Part No. 423254 or 415670). See Figure 4-142. FIGURE 4-142 Fusible Link Selection When possible, temperature readings should be taken at each detector location to determine correct fusible link temperature rating. Temperature can be recorded using either a maximum registering thermometer (Part No. 15240) temperature tape or any other accurate thermometer. 0 Call I TEMPERATURE RATING STAMPED ON FUSIBLE LINK eODY A -PC STYLE FIGURE 4-143 Select correct UL Listed fusible link(s) for installation in detec- tor(s) according to the temperature condition. Two styles are available. See Figure 4-143. See Component Section for detailed temperature ratings. SL STYLE • a R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Continued) • Electric Thermal Detector When electric thermal detection is used, the detection circuit must be supervised in accordance with NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems. Electric thermal detectors must be used in conjunction with either the AUTOPULSE 542R Control Panel (Part No. 433607) or the AUTOPULSE Z-10 Control Panel (Part No. 430525), and the 24VDC Regulated Release Assembly. Note: Consider the rate 01 temperature increase in the location chosen for the detector when using electric thermal detection. A transient rush of warm air up to 40 °F (4 °C) per minute may expand the shell, but not enough to trigger the AUTOPULSE control panel. Temperature increases over 40 °F (4 °C) per minute however, may initiate an alarm condition in the control panel. After determining the maximum ambient temperature at the thermal detector location, select the correct thermal detector according to the temperature condition chart in the "System . Components" section. MANUAL PULL STATION REQUIREMENTS A remote manual pull station allows the R-102 system to be manually operated at some point distant from the regulated release assembly. The pull station should be installed at a height of 42-48 in. (1067-1219 mm), in accordance with the require- ments of the American Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Authority having Jurisdiction. and located in the path of egress. The pull station is the only source of manual actuation of the regulated release assembly. The total length of the cable used for each manual pull station within a system must not exceed 150 8 (45.7 m). The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used per pull station is 20. One pulley tee is allowed per cable system. The maximum length of cable from the AUTOMAN to a pull station is 150 ft (45.7 m) with a maximum of 20 pulley elbows used per side of the tee. As the tee is located farther from the AUTOMAN. the 150 6 (45.7 m) maximum must be observed but as pulley elbows are placed between the AUTOMAN and the lee, they must be deducted from the available pulley elbows (20) allowed on each side. Example: 1110 pulley elbows are placed between the AUTOMAN and the pulley tee, the maximum available pulley elbows left for use on each side of the lee is 10 per side. See Figure 4-144 for three different examples. (Note: Both must be gas valves or both must be pull stations. Mixing is not allowed.) SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-73 TEE CLOSE TO AUTOMAN (EXAMPLE) PULLEY TEE 2wm. (so4 m) I _ GAS V LVE OR AUTGMAN GAS VALVE OR MANUAL PIAL MANUAL PULL 149 FT MS m) AND 20 PULLEY ELBOWS MAXIMUM PER EACH SIDE OF TEE TEE CLOSE TO GAS VALVES OR MANUAL PULL (EXAMPLE) 12 w. (304 mm) 1204. (304 mm) PULLEYTEE V GAS VALVE OR GAS VALVE OR MANUAL PULL MANUAL PULL AUTOMAN 149 Fr (45 4 ml AND 20 PULLEY ELBOWS BETWEEN AUTOMAN AND TEE TEE HALFWAY BETWEEN AUTOMAN AND GAS VALVES OR MANUAL PULL (EXAMPLE? 75 FT (22 6 m) AND 10 PULLEY ELBOWS 75 F7(22.6 96 AND 75 FT(228 In) AND 10 PULLEY ELBOWS 10 PULLEY ELBOWS PULLEY TEE AUTOMAN GAS VALVE GN MANUAL PULL GAS VALVE OR MANUAL PULL FIGURE 4-144 • Manual Pull Station - Part No. 435960 or 434618 Parts that may be used for installation of a metal stamped remote manual pull station are: Descnption Part No. . Remote Manual Pull Station Assembly 435960 . Remote Manual Pull Station Assembly 434618 Pulley Elbow 423250 Pulley Elbow 415670 Pulley Tee 427929 •AwemUy,ndedea pone lle!o0 below 1/16 in. Stainless Steel Cable 50 8 (15.2 m) 15821 Oval Press -To -Crimp Sleeves 4596 Glass Break Rod (1) 4834 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 PAGE 4-74 REV. 11 2014 -SEP -01 . MECHANICAL GAS VALVE REQUIREMENTS An ANSUL or ANSUL approved mechanical gas shut-off valve system can be attached to the R-102 system. The system works both mechanically and pneumatically by use of an air cylinder located inside the regulated release assembly. Upon actuation of the fire suppression system, a pneumatically -operated air Cylinder assembly will mechanically close the gas shut -Off valve. The total length of the cable for each mechanical gas valve must not exceed 150 8 (45.7 m). The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used is 20 for each valve. One pulley tee is allowed per cable system. The maximum length o1 cable from the AUTOMAN 10 a gas valve is 150 fl (45.7 m) with a maximum of 20 pulley elbows used per side of the tee. As the tee is located farther from the AUTOMAN, the 150 ft (45.7 m) maximum must be observed but as pulley elbows are placed between the AUTOMAN and the tee. they must be deducted from the available pulley elbows (20) allowed on each side. Example: 1110 pulley elbows are placed between the AUTOMAN and the pulley tee, the maximum available pulley elbows lett for use on each side of the tee is 10 per side. See Figure 4-144 for three different examples. Parts that may be used tor installation of a Mechanical Gas Shut-off Valve are: Description Part No. Gas Valve/Actuator 3/4 in. Assembly (ANSUL)* Gas Valve/Actuator 1 in. Assembly (ANSUL)* Gas Valve/Actuator 1 1/4 in. Assembly (ANSUL)* Gas Valve/Actuator 1 1/2 in. Assembly (ANSUL)° Gas Valve/Actuator 2 in. Assembly (ANSUL)' Gas Valve/Actuator 2 1/2 in. Assembly (ASCO)* Gas Valve/Actuator 3 in. Assembly (ASCO)• Pulley Elbow Pulley Elbow Pulley Tee 1/16 in. Stainless Steel Cable 508 (15.2 m) or 5008 (152.4 m) roll Oval Press -To -Crimp Sleeve Stop Sleeve (2) 'Assembly Includes pees Wed below - Air Cylinder Assembly Air Cylinder Tubing Assembly Copper Tubing, 1/8 in. Male Elbow Male Connector - Machine Screw (2) Hex Nut (2) Lockwasher (2) Visual Inspection Seal (2) 55598 55601 55604 55607 55610 . 25937 25938 423250 415670 427929 15821 or 79653 4596 26317 15733 15521 15529 15525 15523 15522 15421 15527 4141 197 All valves above are UL listed and approved. They may be mounted in any position. Pipe threads are type NPT. Ambient operating temperature range of all valves is 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C), The valves are not weatherproof and must be located indoors in areas approved by the "authority having jurisdiction." R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE REQUIREMENTS UL Listed electrically -operated gas shut-off valve can be .ttached to the R-102 system to provide an electrical means of hutting off the gas line at a predetermined point. II an electric Sas shut-off valve is used in the system it must be attached ith both an electric. (snap -action) switch and a manual reset etay. For more information on the types o1 electric (snap -action) witches, refer to the Electrical Switch, Field Installation section. e manual reset relay is reviewed in this section. • II electrical connections should be performed by a QUALIFIED LECTRICIAN and in accordance with authority having urisdiclion. he following is a brief explanation of how the R-102 system perates with an Electric Gas Shut-off Valve attached: rth the regulated release cocked in the ready condition, the . ormally closed contacts in the snap -action switch allow current �• flow to the manual reset relay. With the relay coil energized, ormally open contacts in the reset relay close, allowing the olenoid in the gas valve to be energized. ice the R-102 system is activated, the normally closed • facts in the snap -action switch will open, de -energizing the -set relay. This will, in tum, open the contacts in the relay which 11 cause the gas valve to become de -energized and close. he system must be re -armed and the "push to reset" button on e reset relay must be operated to reopen the gas valve. is important to note that a power failure or an electrical power ' terruption will cause the gas valve to close even though the ystem was not fired. either case, whether in a fired condition or when a power i,ailure has occurred, the manual reset relay and electric gas shut -o8 valve must be reset to resume a normal operating condi- on. For resetting, refer to the "Recharge and Resetting rocedures" section in this manual. R-702 Restaurant Fire Suppression Manual ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Approvals ANSUL gas valves listed in this section are UL listed and approved for 110 VAC. If more information is required, refer to the Gas and Oil Equipment List of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. under 'Electrically Operated Valves Guide No. 440 A5" or consult Tyco Fire Protection Products, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143-2542. 11 other gas valves are used, they shall be 'UL listed electrical- ly -operated safety valves for natural or LP gas as required, of appropriate pressure and temperature rating, 110 VAC/60 Hz." The information on temperature and type of gas that the valves are suitable for may be found in the Gas and Oil Equipment List of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. under "Electrically Operated Valves Guide No. 440 A5." The electrically operated gas valve must be of the type that needs to be energized to remain open. Note: For electrical wiring diagrams, see 'Installation Instructions' Section, Pages 5-40 through 5-42. Parts that may be used for installation of a 110 VAC Gas Shut- off Valve are - Description Part No. Electric Solenoid Valve, 3/4 in. NPT' 13707 Electric Solenoid Valve, 1 in. NPT' 13708 Electric Solenoid Valve, 1 1/4 in. NPT' 550360 Electric Sotenoid Valve, 1 1/2 in. NPT' 13709 Electric Solenoid Valve, 2 in. NPT' 13710 Electric Solenoid Valve, 2 1/2 in. NPT' 550363 Electric Solenoid Valve, 3 in. NPT' 17643 • Manual Reset Relay (110 VAC) 426151 'Valves ere nam,aty closed when de -energised. ALARM INITIATING SWITCH REQUIREMENTS The Alarm Initiating Switch can be field mounted within the AUTOMAN release. The switch must be used 10 close a super- vised alarm circuit to the building main fire alarm panel when the AUTOMAN release actuates. This action will signal the fire alarm panel that there was a system actuation in the kitchen area. The switch kit contains all necessary mounting compo- nents along with a mounting instruction sheet. See Page 5-39 for wiring information. The switch is rated 50 mA, 28VDC. Part No. Description 428311 Alarm Initiating Switch Kit SECTION 4 - SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX3470 ULC EX3470 2014 -SEP -01 REV. 11 PAGE 4-75 ELECTRICAL SWITCH REQUIREMENTS Note: Electrical connections shall not be made in the AUTOMAN. The electric (snap -action) switches for the R-102 system are specially designed to fit the regulated release assembly. The switches are intended for use with electric gas valves, alarms, contactors. lights. contractor supplied electric power shut-off devices, and other electrical devices that are designed to shut off or tum on when the fire suppression system is actuated. (See Figures 5-122 through 5-124 in Installation Section for reference). Contractors shall supply "UL listed, enclosed industrial control equipment or magnetic switch having a rating matching that of the cooking appliance, coil 110 VAC/60 Hz or 24 VAC/60 Hz.' All electrical connections should be performed by a QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN and in accordance with authority having jurisdiction. Electric (Snap -Action) Switches that may be field installed are: Part No. Description 423878 One Switch Kit 423879 Two Switch Kit 423880 Three Switch Kit 423881 Four Switch Kit . 436770 Two Switch Kit (no wire leads) Each switch has a set of single -pole, double throw contacts rated at 21 amp, 1 HP, 125, 250, 277 VAC or 2 HP, 250, 277 VAC. Note: A relay must be supplied by others if the equipment load exceeds the rated capacity of the switch. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) or the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. If a fire alarm system is provided, the fire extinguishing system shall be connected to the alarm system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code, so that the actuation of the extinguishing system will sound the fire alarm as well as provide the extinguishing function of the system. If supervision of the electrical detection, electrical actuation or electrical power supply circuit is provided, it shall give prompt audible or visual indication of trouble and shall be distinctive from alarms or indicators indicating operation or hazardous conditions as specified in NFPA 17A. June 19, 2018 WOMER & ASSOCIATES Reid Saario Brimstone Fire 23422 57thAve. SE Woodinville WA 98072 Project: Chick-Fil-A 17333 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 98188 ARCHITECTURAL • ENGINEERING • STRUCTURAL • FIRE • PLANNING A CERTIFIED MINORITY DESIGN FIRM Old City Hall Building - 221 North Wall Street, Suite 600 - Spokane, WA 99201 T: (509) 534.4884 F: (509) 534.4943 Toll -Free: (888) 966-3178 Web Site: whwv.wvomer.com Larry Johnson, PE, CFPS larryj@wwomer.com We have reviewed the following documents for the Fire Sprinkler system at the above referenced building: • Fire Sprinkler Shop Drawing Sheet: FP 1 dated 6-13-18 (PDF file provided) • Hydraulic Calculations (PDF files provided) • Materials Submittal (PDF files provided) Protection Summary: New type VB building, A-2 occupancy, protected by a fire sprinkler system designed per NFPA 13, 2013. Occupancy Classification: Dining (A-2) Square Footage: Total is: 4,800 SF - One (1) story, with a full concealed void above. Occupancy Hazard Classification: Ordinary Hazard Group 1, 0.15 GPM/SF over 947 SF Available Water Supply: 150 PSI Static, 20 Psi Residual at a Flow of 6000 GPM. Design Specifications: Design per NFPA 13 (ed. 2013). Shop Drawings: 1. The building is protected by a new wet pipe fire sprinkler system. The entire structure is protected. The structure is combustible construction with sprinklers protection under roof and below ceilings. 2. Steel piping is used throughout. Sprinklers are quick response 155 degree in ceiling void and quick response 155/200 degree below ceilings. 3. Required information for review of Per NFPA 13 Chapter 23 is provided. 4. Hydrants, city main locations, and underground piping with connection are shown "by others". STORTZ FDC & backflow are at a vault to the West of the building. 5. Building will be maintained above 40F with provided heating per owner. Chick-Fil-A Fire Sprinkler Plan Review June 19, 2018 Page 2 of 2 Hydraulic Calculations: The system serving area has been calculated to a design density of 0.15 GPM/SF over 947 SF with twelve (12) K=5.6 sprinklers flowing and 250 GPM outside hose allowance. This calculation requires 504.5 GPM at 131.9 PSI and is satisfied by the available water supply with a buffer of 16.0 PSI. Fire Sprinkler Materials: Materials submitted appear to be per NFPA 13 requirements, and listed appropriately for intended use. This review does not cover contractor compliance with project specifications. Womer & Associates are not under agreement to provide field observations of the installation and therefore is not responsible for changes made during installation/construction. This review can be considered comprehensive only to the extent of information provided to us. Field review and acceptance of the installation is by others. Operational satisfaction of the system is the responsibility of the contractor and design engineer. The plans and calculations are found to be in significant compliance with NFPA 13 (ed. 2013) subject to the above review comments. PDF files including our review stamp will be forwarded to your office. Should there be any questions concerning this review of sprinkler system plans, please contact us. Respectfully, WOMER & ASSOCIATES Larry Johnson, FPE NFPA Certified Fire Protection Specialist Project Name : CHICK-FIL-A Drawing No. : Design Areas 113 -S_, 33 CALCULATION SUMMARY Project Location: 17333 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY City: TUKWILA, WA 98188 Design Area Name Calc. Mode (Model) Occupancy Area of Application Total Water Pressure @ Source Min. Density Min. Pressure Min. Flow Calculated Heads Hose Streams Margin To Source (ft2) (gpm) (psi) (913m/ft2) f (psi) Wm) # (9 pm) (Psi) 1 Demand (HW) ORD GR1 947 504.5 Required 131.9 0.15 10.9 18.5 12 250 16.7 Date 6/15/2018 WASHINGTON STATE CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Darin Syverson 3135-0914-C Level 3 Brimstone Fire Safety Management, L.L.C. BRIMSFS918K0 Signator. Uisisois Date File: C:\Usersljbosma\appdata'Iocal\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325 2681.sv$ Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name : CHICK-FIL-A Contract No. : Project Location: 17333 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY City: TUKWILA, WA 98188 Date: 6/13/2018 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: BRIMSTONE FIRE SAFETY MANAGEMENT Address: 23422 57TH AVE SE Phone Number: 425-956-3434 Name of Designer: DS Authority Having Jurisdiction: LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL City: WOODINVILLE , WA 98072 E-mail: Design Remote Area Name 1 Remote Area Location SERVING Occupancy Classification ORD GR1 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.15 Area of Application (ft2) 947 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 123 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 12 In -Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 250 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 504.5 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 131.9 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 265.9 gal Water Supply Information Date Location Source W1 Notes File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 Job: CHICK-FtL-A Node Labels: Off Pipe Labels: Off Diagram for Design Area : 1 (Optimized Hydraulic Simplified► File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila 1_24325 2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright 02002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job : CHICK-FIL-A Hydraulic Analysis for : 1 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (Ib/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (Ib•s/ft2) Demand Hazen -Williams Water @ 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen -Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen -Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1 : W1 Supply Analysis Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 150 6000 20 Node at Source Static Pressure (Psi) Residual Pressure (psi) Flow (gpm) Available Pressure (psi) Total Demand (gpm) Required Pressure (psi) W1 150 20 6000 149.6 504.5 131.9 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) Total Hose Flow (gpm) Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 254.5 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 254.5 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 W1 - Pressure (psi) 131.9 W1 - Flow (gpm) 254.5 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila 1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job: CHICK-FIL-A j Hydraulic Analysis for : 1 �♦♦ ay* • *»t' end tm-oati a Anameea swarm ' sa 900 1100 1970 1300 1403 fbw, gpre 1600 1700 1900 1900 Date 6/15/2018 File: C:\Usersybosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325 2681.sv$ Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 .1... :-� w-rmreswsddm�— 1=- °a III -.., .. .... ... .. .. .. sa 900 1100 1970 1300 1403 fbw, gpre 1600 1700 1900 1900 Date 6/15/2018 File: C:\Usersybosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325 2681.sv$ Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 Job : CHICK -RL -A Hydraulic Analysis for : 1 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) S1 Supply point #1 - Static 0 150 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 6000 20 D1 Elevation Pressure 0 4.5 D2 System Demand 254.5 131.9 D3 System Demand + Add.Out.Hose 504.5 131.9 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection Safety Margin Pressure (psi) Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) @ Flow (gpm) Supply 149.6 272.9 16.7 504.5 Open Heads Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K -Factor Required Calculated Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psis/z) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (Psi) 101 Overhead Sprinkler 120 5.6 0.15 18 10.3 0.194 23.3 17.3 102 Overhead Sprinkler 108 5.6 0.15 16.2 8.4 0.217 23.5 17.5 103 Overhead Sprinkler 108 5.6 0.15 16.2 8.4 0.222 24 18.3 104 Overhead Sprinkler 113 5.6 0.15 17 9.2 0.222 25.1 20.1 105 Overhead Sprinkler 99 5.6 0.15 14.9 7 0.324 32.1 32.9 106 Overhead Sprinkler 99 5.6 0.15 14.9 7 0.168 16.7 8.9 107 Overhead Sprinkler 99 5.6 0.15 14.9 7 0.169 16.8 9 108 Overhead Sprinkler 99 5.6 0.15 14.9 7 0.172 17.1 9.3 109 Overhead Sprinkler 112 5.6 0.15 16.8 9 0.158 17.8 10 110 Overhead Sprinkler 99 5.6 0.15 14.9 7 0.182 18 10.4 111 Overhead Sprinkler 123 5.6 0.15 18.5 10.9 0.15 18.5 10.9 112 Overhead Sprinkler 123 5.6 0.15 18.5 10.9 0.177 21.8 15.1 Date 6/15/2018 File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Job : CHICK-FIL-A Node Data Hydraulic Calculations / Fluid Delivery Time Analysis Node# Elev Type Hgroup K -Fact. Open/Closed Discharge Overdischarge Coverage Density Tot. Pres. Elev. Pres. Req. Pres. Req. Discharge ft 9Pm/Psis/z gpm gpm ft2 gpm/ft2 psi psi psi gpm 111 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 18.5 123 10.9 10.9 10.33 HEAD Open 0 0.15 -4.5 18.5 109 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 17.8 112 10 9 10.33 HEAD Open 1 0.158 -4.5 16.8 106 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 16.7 99 8.9 7 10.33 HEAD Open 1.8 0.168 -4.5 14.9 107 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 16.8 99 9 7 10.33 HEAD Open 1.9 0.169 -4.5 14.9 108 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 17.1 99 9.3 7 10.33 HEAD Open 2.2 0.172 -4.5 14.9 110 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 18 99 10.4 7 10.33 HEAD Open 3.2 0.182 -4.5 14.9 112 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 21.8 123 15.1 10.9 10.33 HEAD Open 3.3 0.177 -4.5 18.5 101 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 23.3 120 17.3 10.3 10.33 HEAD Open 5.3 0.194 -4.5 18 102 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 23.5 108 17.5 8.4 10.33 HEAD Open 7.3 0.217 -4.5 16.2 103 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 24 108 18.3 8.4 10.33 HEAD Open 7.8 0.222 -4.5 16.2 104 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 25.1 113 20.1 9.2 10.33 HEAD Open 8.1 0.222 -4.5 17 105 Overhead Sprinkler 5.6 32.1 99 32.9 7 10.33 HEAD Open 17.3 0.324 -4.5 14.9 196 Node 11.1 13.36 NODE -5.8 194 Node 11.2 13.36 NODE -5.8 191 Node 11.7 13.36 NODE -5.8 188 Node 12.9 13.36 NODE -5.8 187 Node 14.1 13.36 NODE -5.8 185 Node 20 13.36 NODE -5.8 014 Node 22 13.74 NODE -6 013 Node 22.3 13.74 NODE -6 011 Node 23.4 13.74 NODE -6 008 Node 25.7 13.74 NODE -6 003 Node 35.8 13.74 NODE -6 042 Node 112.6 13.74 NODE -6 045 Node 113.4 13.36 NODE -5.8 Date 6/15/2018 File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job : CHICK-FIL-A Node Data Hydraulic Calculations / Fluid Delivery Time Analysis Node# Elev Type Hgroup K -Fact. Open/Closed Discharge Overdischarge Coverage Density Tot. Pres. Elev. Pres. Req. Pres. Req. Discharge ft 9Pm/P50/2. gpm gpm ft2 gpm/ftz psi psi psi gpm 053-0 Node 125.1 3.81 NODE -1.7 053-I Node 127 3.49 NODE -1.5 052 Node 128.5 1 NODE -0.4 055-0 Node 131.8 -6 NODE 2.6 W1 Supply 131.9 0 SUPPLY -254.5 0 055-I Node 134.4 -6 NODE 2.6 File: C:\Usersybosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 Job : CHICK-FIL-A PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Node 1 Node 2 Elev 1 Elev 2 K -Factor 1 K -Factor 2 Flow added (q) Total flow (Q) Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings quantity x (name) = length L F T C Factor Pf per ft total (Pt) elev (Pe) frict (Pf) NOTES 187 185 (ft) (gpm/psh/z) (g pm) (In) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 1 111 187 10.33 13.36 5.6 18.5 18.5 1 1.049 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 35.85 5 40.85 120 0.1117 10.9 -1.3 4.6 Flex -36" 187 185 13.36 13.36 86.3 104.8 1.25 1.442 10 0 10 120 0.5911 14.1 0 5.9 185 13.36 21.8 1.25 lx(us.Tee-Br)=7.43 89.08 120 20 045 13.36 126.5 1.442 4x(us.90)=14.86 22.3 0.8387 0 187 13.36 86.3 1.442 111.38 0.4129 93.4 045 13.36 127.9 2.5 2x(us.90)=16.47 30.14 120 113.4 053-0 3.81 254.5 2.635 16.47 0.1624 4.1 46.62 7.6 053-0 3.81 0 2.5 0.32 0 125.1 BFV-N 053-I 3.49 254.5 0 0 5.3072 0.1 *** 0.32 1.7 053-I 3.49 0 2.5 2.49 120 127 052 1 254.5 2.635 0 0.1624 1.1 2.49 0.4 052 1 0 6 2x(us.90)=48.39 116.89 140 128.5 055-0 -6 254.5 6.4 48.39 0.0016 3 165.28 0.3 055-0 -6 0 6 3.92 0 131.8 Wilkins 350A 055-I -6 254.5 0 0 0.6828 0 *** 3.92 2.7 055-I -6 0 6 2x(us.90)=48.39 15.86 140 134.4 W1 0 254.5 6.4 48.39 0.0016 -2.6 64.24 0.1 W1 131.9 Path No: 2 109 10.33 5.6 17.8 1 1x(us.Tee-Br)=5 35.3 120 10 Flex -36" 188 13.36 17.8 1.049 5 0.104 -1.3 40.3 4.2 188 13.36 68.6 1.25 2.85 120 12.9 187 13.36 86.3 1.442 0 0.4129 0 2.85 1.2 187 14.1 File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 Job : CHICK-FIL-A PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Node 1 Node 2 Elev 1 Elev 2 K -Factor 1 K -Factor 2 Flow added (q) Total flow (Q) Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings quantity x (name) = length L F T C Factor Pf per ft total (Pt) elev (Pe) frict (Pf) NOTES 196 (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) - (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 3 106 10.33 5.6 16.7 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 33.3 120 8.9 Flex -36" 196 13.36 16.7 1.049 5 0.0925 -1.3 38.3 3.5 196 13.36 0 1.25 8 120 11.1 194 13.36 16.7 1.442 0 0.0196 0 8 0.2 194 13.36 16.8 1.25 6 120 11.2 191 13.36 33.4 1.442 0 0.0713 0 6 0.4 191 13.36 17.1 1.25 8.17 120 11.7 188 13.36 50.5 1.442 0 0.1531 0 8.17 1.3 188 12.9 Path No; 4 107 10.33 5.6 16.8 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 33.3 120 9 Flex -36" 194 13.36 16.8 1.049 5 0.0936 -1.3 38.3 3.6 194 11.2 Path No: 5 108 10.33 5.6 17.1 1 1x(us.Tee-Br)=5 33.3 120 9.3 Flex -36" 191 13.36 17.1 1.049 5 0.0966 -1.3 38.3 3.7 191 11.7 Path No: 6 110 10.33 5.6 18 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 31 120 10.4 Flex -36" 188 13.36 18 1.049 5 0.1071 -1.3 36 3.9 188 12.9 Path No: 7 112 10.33 5.6 21.8 1 1x(us.Tee-Br)=5 35.85 120 15.1 Flex -36" 185 13.36 21.8 1.049 5 0.1518 -1.3 40.85 6.2 185 20 File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 Job : CHICK-FIL-A PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Node 1 Node 2 Elev 1 Eiev 2 K -Factor 1 K -Factor 2 Flow added (q) Total flow (Q) Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings quantity x (name) = length L F T C Factor Pf per ft total (Pt) elev (Pe) frict (Pf) NOTES 014 (ft) (gpm/psi'h) (gpm) (n) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 8 101 10.33 5.6 23.3 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 31 120 17.3 Flex -36" 014 13.74 23.3 1.049 2x(us.90)=4 5 0.1722 -1.5 36 6.2 014 13.74 0 1.25 8 120 22 013 13.74 23.3 1.442 0 0.0366 0 8 0.3 013 13.74 23.5 1.25 8 120 22.3 011 13.74 46.8 1.442 0 0.1327 0 8 1.1 011 13.74 24 1.25 8 120 23.4 008 13.74 70.7 1.442 0 0.2857 0 8 2.3 008 13.74 25.1 1.25 2x(us.90)=7.43 12.71 120 25.7 003 13.74 95.8 1.442 7.43 0.5012 0 20.14 10.1 003 13.74 32.1 1.25 1x(us.Tee-Br)=7.43 82.35 120 35.8 042 13.74 127.9 1.442 7.43 0.856 0 89.79 76.9 042 13.74 0 2.5 13.92 120 112.6 045 13.36 127.9 2.635 0 0.0454 0.2 13.92 0.6 045 113.4 Path No: 9 102 10.33 5.6 23.5 . 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 31 120 17.5 Flex -36" 013 13.74 23.5 1.049 2x(us.90)=4 5 0.1742 -1.5 36 6.3 013 22.3 Path No: 10 103 10.33 5.6 24 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 31 120 18.3 Flex -36" 011 13.74 24 1.049 2x(us.90)=4 5 0.1815 -1.5 36 6.5 011 23.4 Path No: 11 104 10.33 5.6 25.1 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 31 120 20.1 Flex -36" 008 13.74 25.1 1.049 2x(us.90)=4 5 0.1972 -1.5 36 7.1 008 25.7 Path No: 12 105 10.33 5.6 32.1 1 lx(us.Tee-Br)=5 5.09 120 32.9 003 13.74 32.1 1.049 2x(us.90)=4 9 0.3115 -1.5 14.09 4.4 003 35.8 Date 6/15/2018 File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chidc-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 Job : CHICK-FIL-A PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Node 1 Node 2 Elev 1 Elev 2 K -Factor 1 K -Factor 2 Flow added (q) Total flow (Q) Nominal ID Actual ID Fittings quantity x (name) = length L F T C Factor Pf per ft total (Pt) elev (Pe) frict (Pf) NOTES (ft) (gpm/psis/z) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 25.13 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (042-003) *** Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve -based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\jbosma\appdata\local\temp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright() 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 Job : CHICK-FIL-A Pressure, psi Pressure, psi 17 16 15 /4 13 12 11 10 90 so 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10.22 Device Graphs Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 1; Supply Ref.: WI; Supply Name:WI 0 0 00 tet Ott 9.22: 2.22: 7.22- 6.22-, 5.22: 4_22: 322: 2.222. 122: 0.22: 0 cn 0 0 tet rn 0 tvr 0 -zr Flow, gpm 0 0 0 ket 0 0 0 st..0 Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; BFP Ref.: 346 (VIAlkins 350A, Size = 6); Inlet Node: 0554; Outlet Node: 065-0 Date 6/15/2018 0 Flow, gpm 0 tei 00 File: CAUsers\jbosnnakappdataklocalktemp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products 0 0 Page 13 r1 1 1 I 'I II I 1 , 1 I . . I 0 0 00 tet Ott 9.22: 2.22: 7.22- 6.22-, 5.22: 4_22: 322: 2.222. 122: 0.22: 0 cn 0 0 tet rn 0 tvr 0 -zr Flow, gpm 0 0 0 ket 0 0 0 st..0 Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; BFP Ref.: 346 (VIAlkins 350A, Size = 6); Inlet Node: 0554; Outlet Node: 065-0 Date 6/15/2018 0 Flow, gpm 0 tei 00 File: CAUsers\jbosnnakappdataklocalktemp\Chick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products 0 0 Page 13 Job : CHICK-FIL-A 611 0 4.611 3.611 2.611 1.611 0.611 Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; Valve Ref.: 345 (BFV-N, Size = 2.6); inlet Node: 0534; Outlet Node: 053.0 co CC m 00 fl <1' Flow, gpm File: CALlsers\jbosma \appdata \local \tempiChick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 14 1 1 I i 1 i I I I . 1 1 1 1.7 psi @ 254.5 gpm Mr- ge, I . . „ co CC m 00 fl <1' Flow, gpm File: CALlsers\jbosma \appdata \local \tempiChick-Fil-A Tukwila_1_24325_2681.sv$ Date 6/15/2018 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 14 TOLBrac&' Seismic Calculations CHIC-FIL-A Job # 18-XXXX 17333 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Brace Identification LONGITUDINAL 2-1/2" BRACE ATTACHED TO OPE Brace Type (Per NFPA#13) NFPA Type I Braced Pipe 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe Spacing of Brace 35' 0" (10.67 m) Orientation of Brace Longitudinal Bracing Material 1" Sch.40 Maximum Brace Length T 0" (2.13 m) Slenderness Ratio used for Load Calculation 200 True Angle of Brace for Calculation 60° Type of Fastener 1/2in. X 3-1/2in. Through -Bolt Length of Fastener 3-1/2in. Summary of Pipe within Zone of Influence 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe (63.5 mm) 135ft (10.7 m) Powering BusrnessWortOwl& G -Factor Used 0.54 Allowance for Heads and Fittings 15% Conclusions Total Adjusted Load of Pipe in Zone of Influence 128 lbs (58 kg) Material Capacity 1604 lbs (728 kg) Fastener Capacity 485 lbs (220 kg) Fig. 4LA Clamp 866 lbs (393 kg) Fig.980 Universal Swivel 1745 lbs (792 kg) Structural Member 4X10 WOOD BLOCK (ATTACHED TO OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST PER PLAN Calculations prepared by MARTIN TRAICOFF • The description of the Structural Member is for informational purposes only. TOLBrace'" software calculates the brace assembly only, not the structure it is attached to. Calculated with TOLBrace " 8 Visit us at www.tolco.com TOLBraceTM Seismic Calculations Brimstone Fire Safety Manag Project Address: CHIC-FIL-A 2422 57TH Ave SE Woodinville, Wa 98072 17333 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY sdrV' 0� �L-, Pmer/1wBusrnessWoddi 425-9563434 rde TUKWILA,WA BRIMSFS9/8KO Job # 18-XXXX Calculations based on 2016 NFPA Pamphlet #13 Brace Information TOLCO"vt Brace Components Maximum Spacing 35' 0" (10.67 m) TOLCOTM Component Fig. Number Adjusted Load Maximum Brace Length 7' 0" (2.13 m) Fig. 4LA Clamp 866 lbs (393 kg) Bracing Material 1" Sch.40 Fig.980 Universal Swivel 1745 lbs (792 kg) Angle from Vertical 600 Min. *Calculation Based on CONCENTRIC Loading *Please Least Rad. of Gyration 0.42" (11 mm) Note: These calculations are for TOLCQTM' components only. Use of any other components voids these calculations and the fisting of the assembly. LIR value 200 Assembly Detail Max Horizontal Load 1604 lbs (728 kg) Force Factor (Cp) 0.54 11MAC'E ART"'" ' 1 !RACE . . Fastener Information Fastener Orientation NFPA Type I 00001 TOLCO {1G.L. YI4@iTiKfTfi A Maximum Load^- 4851bs (220 kg) :: P.P. Diameter 1/21n. Ak Length 3-1/2in. f`,—.__L---/ "� ` "s1 V'~53 Type Through -Bolt __ Brace Identification on Plans LONGITUDINAL2-1/2" BRACE Al Orientation of Brace Longitudinal Braced Pipe: 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe Load Information Size and Type of Pipe 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe (63.5 mm Total Length 35ft (10.7 m) Total Calculated Load 111 lbs (50 kg) Percentage added for Fittings and Sprinklers 15% 17 lbs (7.71 kg) Total Adjusted Load of all pipe within Zone of Influence 128 lbs (58 kg) {TOLBraceTM Version 8} Use of TOLBrace"' is subject to terms and conditions per the end user license agreement TOLBracea' Seismic Calculations CHIC-FIL-A Job # 18-XX>0( 17333 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Brace Identification Brace Type (Per NFPA#13) Braced Pipe Spacing of Brace Orientation of Brace Bracing Material Maximum Brace Length Slenderness Ratio used for Load Calculation True Angle of Brace for Calculation Type of Fastener Length of Fastener LATERAL 2-1/2" ACROSS OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST NFPA Type I 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe 17'0" (5.18 m) Lateral 1" Sch.40 7'0"(2.13m) 200 60° 5/8in. x 3-1/2in. Through -Bolt 3-1/tin. Summary of Pipe within Zone of Influence ca Ll fit! Po tering EusiressWorkfw*de 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe (63.5 mm) 17ft (5.2 m) 125" Sch.40 Steel Pipe (31.75 mm) 235.29f (71.7 m) 1" Sch.40 Steel Pipe (25.4 mm) 72.53ft (22.1 m) G -Factor Used 0.54 Allowance for Heads and Fittings 15% Conclusions Total Adjusted Load of Pipe in Zone of Influence 583 lbs (264 kg) Material Capacity 1604 lbs (728 kg) Fastener Capacity 635 lbs (288 kg) Fig. 1001 Clamp 1745 lbs (792 kg) Fig.980 Universal Swivel 1745 lbs (792 kg) Structural Member 4X10 HANGER BLOCK (ATTACHED TO OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST PER DET Calculations prepared by MARTIN TRAICOFF The description of the Structural Member is for informational purposes only. TOLBraceTM software calculates the brace assembly only, not the structure it is attached to. Calculated with TOLBrace' 8 Visit us at www.tolco.com TOLBraceTMl Seismic Calculations Project Address: CHIC-FIL-A Brimstone Fire Safety Manag 2422 5711i Ave SE Woodinville, Wa 98072 aacir°1 425-956-3434 Powering Cosiness Wmfdwfde BRIMSFS918KO on 2016 NFPA Pamphlet #13 17333 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKVV1LA,WA Job # 18-XXXX Calculations based Brace Information TOLCOTM Brace Components Maximum Spacing 17' 0" (5.18 m) TOLCOTAO Component Fig. Number Adjusted Load Fig. 1001 Clamp 1745 lbs (792 kg) Fig.980 Universal Swivel 1745 lbs (792 kg) 'Calculation Based on CONCENTRIC Loading 'Please Note: These calculations are for TOLCOTM components only. Use of any other components voids these calculations and the listing of the assembly. Maximum Brace Length 7' 0" (2.13 mL Bracing Material 1" Sch.40 Angle from Vertical 60" Min. Least Rad. of Gyration 0.42" (11 mm) Assembly TOLCO UNIVERSAL SWAY ATTACHMENT Detail FIGS. 981 LJR Value 200 Max Horizontal Load 1604 lbs (728 k9) Force Factor (Cp) 0.54 BRACE' //O STEEL PIPE • J♦.' Fastener Information Fastener Orientation NEPA Type I Maximum Load 635 lbs 288 kg)o --/� TOLCO FIG. 1001 FAST CLAMP �. - ' * Diameter 5/bin. Length 3-1/2in. Type Through -Bolt Brace Identification on Plans LATERAL 2-1/2"ACROSS OPEN' Orientation of Brace Lateral Braced Pipe: 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe Load Information Size and Type of Pipe Total Length Total Calculated Load 2.5" Sch.10 Steel Pipe (63.5 mm) 17ft (5.2 m) 54 lbs (24 kg) 125" Sch.40 Steel Pipe (31.75 mm) 235.29ft (71.7 m) 372 lbs (169 kg) 1" Sch.40 Steel Pipe (25.4 mm) 72.53ft (22.1 m) 80 lbs (36 kg) 4 Percentage added for Fittings and Sprinklers 15% 76 lbs (34.48 kg) r Total Adjusted Load of all pipe within Zone of Influence 583 lbs (264 kg) {TOLBrace"" Version 8) Use of TOLBraceTM Is subject to terms and conditions per the end user license agreement Brimstone Fire Safety Management LLC 23422 S7th Avow. SE - Woodinville', WA 98072 CHICK-FIL-A TUKWILA 17333 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 98188 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM MATERIAL DATA SUBMITTAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 SECTION 4 SECTION 5 SECTION 6 - SPRINKLER HEADS - PIPE - FITTINGS - VALVES - HANGERS - ACCESSORIES This stamp implies that the designing agency has submitted the plans and required supporting calculations for professional review and the drawings/calculations are found to be in significant compliance with NFPA standards, specifically pamphlet NFPA 13 — 2013, subject to review comments noted in the June 19, 2018 review letter issued by this office. The review can be considered comprehensive only to the extent of the data supplied to the reviewer. Project: Tukwila Chick—Fil—A Brimstone Fire Safety Management LLC WOMER & ASSOCIATES FIRE PROTECTION CONSULTING ENGINEERS ig-5-133 SPRINKLER HEADS D )L J 0 FERE ORME COMM) roll QUICK RESPONSE A UTOMATIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES UPRIGHT °"ENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL CONVENTIONAL (OLD STYLE) DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The Globe Quick Response GL Series Sprinklers are a low profile yet durable design which utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. This provides sprinkler operation approximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers. While the Quick Response Sprinkler provides an aesthetically pleasing appearance, it can be installed wherever standard spray sprinklers are specified when allowed by the applicable stan- dards. It offers the additional feature of greatly increased safe- ty to fife and is available in various styles, orifices, temperature ratings and finishes to meet many varying design requirements. Quick Response Sprinklers should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The heart of Globe's GL Series sprinkler proven actuat- ing assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is ab- sorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distrib- uted in an approved pattern depending upon the deflector style used. TECHNICAL DATA • See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. • Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C), 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141°C) • Water Working Pressure Rating - 175 psi (12 Bars) • Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) • Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67°F (-55°C) • Frame - bronze • Deflector - brass • Screw - brass • Lodgement Wire - stainless steel • Bulb seat - copper • Spring - nickel alloy • Seal - teflon • Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT CONVENTIONAL QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL LPC/CE SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL oSPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES BULB COLOR N.RP.A. MAXIMUM CEILING TEMPERATURE ORDINARY INTERMEDIATE HIGH i5 r'2+.-,,",7-- 2::,2 F a1 ".; ORANGE/RED YELLOW/GREEN BLUE i50 = .. 223 F - - APR 2017 GFS -100a (Formerly A-20) QUICK RESPONSE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES UPRIGHT PENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL CONVENTIONAL (OLD STYLE) SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL "K" FACTOR THREAD SIZE LENGTH' FINISHES 2.8 (40 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) 135°F (57°C) 4.2 (60 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) Factory Bronze LH X X X X X Chrome 5.6 (80 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) White Polyester' 8.0 (115 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) Black Polyester2,3 8.0 (115 metric) 3/4"NPT (20mm) 2 7/16" (6.2cm) 5.6 NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 'HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL IS 2 9/16". 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 'AVAILABLE AS cULus LISTED COROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER. APPROVALS STYLE SIN MODEL K FACTOR HAZARD' TEMPERATURE cULus FM LPC CE NYC - DOB MEA 101-92-E 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) GL2815 2.8 LH X X X X X X — — -- X GL4215 4.2 LH X X X X X X -- — — X UPRIGHT GL5615 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X X X X i X X GL8115 8.0* LH/OH X X X X X X -- — -- X GL8118 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X X X X X X GL2801 2.8 LH X X X X X X -- — -- X GL4201 4.2 LH X X X X X X -- -- -- X PENDENT GL5601 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X X X X X X GL8101 8.0* LH/OH X X X X X X — — -- X GL8106 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X X X X X X VERTICAL GL5632 5.6 LH X X X X X X X — -- -- SIDEWALLt GL8133 8.0 LH X X X X X X -- — — -- GL2826§ 2.8 LH X X X X X X — — — X HORIZONTAL GL4226§ 4.2 LH X X X X X X — — — X SIDEWALL GL5626§ 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X X X — — X GL5627n 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X — — X X — GL8127§ 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X X — -- — — CONVENTIONAL GL5624 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X -- -- X X — (OLD STYLE) GL8125 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X — — X X — 'SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. §HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL cULus L STED FOR DEFLECTOR 4" TO 12° BELOW THE CEILING, FM APPROVED 4" TO 6° BELOW THE CEILING. aINSTALL IN ACCORDANCE TO BS5306 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. tPENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR 6' MIN. SPACING. tUPRIGHT VERTICAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR 9' MIN. SPACING. OH: ORDINARY HAZARD LH: LIGHT HAZARD •1/2° NPT ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY • Quantity • Model Number • Style • Orifice • Thread Size • Temperature • Finishes desired • Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 325390 (1/2"); P/N 312366 (L.O.) FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION APR 2017 GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). PRINTED U.S.A. 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com GFS -100a (Formerly A-20) QUICK RESPONSE A UTOMATIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DRY TYPE The Globe Quick Response GL Series Dry Type Pendent Sprinkler is designed for use in special applications such as freezing environments and conditions where sediment or foreign materials might accumulate in ordinary drop nipples. The Globe Quick Response GL Series Dry Type Pendent Sprinkler utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. This provides sprinkler operation ap- proximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers. At the ampule's rated temperature, the sprinkler opens releasing the bulb seat, causing the inner tube assembly to move, allowing the spring assembly to pivot alongside the inner tube. At this time, water flows through the sprinkler and is distributed by the deflector in an approved discharge pattern. It can be installed wherever standard spray sprinklers are specified but offers the additional feature of greatly increased safety to life. Quick Response Sprinklers should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The heart of Globe's Model GL Series sprinkler proven actu- ating assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is absorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distributed in an approved pattern. TECHNICAL DATA o See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. o Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C), 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141°C) O Water Working Pressure Rating - 175 psi (12 Bars) O Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) O Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67°F (-55°C) O Frame - bronze O Deflector - brass A Screw - brass • Bulb seat - brass O Spring - teflon coated nickel alloy • Retainer - brass O Pin - stainless steel °Torsion spring - stainless steel d Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm o Orifice insert - brass O 3/4" NPT or 1" NPT o Outer tube - galvanized steel pipe O Inner tube stainless steel SURFACE MOUNT SLEEVE & SKIRT EXTENDED RECESSED SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES BULB COLOR N. F. P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING TEMPERATURE ORDINARY INTERMEDIATE HIGH i35°FJ155°F 57°C/68`C 1750F7200°F. '.., -79°C/93°C 286°F p ;;. _' = m, °C ORANGE/RED YELLOW/GREEN BLUE 'hOfiffF - * 38°CS 15Q°F . 66°C; _ . .Fg 2 °°f- 1O7°C 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 JULY 2010 A-55 989-846-4583 • FAX 989-846-9231 BULLETIN GL5635, REV.#13 QUICK RESPONSE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES DRY TYPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL "K" FACTOR THREAD SIZE LENGTH FINISHES 5.6 (80 metric) 3/4" or 1" NPT cULus Variable to 48" FM Variable to 36" Factory Bronze Satin Chrome' Bright Chrome White Polyester2 Black Polyester12 Lead Coated" 8.1 (116 metric) 1" NPT NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. APPROVALS 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 2cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT: POLYESTER MUST BE SPECIFIED ON ORDER. 'LEAD COATED IS UL APPROVED ONLY. STYLE SIN MODE_ K FACTOR THREAD SIZE 135°F 57°C 155"F 68°C 175°F 79°C 200°F 93°C 286°F 141°C * FM cULus NYC -DOB MEA 101-92-E PENDENT GL5635 GL5636 GL8135 5.6 5.6 8.1 1" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT X X X X X X X X X X X X X - X X X X X X X - X X RECESSED PENDENT GL5635 GL5636 GL8135 5.6 5.6 8.1 1" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT X X X X X X X X X X X X X - X X X X X X X - X X NOTE: LISTED FOR ALL HAZARDS *PENDENT STYLE - FM APPROVED 155°F, 200°F, AND 286°F `RECESSED PENDENT STYLE - FM APPROVED 155°F AND 200°F CROSS SECTIONS fEE nrt1NG uVS B16.1 CUBB51� ~ 663 668,00 ANSI , 3 CIA. s OP ANSI 016. PI�S135 � Y i� 1 irzt EXTENDEDPENDENT PENDENT RECESSEDPENDENT SLEEVE &SKIRT PENDENT JULY2010 IMPORTANT INSTALLATION DATA Globe GL Series Dry Pendent sprinklers should be installed in accordance with the requirements set forth in NFPA 13. These sprinklers are to be installed using a pipe wrench applied to the outer tube. When this is not possible, the proper sprinkler head wrench may be used with extreme care for lengths up to approximately 18". Excessive force may distort the frame thus destroying the unit. When installed in a wet system extending into a freezing area see chart on Dry Caution Sheet for minimum exposed barrel length to prevent ice plugs. Please refer to our Dry Caution sheet for further important installation data. ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY • Quantity • Model Number • Style • Orifice *Temperature • Finishes desired *Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 333010 *Quantity - Recessed Wrenches - P/N 337014 •Quantity - Protective Caps - P/N 327109 -cap (Friction Fit Recessed) • Escutcheons desired •"A" Dimension - Distance from face of fitting to the finished ceiling line regardless of escutcheon used. GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty, please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com PRINTED U.S.A. BULLETIN GL5635, REV. #13 fj ___.tel EqEfu‘,:Evz orzzamaal DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION "THE INCH" QUICK PPESPONSE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS MODEL GL5606 ONE INCH ADJUSTABLE CONCEALED PENDENT The Globe Quick Response GL5606 Adjustable Concealed Pendent Sprinkler has a low profile, aesthetically pleasing design. It provides sprinkler operation approximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers and can be installed wherever standard concealed spray sprinklers are specified when allowed by the applicable standards. It offers the additional feature of greatly increased safety to life and should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The sprinkler is available with a nominal 1" of adjustment and a low profile cover plate assembly. All that is seen at the ceiling is a 3 5/16" diameter ceiling plate or an optional 2%" diameter ceiling plate color finished to match the specifier's exact requirements. The GL Series Concealed Sprinkler may be virtually invisible as it does not interrupt the "smooth flow" of the ceiling. Globe's Concealed Sprinkler utilizes its 3mm frangible glass ampule which is located above the ceiling and concealed from view by the ceiling plate. The provided protective cap needs to be removed in order to install the sprinkler with the proper wrench. The protective cap must be replaced on the sprinkler until the time the cover plate is to be installed. The "push on - screw off' designed cover plate is easily installed and with a nominal 1" inch of adjustment makes it easier to get a proper fit at the ceiling. Operation of the sprinkler occurs when heat build up causes the solder holding the cover plate to the support shell to melt allowing the cover plate to fall clear. Continued heat build up causes the 3mm glass bulb to burst allowing the deflectorto drop down and distribute water in an approved pattern to extinguish or control the fire. TECHNICAL DATA °See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. 0Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C) Sprinkler, 135°F (57°C) Cover Plate 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler, 135°F (57°C) Cover Plate 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler, 155°F (68°C) Cover Plate 175°F (79°C) Sprinkler, 155°F (68°C) Cover Plate 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler, 155°F (68°C) Cover Plate °Water Working Pressure Rating - 175 psi (12 Bars) ° Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67°F (-55°C) ° Frame - bronze ° Deflector - brass ° Screw - brass °Bulb seat - brass o Spring - nickel alloy o Seal - teflon ° Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size ° Drop Pin - stainless steel ° Cover Plate - brass 3 5/16" diameter plate 2 3/4" diameter plate QUICK RESPONSE WHITE ADJUSTABLE CONCEALED PENDENT °Upper Escutcheon Assembly - plated steel NOTE: Globe's wrench P/N 332765 must be used to install this sprinkler. ° SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES BULB COLOR N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING TEMPERATURE ORDINARY INTERMEDIATE 135°F/155°F 57"C/68°C 175°F/200°F 79'C/93°C ORANGE/RED YELLOW/GREEN 100°F 38°C 150°F 66`C 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 MAY 2012 A-38 (989) 846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 BULLETIN GL5606 REV#6 QUICK RESPONSE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS MODEL GL5606 ONE INCH ADJUSTABLE CONCEALED PENDENT SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL "K" FACTOR THREAD SIZE LENGTH FINISHES 5.6 (80 metric) 1/2" NPT 2 1/2" (6.4 cm) Bright Chrome White Painted Bright Brass' Satin Chrome' Other Painted Finishes' NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. FOR PAINTED PLATES OTHER THAN WHITE, CONTACT GLOBE FOR ORDERING SPECIFICATIONS. APPROVALS STYLE SIN MODEL K FACTOR '135°F (57°C) with plate 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) with plate 135°F (57°C) *"155°F (68°C) with plate 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) with plate 155°F (68°C) 200°F (93°C) with plate 155°F (68"C) cULus *FM NYC -DOB MEA 101-92-E Adjustable Concealed Pendent GL5606 5.6 X X X X X X X X 'FM APPROVED AS STANDARD RESPONSE "NO FM APPROVALS 1 x 1/2 REDUCER CROSS SECTIONS 2 1/4" DIA. MIN. HOLE IN CEILING 1 7/8" DIA. NP 11-4 DEFLECTOR DROP PIN SUPPORT SHELL S 2 3/4 MAX. 17/8 MIS. CEILING COVER PLATE 2 3/4 1/8" 2 1/4" DIA. MIN. HOLE IN CEILING 1 7/8" DIA. 1' x 1/2" REDUCER 7411111 23/4 MAX. DEFLECTOR NP, �' 1 7/8 MIN. DROP PIN tiN LS SUPPORT SHELL �i U P CEILING COVER PLATE 5/16" 1/8" OPTIONAL COVER PLATE SIZE WHITE 135°F PART # WHITE 155°F PART # CHROME 135°F PART # CHROME 155°F PART # 2 3/4" 332726 332731 332724 332729 3 5/16" 332706 332711 332704 332709 ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY • Quantity • Model Number • Style • Orifice • Thread Sizes • Temperature • Finishes desired • Quantity - Adjustable Concealed Wrenches - P/N 332765 FIPS MOM MAY 2012 GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty, please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 4077AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com PRINTED U.S.A. BULLETIN GL5606 REV#6 PIPE Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot -dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. All Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe has a pressure rating of 300 PSI. Nominal: I . (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size Schedule 40 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) • Weight/Ft Bundle Size PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak -tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. A(CAPAKO)company 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e-mail: sales@bullmoosetube.com For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incumng obligation. 12/09 FITTINGS DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG, 3201 90° Elbow A FIGURE Nominal Size 3201 Maximum Working Pressure., - 90° ELBOW Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) la (mm)- lbs. (kg) 1 500 L50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 11/1 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.41 11/2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 3450 57.15 0.84 A — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. LIST® APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvllintl.com or contact an Any]P Sates Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME 81.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: DUCTILE APPROVAL STAMP 0 Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ANVIL FIG. 3201R Reducing 90° Elbow FIGURE 3201R - REDUCING 90° ELBOW Nominal Size Max. Working PressureL Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A 8 In. (mm) , PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) . Lbs. -(kg):, `., 1 x1/2 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25 x 15 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 25 x 20 3450 34.19 36.83 0.24 1'h x''h 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32 x 15 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 11/4 x 3/4 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32 x 20 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 11/4 x 1 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 32 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 11/2 x 1'/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40 x 32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2 x1/2 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50 x 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x 34 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50 x 20 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50 x 25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2 x 1'/4 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50 x 32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2 x11/2 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 x 40 3450 51.30 54.86 0.75 ♦ - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit arwilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. c . FM UM APPROVED For Ustings/Approval Details and Urnllalions, visit our website at www.anvllina.com or contact an AnviP Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three toms beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: DUCTILE APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ANVIL FIG. 3205 Straight Tee FIGURE Nominal Size 3205 - Maximum Working Pressure• STRAIGHT Dimension A TEE Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) P51 (kPa) In..(nim) ' Lbs: (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.85 25 3450 38.10 0.39 11/4 500 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44.45 0.55 1'/2 500 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.27 0.70 2 500 2.25 2.45 50 3450 57.15 1.11 ♦ — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. USTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Umitatbns, visa our website at www.anwlinll.corn or contact an Anvil. Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME 81.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: DUCTILE APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Pressure. Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 A 6 C In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (min) In. (mm) lbs (kg) 1 x'/ x 1 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 25 x 15 x 25 3450 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.29 1 x 3/4 x 1 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 25 x 20 x 25 3450 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.33 1 x 1 x1/2 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 25 x 25 x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 1 x 1 x s/, 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 25 x 25 x 20 3450 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 1 x 1 x 1'/* 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 25 x 25 x 32 3450 42.41 42.41 40.13 0.44 1 x 1 x 11/2* 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.53 11/4 x 1 x' /s* 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 32 x 25 x 15 3450 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.37 1'/ x 1 x 3/4 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 32 x 25 x 20 3450 36.83 34,80 41.15 0.41 11/4 x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 32 x 25 x 25 3450 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.45 11/4 x 1 x 1'/4 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32 x 25 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.49 11/4 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 32 x 25 x 40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 11/4 x 1'/ x'/: 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 32 x 32 x 15 3450 34.04 34.04 38.86 0.39 c®os FM USIED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our webslte at www.anvllind.com or contact an Anvir Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four tums. FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Pressure. Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 A 8 C r'. M. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) ; In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1' x 1'A x 3 32 x 32 x 20 500 3450 1.45 36.83 1.45 36.83 1.62 41.15 0.92 0.42 11/4 x 1'/e x 1 32x 32 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.13 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.42 0.95 0.43 13/4 x 1'/ x 1'/s* 32 x 32 x 40 500 3450 1.88 47.75 1.88 47.75 1.82 46.22 1.45 0.66 . Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the lates UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as 'Bull Head Tee". PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Project: DUCTILE Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Appprox. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 A 8 C In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 13/4x 11/4x 2* 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 32 x 32 x 50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11/2 x l x'h 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 40 x 25 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.43 11/2 x 1 x 3 500 1.52 1.31 1.75 1.14 40 x 25 x 20 3450 38.61 _ 34.80 44.45 0.52 11/2 x 1 x 1 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.53 11h x 1 x PA 500 1.82 1.61 1.88 1.34 40 x 25 x 32 3450 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.61 11/2 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 40 x 25 x 40 3450 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.66 11/2 x11/4x ''h 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 40 x 32 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.48 11/2 xl'/, x 3/4 500 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 40 x 32 x 20 3450 38.61 36.83 44.45 0.5 11/2 x 13/4 x 1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 40 x 32 x 25 3450 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.57 11/2x1/,x2* 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40 x 32 x 50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 11/2x 1h x'' 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 40 x 40 x 15 3450 35.81 35.81 29.46 0.52 11/2x 11/2x3/4 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 40 x 40 x 20 3450 38.61 38.61 44.45 0.56 1'h x 1h x 1 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 40 x 40 x 25 3450 41.91 41.91 45.72 0.59 11/2 x 11h x 1'/, 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 40 x 40 x 32 3450 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.67 A Working Pressure Ratings are for reference on your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee. SPF/DI-1.15 FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Pressure., Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 A 8 C In. (mm) 'PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) ° In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11 x 11/2 x 2* 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40 x 40 x 50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 2 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 50x25x50 3450 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.98 2 x PA x2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 50 x 32 x 50 3450 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.04 2x 11/2x1/2 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 50 x 40 x 15 3450 37.85 35.81 47.75 0.68 2 x 1'h x t/i 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 50 x 40 x 20 3450 40.64 38.61 50.04 0.73 2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 50 x 40 x 25 3450 43.94 41.91 51.31 0.74 2x1'Ax1'/, 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 50 x 40 x 32 3450 48.26 46.23 53.34 0.82 2 x 1h x 1h 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 50 x 40 x 40 3450 51.31 49.28 54.86 0.91 2x11/2x2 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 50 x 40 x 50 3450 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.07 2 x2 x1/2 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 50 x 50 x 15 3450 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.73 2 x 2 x r/, 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 50 x 50 x 20 3450 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.76 2 x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 50 x 50 x 25 3450 43.94 43.94 51.31 0.84 2x2x13/4 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 50 x 50 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.93 2x2x11/2 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 50 x 50 x 40 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.99 and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ice; vi FIG. 3207R Reducing Cross 1 1x1x2x2 FIGURE 3207R - REDUCING CROSS Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. 1 x 1 x 2 x 2 PressureA A 8 Wt. Each In. (mm) P51(kPa): :.. , In: (mm) : In: (mm) - .: 16s. (kg) 13/4x1Ax1 x1 500 1.58 1.67 1.27 32 x 32 x 25 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.58 1hx11/2x1 xl 500 1.65 1.80 1.48 40 x 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.67 2x2x1 xl 500 1.73 2.02 2.10 50 x 50 x 25 x 25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.95 ♦ — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilind.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. LISTED APPROVED For JsungsfAppmal Details and Limitations, visit our website at vnvw.anviliml.com or contact an Anvil' Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening con cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: DUCTILE APPROVAL STAMP 0 Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG. 3221R Reducing Coupling FIGURE 3221R - REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressures Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm). PSI (kPa) In, (mm) • _ , lbs. (kg) 1 x I/1 25 x 15 500 3450 1.69 42.92 0.39 0.18 1 x 3 25 x 20 500 3450 1.69 42.92 0.53 0.24 ♦ — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. OSIER APPROVED For LlstirgsfApprwal Details and Limitations, visit our website at wwwanvvnticom or contact an AnviS Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME BI.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: DUCTILE APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ANVIL FIG. 3224 Cap f A Nominal Size FIGURE 3224 Maximum Working PressureA - CAP Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In (mm) . . ' PSI (kPa)... - In (mm) .; - lbs. (kg) . . 1 500 1.16 0.32 25 3450 29.46 0.15 Ph 500 1.28 0.43 32 3450 32.51 0.20 Ph 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.27 2 500 1.45 0.91 50 3450 36.83 0.41 ♦ — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest U./ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. cos FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limltatlons, visit our website at viww.anvIllntl.com or contact anAnvlP Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME 81.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four tums. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: DUCTILE APPROVAL STAMP ❑Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 FIG. 7012* CietWAL OK Gruvlok Flange ANVIL The Gruvlok® Fig. 7012 Flange allows direct connection of Class 125 or Class 150 flanged components to a grooved piping system. The two inter- locking halves of the 2" thru 12" sizes of the Gruvlok Flange are hinged for ease of handling, and are drawn together by a latch bolt which eases assembly on the pipe. Precision machined bolt holes, key and mating surfaces assure concentricity and flatness to provide exact fit -up with flanged, lug, and wafer styles of pipe system equipment. A specially designed gasket provides a leak -tight seal on both the pipe and the mating flange face. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. The Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flange requires the use of a steel adapter insert when used against rubber faced surfaces, wafer/lug design valves and serrated or irregular sealing surfaces. In copper systems a phenolic adapter insert is required, in place of the steel adapter insert. (See Installation and Assembly Instructions Section or contact your Anvil Rep. for details.) LISTED APPROVED VdS) For Usllnps/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at wvex.envilintl.ccun or contact an Anvil' Saks Representative. - Available galvanized. ' When ordering, refer to product as FP701 2. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 LATCH BOLT/NUT (2"-12"): Heat treated, zinc electroplated, carbon steel oval neck track bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 and zinc electroplated heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or 1995 Grade 2. METRIC BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, zinc electroplated oval -neck track head bolts made of carbon steel with mechanical properties per ISO 898-1 Class 8.8. Hex nuts and bolts are zinc electroplated followed by a yellow chromate dip. COATINGS: ['Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) ❑ Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) ['Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: [(Standard Gruvlok ❑ Gruvlok Xtremer"' required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM 0-2000. 0 Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code} -40°F to 230°f (Service Temperature Range)( -40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. ❑ Grade "EP" EPDM (Green and Red color code) -40°F to 250°F (Service Temperature Range)( -40°C to 121 °C) Recommended For water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many other chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7012* Gruvlok Flange Zr- ANVIL + PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bol circle PN 10 & 16 Flange. • Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe.For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and IPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit amilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see Technical Data Section. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. To avoid interference issues, flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME 816.5. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE 1429 Grade 5 are acceptable. FP -4.12 Refer to the Gruvlok Product Catalog or Anvils web site for more information on installing this flange. 300 Lb Flange is available, Fig. 7013, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact your Anvil Rep. for more information. Other sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Grevioke Xtreyrre'' Lubricant is required. FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 125 Si 150 Nominal Max. "%d, Latch Bolt Dimensions Sealing Surface Mating Flange Bolts Approx. S ze 0.D.Pi working Pressure Latch Bolt Size* Specified Torque § X Y Z A Max. B Min. MIK Range Bolls Sperified Torque § . Ea. Min. Max. Qty. Size (ANSI) Min. Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar LbsjkN In/mm 11.-!6s/N-m In/mm In./mm Injmm In./mm Inamm in. (ISO)mm FL-Lbs/N-m lbs./Kg 2 2.375 300 1,329 % x 2% 30 45 6% 83 % 23 31/26 4 5/e x 2% 110 140 4.2 50 60.3 20.7 5.91 MIO x70 40 60 159 213 19 60 87 4 4116 x TO 149 190 1.9 21 2.815 300 1,948 3/e x 23/ 30 45 7 91/2 % 2% 4 4 5/e x 2% 110 140 4.6 65 73.0 20.7 866 MIO x70 40 60 178 241 19 73 102 - M16x70 149 190 2.1 3 0.D. 2.996 300 .2,115 - 30 45 71/4 93A ''/a 3 41/4 - - 110 140 4.8 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 M10 x 70 40 60 184 248 19 76 105 4 M16 x 70 149 190 2.2 3 3.500 300 2,886 3/e x 2% 30 45 7'/8 101/2 % 31/2 43/46 4 5/6x 23/, 110 140 6.0 88.9 88.9 20.7 12.84 MIO x 70 40 60 200 267 19 89 116 8 MI6 x 70 149 190 2.7 4 4.500 300 4,771 % x 2% 30 45 9 111/2 % 41/2 59A6 8 % x 2% 110 140 6.3 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 MIO x TO 40 60 229 292 19 114 141 8 MI6 x70 149 190 2.9 5440.D. 5.500 300 7,127 - 30 45 9% 12% / 5946 63/ - . 220 250 15.6 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 M10 x 70 40 60 251 327 22 141 171 8 M16 x 75 298 339 7.1 5 5.563 300 7,292 3e x 23/ 30 45 10 121/2 '/6 5956 63/ 8 3/ x 2'/e 220 250 8.8 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 M10x70 40 60 254 318 22 141 171 - - 298 339 4.0 6'10.D. 6.500 300 9,955 . 30 45 11'% 14 74 6% 7% - 220 250 9.7 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 M10 x 70 40 60 286 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.4 6 6.625 300 10,341 3/e x 2% 30 45 11 14 '/e 6% 713/46 8 % x 3'/e 220 250 9.6 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 M10x70 40 60 279 356 22 168 198 8 M20x80 298 339 4.4 8 8.625 300 17,528 3/e x 2% 30 45 131/2 161/2 1 85 10 8 31 x 3% 220 250 15.6 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 M10 x70 40 60 343 419 25 219 254 8 (12) M20 x 80 298 339 7.1 10 10.750 300 27,229 3/e x 2% 30 45 16 19 1 10% 12'% 12 1/4 x 31 320 400 18.2 250 273.1 20.7 121.12 M10x70 40 60 406 483 25 273 308 12 M20 90 439 542 8.3 12 12.750 300 38,303 3/e x 2% 30 45 19 21% 1'% 123 141/4 12 '/e x 3% 320 400 29.9 300 323.9 20.7 170.38 MI 0 x 70 40 60 483 552 32 324 359 12 - 439 542 13.6 12 79) 12.750 300 38,303 - 30 45 18% 21% 1 123/4 14% 12 . 320 400 20.9 300 323.9 20.7 170.38 M10 x 70 40 60 460 540 25 324 359 12 M20 x 90 439 542 9.5 + PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bol circle PN 10 & 16 Flange. • Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe.For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and IPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit amilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see Technical Data Section. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. To avoid interference issues, flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME 816.5. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE 1429 Grade 5 are acceptable. FP -4.12 Refer to the Gruvlok Product Catalog or Anvils web site for more information on installing this flange. 300 Lb Flange is available, Fig. 7013, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact your Anvil Rep. for more information. Other sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Grevioke Xtreyrre'' Lubricant is required. FIG. 7012* i + LOK Gruvlok Flange ANVIL 10 MA. - Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure —� 7012 Flange Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure Component 7012 Flange Grooved Pipe Flange Adapter Insert A.The sealing surfaces A Max. to B Min. of the mating flange must be free from gouges, undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket. B. Gruvlok Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation. C.Do not use Gruvlok Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference. D.Gruvlok Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tie - rods across non -restrained joints. E. Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing. The use of a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment. The Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the Gruvlok Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area. F. Gruvlok Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. G. An additional bolt is recommended for the hinge side of the 2" - 12" Figure 7012 when connecting to lug valves. H.Contact an Anvil Representative for Di -Electric Flange connections. FP -4.12 Grooved Pipe Rubber Surface Flange Adapter Insert Flange Gasket Mating Flange with Serrated Face Applications which require a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert: 1. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve), if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max. to B Min.), place the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the Gruvlok flange. 2. When mating to a rubber -faced metal flange, the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the rubber -faced flange. 3. When mating to a serrated flange surface, a standard full-faced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face and the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the standard Flange gasket. 4. When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert, use procedure described in note 3. FIG. 7050DR .ccitactiLOK 90° Drain Elbow FIGURE 7050DR 90° DRAIN ELBOW Nominal O.D. Max. Working Pressure Dimensions Approx. Wt. Ea. Center to End H In./DNfmm), InJmm PSI/bar In/mm Injmm lbsJKg 11/4 1.660 300 23/4 13/4 0.7 32 42.2 20.7 70 44 0.3 11/2 1.900 300 2% 1% 1.7 40 48.3 20.7 70 44 0.8 2 2.375 300 3' 1% 2.0 50 60.3 20.7 83 44 0.9 21/2 2.875 300 3% 1% 2.5 65 73.0 20.7 95 48 1.1 3 3.500 300 41/4 2 3.2 80 88.9 20.7 108 51 1.5 4 4.500 300 5 21/4 4.6 100 114.3 20.7 127 57 2.1 5 5.563 300 51/2 23/8 11.5 125 141.3 20.7 140 60 5.2 6 6.625 300 61/2 2% 9.6 150 168.3 20.7 165 60 4.4 8 8.625 300 73/4 21/2 15.8 200 219.1 20.7 197 64 7.2 10 10.750 300 9 2% 48.5 250 273.1 20.7 22? 69 22 12 12.750 300 10 2% 66 300 323.9 20.7 254 69 29 Additional sizes available, see Gnrvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet. USTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anviMLLcan or contact an Anvil. Sales Representative. ANVIL - Available galvanized. Available fabricated Schedule 10 only. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FABRICATED FITTINGS: 11/4" - 6" are Carbon Steel, A-135, Schedule 10 8" - 12" are Carbon Steel, A -795/A-135/.188 Wall COATINGS: ['Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or 0 Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) DOther available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP 0 Approved Address: 0 Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: 0 Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7050S* l.k+IL OK Standard 90° Elbow for Fire Protection ANVIL STANDARD Nominal Size FIGURE O.D. 7050S* 90° NaxRated' Pressure ELBOW Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) . In./mm PSI/lit ' ' In./nun `-' L6s,/Kg, 1 1.315 300 21/4 0.6 25 33.4 20.7 57 0.3 11/4 1.660 300 23/4 1.0 32 42.2 20.7 70 0.5 11/2 1.900 300 21/4 1.2 40 48.3 20.7 70 0.5 2 2.375 300 314 1.7 50 60.3 20.7 83 0.8 21/2 2.875 300 3% 2.6 65 73.0 20.7 95 1.2 30.D. 2.996 300 4 3.6 76.1 76.1 20.7 102 1.6 3 3.500 300 41/4 4.0 80 88.9 20.7 108 1.8 4 4.500 300 5 7.7 100 114.3 20.7 127 3.5 51/2 0.0 5.500 300 5)/4 10.9 139.7 139.7 20.7 133 4.9 5 5.563 300 51/2 11.1 125 141.3 20.7 140 5.0 61/2 0.D. 6.500 300 61/2 17.4 165.1 165.1 20.7 165 7.9 6 6.625 300 61/2 16.5 150 168.3 20.7 165 7.5 8 8.625 300 71/4 30.6 200 219.1 20.7 197 13.9 10 10.750 300 9 53.5 250 273.1 20.7 229 24.3 12 12.750 300 10 82 300 323.9 20.7 254 37.2 For additional sizes, see Fig. 7050 in the Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. c®u VdS 11510 APPROVED vi For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at wwwanvirmti.can or contact an Arm? Sales Representative. - Available galvanized. " When ordering, refer to product as FP70505. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: ❑ Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or ❑ Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) ❑Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7051* Standard 45° Elbow for Fire Protection ANVIL STANDARD Nominal Size FIGURE O.D.NhateId 7051* 45 I Pressure ELBOW Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSIAar Inimm thillig 11/4 1.660 300 13/4 0.7 32 42.2 20.7 44 0.3 11/2 1.900 300 13/4 0.7 40 48.3 20.7 44 0.4 2 2.375 300 2 1.5 50 60.3 20.7 51 0.1 TA 2.875 300 VA 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 57 0.9 3 3.500 300 21/2 3.3 80 88.9 20.7 64 1.5 4 4.500 300 3 5.4 100 114.3 20.7 76 2.4 5 5.563 300 3% 9.0 125 141.3 20.7 83 43 6 6.625 300 31/2 11.2 150 168.3 20.7 89 5.1 8 8.625 300 41/4 19.8 200 219.1 20.7 108 9.0 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. USED APPROVED • P: . [VdS For Ustings/Approval Dons and Umttattons, visit our welostte at www.aniFmtcom o ntan Anvil. Safes Representative. Available as a fabricated fitting. - Available galvanized. • When ordering, refer to product as FP7051. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: ['Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or o Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) El Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP D Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: El Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7060S* s-tM[.OK Standard Tee for Fire Protection ANVIL FIGURE Nominal Size 7060S* O D . STANDARD Max' Rated Pressure Center to End TEE Approx. Wt. Ea. In/DN(mm) In.Imm: - PSI/bar ., ., Inimni , IbsJkg 1 1.315 300 21/4 0.9 25 33.4 20.7 57 0.4 11/2 1.660 300 23 1.5 32 42.2 20.7 70 0.7 1'h 1.900 300 2' 1.8 40 48.3 20.7 70 0.8 2 2.375 300 31/2 2.4 50 60.3 20.7 83 1.1 21/2 2.875 300 3'% 4.0 65 73.0 20.7 95 1.8 30.D. 2.996 300 4 4.6 76.1 76.1 20.7 101 2.1 3 3.500 300 41/2 5.8 80 88.9 20.7 108 2.6 4 4.500 300 5 10.3 100 114.3 20.7 127 4.7 51/2 0.D. 5.500 300 5/2 16.1 139.7 139.7 20.7 140 7.3 5 5.563 300 51/2 16.2 125 141.3 20.7 140 7.3 61/2 0.D. 6.500 300 61/2 24.4 165.1 165.1 20.7 165 11.1 6 6.625 300 61/2 25.7 150 168.3 20.7 165 11.7 8 8.625 300 73 41.1 200 219.1 20.7 197 18.6 10 10.750 300 9 74.5 250 273.1 20.7 229 33.8 12 12.750 300 10 94.7 300 323.9 20.7 254 43.0 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. cO. VdS MED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at wwwanvibnti.com or contact an ArnT Sales Representative. -Availablegalvanized. ' When ordering, refer fo product as FP70605. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: ID Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or ❑ Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) DOther available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7072 Concentric Reducer ANVIL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1"-I 0" Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12" and above Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: [(Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or CI Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) ❑Otther available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series E to E Cast Available as a fabricated fining. $ - Available galvanized. EtoE c®us r usto Weld APPROVED VdS For Ustings/Appmval Details aro Limitations, visit our website el wwwarwMY,5.com or contact an Am5'Sales Representative. Additional sizes availab e, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. ■- Cast fittings, all others are fabricated steel. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑Approved FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (GROOVE BY GROOVE) ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Nominal Size O.D:1 O.D: 2 End to End A rox Wt. t. Ea. Nominal Size O.D:1 O.D: 2 End to End Approx. W; Ea. Nominal Size O.D:1 O.D. 2 End to End Approx. Ea. InIDN(mn) `hi:/iim' ." iiihil a lri.%mm. lis:Ag In./DN(mm) ►e./nimf''-_-fn;/mm'. T. in./mm, '. 1.6i/Kg: In/VN(nm) `"I1)./mm > InJthth . '' InJmm . [dM./Kg , 11/4 x 1 1.660 1.315 21/2 0.6 4 x 1 4.500 1.315 3 2.2 6 x 4 it 6.625 4.500 4 5.6 32 x 25 42.2 33.4 64 0.3 100 x 25 114.3 33.4 76 1.0 150 x 100 168.3 114.3 102 2.5 1'% x 1 1.900 1.315 21/2 0.6 4 x 1'/ 4.500 1.660 3 2.2 6 x 5 ■ 6.625 5.563 4 6.0 40 x 25 48.3 33.4 64 0.3 100 x 32 114.3 42.2 76 1.0 150 x 125 168.3 141.3 102 2.7 1'/2 x11/4 1.900 1.660 21/2 0.6 4 x 11/2 4.500 1.900 3 2.3 8 x 3 8.625 3.500 5 12.0 40 x 32 48.3 42.2 64 0.3 100 x 40 114.3 48.3 76 1.0 200 x 80 219.1 88.9 127 5.5 2 x 1 2.375 1.315 21/2 0.8 4 x 2 4.500 2.375 3 2.4 8 x 4 8.625 4.500 5 9.0 50 x 25 60.3 33.4 64 0.4 100 x 50 114.3 60.3 76 1.1 200 x 100 219.1 114.3 127 4.1 2 x 1'/4 ■ 2.375 1.660 21 1.3 4 x 21/2 • 4.500 2.875 3 2.6 8 x 5 8.625 5.563 5 11.5 50x. 32 60.3 42.2 64 0.6 100 x 65 114.3 73.0 76 1.2 200 x 125 219.1 141.3 127 5.2 2 x 11/2■ 2.375 1.900 21/2 1.3 4 x 3 ■ 4.500 3.500 3 3.2 8 x 6 to 8.625 6.625 5 15.5 50 x 40 60.3 48.3 64 0.6 100 x 80 114.3 88.9 76 1.5 200 x 150 219.1 168.3 127 7.0 21/2 x 1 2.875 1.315 21/2 1.0 4 x 31/2 4.500 4.000 3 3.6 10 x 4 10.750 4.500 6 20.0 65 x 25 73.0 33.4 64 0.5 100 x 90 114.3 101.6 76 1.6 250 x 100 273.1 114.3 152 9.1 21 x 1% 2.875 1.660 21/2 1.0 5 x 2 5.563 2.375 31/2 4.6 10 x 5 10150 5.563 6 20.0 65 x 32 73.0 42.2 64 0.5 125 x 50 141.3 60.3 89 2.1 250 x 125 273.1 141.3 152 9.1 21/2 x 11/2 2.875 1.900 21/2 1.3 5 x 2'% 5.563 2.875 31/2 4.5 10 x 6. 10.750 6.625 6 20.0 65 x 40 73.0 48.3 64 0.6 125 x 65 141.3 73.0 89 2.0 250 x150 273.1 168.3 152 9.1 21 x 2 ■ 2.875 2.375 21/2 1.6 5 x 3 5.563 3.500 31/2 4.4 10 x 8 10.750 8.625 6 23.9 65 x 50 73.0 60.3 64 0.7 125 x 80 141.3 88.9 89 2.0 250 x 200 213.1 219.1 152 10.8 3 x 1 3.500 1.315 21/2 1.2 5 x 4. 5.563 4.500 31/2 4.5 12 x 4 12.750 4.500 7 25.0 80 x 25 88.9 33.4 64 0.5 125 x 100 141.3 114.3 89 2.0 300 x 100 323.9 114.3 178 11.3 3 x 1% 3.500 1.660 21 1.3 6 x 1 6.625 1.315 4 6.8 12 x 6 12.750 6.625 7 29.0 80 x 32 88.9 42.2 64 0.6 150 x 25 168.3 33.4 102 3.1 300 x 150 323.9 168.3 178 13.2 3 x 11/2 3.500 1.900 21/2 1.3 6 x 1'/2 6.625 1.900 4 6.9 12 x 8 12150 8.625 7 29.0 80 x 40 88.9 48.3 64 0.6 150 x 40 168.3 48.3 102 3.1 300 x 200 323.9 219.1 178 13.2 3 x 2 ■ 3.500 2.375 21/2 1.4 6 x 2 ■ 6.625 2.375 4 6.0 12 x 10 12.750 10.750 7 32.4 80 x 50 88.9 60.3 64 0.6 150 x 50 168.3 60.3 102 2.7 300 x 250 323.9 273.1 178 14.7 3 x 21 ■ 3.500 2.875 21/2 1.6 6 x 21/2 6.625 2.875 4 6.0 80 x 65 88.9 73.0 64 0.7 150 x 65 168.3 73.0 102 2.7 3'/2x3 4.000 3.500 3 1.8 6x3■ 6.625 3.500 4 5.4 90 x 80 101.6 88.9 76 0.8 150 x 80 168.3 88.9 102 2.4 Additional sizes availab e, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. ■- Cast fittings, all others are fabricated steel. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7074* i iLOK Cap AVL T - -O.D. H E to E FIGURE Nominal Size 7074 0 D CAP End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) , . -,... In/mmz.. In.✓mm:t;, ;.: Ibs./Kgn:k. 1 1.315 11/4 0.3 25 33.4 32 0.1 1'/4 1.660 11/4 0.4 32 42.2 32 0.2 1'/2 1.900 11/4 0.5 40 48.3 32 0.2 2 2.375 1 0.5 50 60.3 25 0.2 21/2 2.875 1 0.7 65 73.0 25 0.3 30.0. 2.996 1 0.8 76.1 76.1 25 0.4 3 3.500 1 1.1 80 88.9 25 0.5 4 4.500 11/2 2.8 100 114.3 29 1.3 51/2 01 5.500 P/e 4.0 139.7 139.7 29 1.8 5 5.563 11/2 4.0 125 141.3 29 1.8 6'/ 0.D. 6.500 l'/a 6.0 165.1 165.1 29 2.7 6 6.625 15/16 6.0 150 168.3 33 2.7 8 8.625 11/2 12.5 200 219.1 38 5.7 10 10.750 11/2 21.9 250 273.1 38 9.9 12 12.750 11/2 33.8 300 323.9 38 15.3 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. e®us USI® APPROVED For Ustigs/Appawal Details and Limitations, visit our webslte at www.aml5ntl.corn or contact an Anvil. sales Representative. • When ordering, refer to product as FP7074. • VdS - Available galvanized. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: ['Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or ❑Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) ❑Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7400* ttawaLoK Rigidlite® Coupling ANVIL IONA The Gruvlok® Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling is specially de- signed to provide a rigid, locked -in pipe connection to meet the specific demands of rigid design steel pipe. Fast and easy swing -over installation of the rugged lightweight housing produces a secure, rigid pipe joint. The Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling is UL/ULC Listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved for fire protection service in both wet and dry systems, with roll grooved or cut grooved steel pipe prepared in accordance with Gruvlok grooving specifications. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. The Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling with a Pre -Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type "A" gasket (coupling is easily identified by purple nuts) is intended for use in fire protection systems installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13 "Sprinkler Systems". VdS UREA APPROVED @ For Listings/Approval Details and Lenitatlons, vlsf our website at vnvw.anw,ntt.°am or contact an Amnr Sales nepresentative. Q —Available galvanized. ` When ordering, refer to product as FP7400. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval -neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade 8, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. METRIC BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, zinc electroplated oval -neck track head bolts made of carbon steel with mechanical properties per ISO 898-1 Class 8.8. Hex nuts and bolts are zinc electroplated followed by a yellow chromate dip. COATINGS: ❑ Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) ❑ Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) ❑ Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: ❑ Standard Gruvlok ❑ Gruvlok XtremeTM required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. 0 Pre -Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 150°F (Service Temperature Range)( -40°C to 66°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok XtremeTM Lubricant is required. ❑ Grade "EP" EPDM (Green and Red color code) -40°F to 250°F (Service Temperature Range)( -40°C to 121 °C) Recommended For water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many other chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: ❑ Standard C Style ❑ Flush Gap PROJECT INFORMATION Project: Kiddie Academy APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: Phone: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Phone: Remarks: Submittal Date: 11/12/2015 Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -4.12 FIG. 7400* Rigidlite® Coupling ANVIL 7400 Grade "EP" EPDM gasket is required for use in copper system. Range of Pipe End Seperation values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. A - Working Pressure Ratings are For reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Other sizes available, see Gnrvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. FP -4.12 A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok° Xtreme" Lubricant is required. FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING Nominal Size Pipe 0.D. Max. Working Pressure Max End Load Range of Pipe End Separation Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § Approx. Wt. Ea. X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. in./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./IN ' In./mm In./mm In./mm " In./mm In./mm ' FL-L6i/N-m Lb8./Xg' P14 1.660 300 649 0.1/32 25 434 13/4 2 % x 21/4 30 45 1.3 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-0.79 67 121 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 11h 1.900 300 851 0-1/32 2'/e 4% 13/4 2 3/e x 21/4 30 45 1.4 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-0.79 73 124 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 2 2.375 300 1,329 0.1/32 31/4 51/2 1% 2 % x 21/4 30 45 1.6 50' 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-0.79 83 140 44 All 0 x 57 40 60 0.7 21/2 2.875 300 1,948 0-'/s 32/e 6 13/4 2 %s x 21/4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-0.79 98 152 44 Mx x 57 40 60 0.9 3O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 0'/2 4 5/ 13/4 2 3/4x2/ 30 45 1.9 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-0.79 102 149 44 M10 ax 57 40 60 0.9 3 3.500 300 2,886 0-1/32 41/2 6% 1% 2 3/e x 2% 30 45 2.1 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 114 171 44 M10 x 70 40 60 1.0 4 4.500 300 4,771 0.3/32 5% 73/4 P/e 2 3/s x 2% 30 45 3.1 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 143 197 48 MIO x70 40 60 1.4 510.D. 5.500 300 7,127 03/2 63/4 91/4 2 2 h x 3 80 100 4.5 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0-2.38 171 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 5 5.563 300 7,292 0.3/2 62 91/4 2 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 4.6 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0-2.38 175 235 51 M12x76 110 150 2.1 61/2 0.D. 6.500 300 9,955 03/, 73/4 103/8 2 2 1x3 80 100 5.5 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0.2.38 200 264 51 M12 x76 110 150 2.5 6 6.625 300 10,341 03/32 7% 103/s 2 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 5.5 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 02.38 200 264 51 M12x76 110 150 2.5 8 8.625 300 17,528 03/2 101/4 12% 23/t 2 1/2 x 31/2 80 100 8.4 200* 219.1 20.7 77.97 02.38 260 324 60 M 12 x 89 110 150 3.8 7400 Grade "EP" EPDM gasket is required for use in copper system. Range of Pipe End Seperation values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. A - Working Pressure Ratings are For reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Other sizes available, see Gnrvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. FP -4.12 A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok° Xtreme" Lubricant is required. ELIMINATOR Adjustable Drop Nipple Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples provide the user with the ability to adjust fire sprinkler assemblies (concealed, recessed, or pendent) to fit flush to the finished ceiling without having to cut a drop nipple or drain the system. • Available in two models, female or male thread inlet, with three standard lengths with adjustment up to 3" (7.62 cm) • UL Listed, FM Approved, and BSA -NYC Approved for installa- tion to NFPA Bulletin 13 requirements. VdS Approved for the European market. • Cold formed from steel conforming to ASTM Grade. • Inner nipples employ two (2) "O -Rings" to provide added assurance of sealing. The "F" Model is designed to keep "0 - Rings" from impinging upon the one inch (1 ") inlet threads when fully retracted. • The bore of the outer nipple is precision formed to a close tolerance while held to a microfinish of 50 to provide for positive sealing of the "O -Rings". • Each unit is hydrostatically tested to insure "0 -Ring" integrity prior to shipment. • Each unit is marked with a lot number to insure full traceability. • Qualifying tests on all models are performed at 1500 PSI, while the various models are rated for 300 PSI operation. • Threads are cut to be better than or equal to the requirements of ANSI 81.20.1, NPT or 150-7-1 threads. PRODUCT APPROVALS Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipple : (UL VGSQ - EX3829, FM Approval Guide Chapter 1 - Adjustable Sprinkler Fittings VdS Certificate #64930033 BSA: 886 -86 -SA) Adjustable Drop Model Inlet x Outlet Size Adjustment Equivalent Length Rated Pressure Max. Ceiling Ambient Temperature NPT In./mm In./mm Ft/ht psig f/C M1.150 2 , 5x13 25.4 0.3 300 300° 148' M3.150 1 x'/ 25 x 13 3 76.2 1 0.3 ME3.150 1 x'/s 25 x 13 3 76.2 1 0.3 F1.150 1 x1/2 25 x 13 1 25.4 4.2 1.3 F2.150 25x, 3 50.8 .8 0.4 F3.150 25xtx13 763 2 0.5 F3.175 1 x% 25 x 19 3 76.2 2.9 0.9 Model Number Part # ELIMINATOR Inlet ADJUSTABLE Outlet Minimum Length DROP NIPPLE Maximum Length Maximum Adjustment Maximum Sprinkler Orifice Weight Notes 1: NPT/ISO NPTASO NPT/150 In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./kg M1.150* 531150 1" Male '/s" Female 4.125 5.125 1.00 0.531 1.00 551150 25mm /,tole 13mm Female 104.8 130.2 25.4 13.5 0.45 M3.150 533150 1" Male '/:" Female 6.125 9.125 3.00 0.531 1.25 553150 25mm Male 13mmFemale 155.6 231.8 76.2 13.5 0.57 ME3.150* 543150 1" Male '/" Female 7.875 10.875 3.00 0.531 1.50 563150 25mm Male l3mm Female 200.0 276.2 16.2 13.5 0.68 F1.150 501150 1" Female '/"Female 3.500 4.500 1.00 0.625 0.80 511150 25mm Female 13mm Female 88.9 114.3 25.4 15.9 0.36 F2.150* 502150 1" Female '/s" Female 4.500 6.500 2.00 0.625 1.00 512150 25mm Female 13mm Female 114.3 165.1 50.8 15.9 0.45 f3.150 503150 1" Female 1/2" Female 5.500 8.500 3.00 0.531 1.25 513150 25mm Female 13mm Female 139.7 215.9 76.2 13.5 0.57 F3.175 503175 1" Female %" Female 7.350 10.350 3.00 0.625 1.40 513175 25mm Femme 19mm Female 186.7 262.9 76.2 15.9 0.64 * Special Order Length Tolerance ±'/s" PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP U Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP -9.14 ELIMINATOR Adjustable Drop Nipple ANVIL • MODEL 'M' INSTALLATION BRANCH PIPE MIN. MAX. LENGTH MODEL 'M' CEILING TILE SPRINKLER HEAD • DRAWING OF MODEL 'M' & 'F' 1" NPT OR ISO MALETHRD INLET M N., MAX. LENGTH 1' NPT OR ISO FEMALE THRD INLET MIN., MAX. LENGTH i '/z" NPT'/z° or Ye NPT FEMALETHRD / FEMALE THRD OUTLET OUTLET FP -4.12 INSTALLATION A) For use in wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. (See item 4) B) Before starting the job of making sprinklers into steel threads of the above fittings, count the number of fully developed male threads on the brand of sprinkler to be installed into the fittings. If seven(7) perfect threads are counted, the sprinkler should thread into the 'h" or 3/4" thread from three (3) to four (4) threads hand tight. If five (5) to six (6) threads are counted, the sprinkler should thread into the'' h" or 1/4" thread from two (2) to three (3) threads hand tight. C) The use of an anaerobic pipe thread sealant is preferred for thread make up when con- necting to another pipe fitting or nipple. If attaching a sprinkler head, please refer to the manufacturer's installation instructions and apply pipe thread sealant only to male threads of the sprinkler. D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler to make-up to a minimum of from five (5) to six (6) full threads, do not overtighten the sprinkler. Instead back the sprinkler out of the fitting. Clean any debris and/or pipe sealant from both the male and female threads. Gauge both the male threads of the sprinkler and the female threads of the Adjustable Drop Nipple for compliance with ANSI 81.2.1. Specification for Tapered Pipe Threads. The same procedure would apply if a leak has been detected. If within tolerance, reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant and make -on to the required length. Allow tweny-four hours for setting. E) Connect the Adjustable Drop Nipple assembly to the sprinkler system by wrenching on the make-up area on the Drop Nipple. DO NOT WRENCH ON THE BARREL PORTION OF THE UNIT OR SPRINKLER. Damage to the Adjustable Drop Nipple or Sprinkler may result. F) After the ceiling has been installed adjust the sprinkler to its final position by using the sprinkler wrench and assemble the escutcheonplate to the inner support ring. It is rec- ommended that the system pressure be relieved when adjusting, however it is not neces- sary to drain the system. 1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples Models "M" and "F" are the screw type consist- ing of an outer case which has one (1) inch N.P.T. or 150-7 male or female thread on the inlet, and an inner case which has either a one-half inch ('h") or a three-quarter inch (3/41 N.P.T. sprinkler connection. The inner case employs 0 -Ring Seals and adjusts either in or out over the range of the adjustment. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are designed for use in automatic fire sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. (See item 4). The purpose of these fittings is to allow for the final adjustment of the drop nipple between a branch line and a pendant sprinkler by eliminating the need to re -cut the existing drop nipple in order to fit -up flush to the ceiling. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples do not require any secondary locking following final adjustment and they will not extend as a result of vibrations or pressure surges in the system. 2) APPROVALS AND STANDARDS Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are listed by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL Listing Number 57S0) and approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM). In addition, Model "M" and "F" Adjustable Drop Nipples are approved by the New York Board of Materials and Equipment Standard (BSA -886-86-5A) and verband der Schadenversicherer e.V., (Vds). 3) TECHNICAL DATA Merit Adjustable Drop Nipples are rated for use at a maximum temperature of 300° F, and a maximum service pressure of 300 psi. The approximate friction loss based on the Hazen and Williams Formula expressed in equiv- alent length of one (1) inch, schedule 40 pipe (where C= 120) is 1' for'' h" outlet Model "M", 2.6' for 3/4" outlet Model "M", 4.2' for F1, 1.3' for F2, 1.5' for F3.150, and 2.9' for F3.175. Merit Eliminator Drop nipples maximum sprinkler orifice size for Models M3.150, ME3.150, M1.150, and F3.150 is "/32" and Models F1.150, F2.150 and F3.175 is 5/8". The inlet and outlet threads conform to ANSI BI.20.1 / ISO-7R/RC. The 0 -Ring seals used in the manufacture are an ethylene propylene elastomer (EPDM). The outer and inner casings are manufactured from high strength carbon Steel. All Model "M" and "F" Adjustable Drop Nipples are hydrostatically tested for O-ring integrity prior to shipment. 4) WARNING Adjustable Drop Nipples described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document as well as the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association in addition to the standards for any other authorities having jurisdiction. DO NOT USE ANY PETROLEUM BASED LUBRICANTS ON THE 0 -RING SEALS. Petroleum based lubricants are incompatible with EPDM and will impair serviceability of the unit. Flexible Sprinkler Drops Braided Flexible Sprinkler Connection Data Sheet EASYFLEX Flexible Sprinkler Drops are designed to significantly reduce labor and installation costs. By eliminating the need for pipe cutting and midline connections, you save valuable time and money. Easyflex flexible sprinkler connections offer braided and unbraided flexible hoses in 2',3',4',5', and 6' with top loading or front loading brackets for variety of ceiling and wall applications: T -Bars, metal studs, hat channels, wood beams, concrete sidewalls, and more. The system is qualified to be installed at commercial, hotel, retail, restaurants, cultural, entertainment, educational, government, healthcare, and religious buildings. EASYFLEX-Flexible Sprinkler 116 ., Appliance Standards ` fi u$ NationallFire,Protection:Association UNFPA) 3 I$N NFPA 13. Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler- Systems F +t k • NFPA 43a: Standard'for the_Installation of'Spnnkler Systems to One and Two Family Dwelbngs and Manufactured;Hoi es • NFPA 13R: Standard for Inst-ailatlon ofaSprinkler..Systems in:residenttai3Occupancies_up to and lncllieling four s`tories;in hei • NFPA 13 Section 9,2:1:3.3.3 - NaFia7gers:• are required for tiextb'le'connections:as longias tha fengthjdoes .not excee 6fi' American Society for Testin an Nldtkods AS Ti. ASTM,:G63 :_StanarddSpecifications forthe manufacture, performance and i,, g testofi metal suspension systems toric tileanlayin pael"ceilings d • ST066 Standard practiCeifora ntalatidnofmetal•.ceiling'sus ensign,syateasforacoistoaf tilelandla-in'anes; 1' F t 1Vl` I (FM)', FM YN • a.1 ac o' utua ', -Cass o;r ,Approved standard -for 1exible spnnk(er fiose with threaded arid`ftttings: UnderwrritersLaboratories;;Inc (ULA; UL 2443:. • Standard` for flexible spnnkler:hose wlth,llttings for fire. protecEionservice : International BuildiingCode (IBC)Section 1.621 /American Societyaf Civil•Engineers (ASCE)? 9.6.2.6.2 & 9 6 2; FlexibleSpiink •ier Connections arear alternative solution to iiostali without seismic escutcheons.:. ' ' Job Name : Engineer / Architect : Job Location : Wholesaler : Submittal Date : Contractor : MFD.201510 WEST OFFICE Toll Free (888) 577-8939 • info@easyflexusa.com EAST OFFICE Toll Free (855) 388-2600 • info@easyflexeast.com BRAIDED FLEXIBLE HOSE 3 2 .I01111$1111Vili jil ,���'�svvy IIII. VIR11141111# .$:$: I�0$ ��� �� 11111111,111111 �. TUBE 2. ISOLATION RING 3. SEAUNG GASKET 4. NUT 5. NIPPLE (I") 6. REDUCER 7. BRAID 8. PRESS RING (INNER) 9. PRESS RING (OUTER) SPECIFICATIONS Lengths Available = 225°F 24", 36", 48", 60" and 72" Outlet : _'- _ .` -:: ;' ::: 1/2" or 3/4" Hose Type 1 18 Braided Max. Ambient Temperature.Rating - 225°F Max: Workiitg `;,, .:: Pressure Rating. ; 175 psig No hangers and seismic escutcheons required * Required torque to assemble reducer and nipple with the flexible hose : 50 ft -Ib c us FRICTION LOSS DATA LISTED KFB Series Braided Hose EX6276 TBS Bracket Systems Hose _ ":: '`` ;`.` Stainless Steel 304 Nut &:Nipple Zinc -Plated Steel _ Sealing Gasket`. - / Isolation Fling EPDM/ NYLON Minimum Berm! -Radius.. 4" (UUULC) and 8" (FM) • DO NOT bend within 2.52 inches from connect)on nuts Connection inlet 1 1 "NPT Outlet 1/2" ora/4"NPT Length (in.) Outlet Connection K -Factor ` ' Max. Number of 90* -Bei tds : Equivalent Length of 1- in Schedul0 Piped * 24" 1/2" 5.6 1 18 3/4" 8.0 i 1 18 36" 1/2" 5.6 I 2 31 3/4" 8.0 2 34 48" 1/2" 5.6 3 48 3/4" 8.0 ; 3 51 60" 1/2" 5.6 j 4 60 314" 8.0 I 4 65 72" 1/2" 5.6 € 4 71 3/4" 8.0 j 4 72 UL: 4" minimum bend radius, where C=120 NAM 201510 WEST OFFICE Toll Free (888) 577-8999 • info@easy lexusa.com EAST OFFICE Toll Free (855) 388-2600 • info@easyflexeast.com 45YFLEt TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BRAIDED FLEXIBLE HOSE 3 2 -P.•VNAASAkhki -- Vt1i11I1i11IHiJi11Iil1Jt II III1II1$1111I"i'10 gawk owl illllllllllllllllll 1. TUBE 2. ISOLATION RING 3. SEALING GASKET 4. NUT 5. NIPPLE (1") 6. REDUCER 7. BRAID 8. PRESS RING (INNER) 9. PRESS RING (OUTER) SPECIFICATIONS Lengths Available 24", 36", 48", 60" and 72" Outlet: 1/2" or 3/4" Hose Type Braided Max. Ambient Temperature Rating _ 225°F Max. Working Pressure Rating 175 psig * No hangers and seismic escutcheons required * Required torque to assemble reducer and nipple with the flexible hose : 50 ft -Ib APPROVED FRICTION LOSS DATA EFB Series Braided Hose OGSB, TBS Bracket Systems .'Hose ==- -' ; r:'`'.": = Stainless Steel 304 ut=&;NIppleu:;r -_ :_ Zinc -Plated Steel Sealing 'Gasket- 7-(libiation Ring.:.. EPDM/ NYLON 24" Minimum Bend Radius 4" (UL/ULC) and 8" (FM) *DO NOT bend within 2.52 inches from connection nuts Connection Inlet 1 "NPT Outlet 1/2" or 3/4"NPT Length (in.) Outlet Connection K Factor Max Number of 90 Bends c Equivalent Length of 1 in - Schedule 40 Pipe, ft with Straight outlet < Equivalent Length_ of 1 in. Schedule 40.Pipe, ft... with 90° outlet) 24" 1/2" 5.6 1 27.0 28.4 3/4" 8.0 1 18.6 19.7 36" 1/2" 5.6 2 37.4 38.8 3/4" 8.0 2 30.4 30.9 48" 1/2" 5.6 3 54.9 57.1 3/4" 8.0 3 48.3 50.4 60" 1/2" 5.6 4 72.5 75.4 3/4" 8.0 4 66.2 69.9 72" 1/2" 5.6 4 90.5 90.9 3/4" 8.0 4 83.0 84.5 * FM: 8" minimum bend radius, where C=120 WEST OFFICE Toll Free (888) 577-8999 • info@easyflexusa.com MFD.201510 EAST OFFICE Toll Free (855) 388-2600 • info@easyflexeast.com VALVES VALVES & ACCESSORIES @ANVIL' SERIES 7700 Butterfly Valve AN -7721-3 Series 7700 butterfly valve with 10 position lever lock Used in commercial grooved -end piping systems 2" through 12". The uniqueness of the Series 7700 Gruviok Butterfly Valve begins with the spherical bore of the disc seat area. This facilitates a constant DISC -TO -SEAT loading that maintains a leak tight stem seal regardless of disc position. The stem sealing force is constant through the full disc cycle and operating torques are kept low which increases valve life. The design provides a bubble tight seal from full vacuum to 300 psi when the valve is closed. The valve is rated for dead-end service to a full pressure rating of 300 psi. Silicone Free Series 7700 available upon special request. NSF/ANSI 61 2" - 10" Series 7700 Certified to NSF/ANSI 61 (cold water) and Annex G LEAD FREE AN -7722-3 Series 7700 butterfly valve with gear operator The stem -to -disc connection provides zero backlash. The high strength, corrosion resistant, stainless steel stems are blow-out proof. Each stem is fitted with a secondary seal that also provides a lifetime lubrication chamber. The Series 7700 valve is designed with the contractor in mind. The valve body is a rugged one-piece casting with an integral mounting base for gear operator or handle actuation, while providing room for a minimum of 2" of pipe insulation. The valve is designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of MSS SP -67. For data on fire protection listings/approvals, contact your Anvil representative. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: GL -8.14 VALVES & ACCESSORIES SERIES 7700 Butterfly Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS' 1. BODY: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 Body Coating: Nylon (For nylon coating resistance, see table on page 81.) 2. DISC: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536 Grades 65-45-12 Disc Encapsulation: Properties as specified in accordance with ASTM D 2000. ❑ Grade E (EPDM): Service Temperature Range -40°F to +23OT (-40°C to +110°C) Recommended for water service, dilute acids, alkalies, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM SERVICES. LI Grade T (Nitrile): Service Temperature Range -20°F to +180°F (-29°C to +82°C) Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable oils and mineral oils. NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER SERVICES. 3, 4. UPPER AND LOWER SHAFT: Type 416 Stainless Steel 5. O -RINGS: Compatible with disc coating 6, 7. TOP AND BOTTOM BRONZE SLEEVE BUSHINGS: 8°,10'; & 12' Valve only 2 6 7 Q 5 3 Sample Part Number 8" AN7721-3 —> GRUVLOK 8» BUTTERFLY A VALVE N SERIES 77 7700 (ORDERING 2 INFORMATION) 1 - 3 Special Size Body Style Body Coating Series Disc Coating Operator Stem 2" - 12" A N - Nylon 77-77XX 1 - Nitrile (Grade T) 2 - EPDM (Grade E) 0 - None 1 -10 Pos. ULock 2 - Gear Operator D- Infinite Pos. w/Memory Stop 4 - Short 10 Pos. Ulock Operator 3 - 416 S.S. SF - Manufactured without Silicone NOTE: For operator safety, hand levers on 8" valves are limited to app ications with a 25 PSI (1.7 bar) maximum pressure. For operator safety, hand levers on 10" and 12" valves are not available. GL -7.16 VALVES & ACCESSORIES SERIES 7700 Butterfly Valve F (Square) G (Shaft Dia.) K (Bolt Circle) H (Hole Dia.) (Diameter) PIPE O.D. (Valve Pipe Size) (With Valve Full Open) Li Lock with 5/16" Shackle or OSHA Lockout (Not Supplied with Valve) Dimensions SERIES 7700 BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS • Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 lnimm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 0.D. 23/8 2% 31/2 41/2 59/1 6 6% 85/8 103/4 123/4 In./mm 60.3 73.0 88.9 114.3 141.3 168.3 219.1 273.1 323.9 A 33/16 313/16 313/16 46/8 513M 513/16 51/4 61/4 61/2 81.0 96.8 96.8 117.3 147.6 147.6 133.4 158.8 165.1 B 3 33/16 313/16 41/4 5 51/2 615/16 8 9 75.4 80.8 96.5 108.5 126.5 138.9 175.8 202.9 229.4 C 43A6 4% 51/,6 5% 51/8 63/8 73/4 9% 101/2 105.9 111.3 129.0 136.7 149.4 161.8 196.9 240.3 266.7 D 11/16 11/16 1'/6 11/16 11/16 11/16 15/8 1% 15/8 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9 41.1 41.1 41.1 E 1� 6 7/16 1/16 7/16 1/16 7/16 3/4 3/4 3/4 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 F 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 127.0 127.0 127.0 U, 9/16 9/16 9/16 9A6 1/8 1/8 1 1'/a 11/4 14.3 14.3 14.3 14.3 22.2 22.2 25.4 31.8 31.8 H 1/16 7A6 7/16 7A6 1/16 7/16 1/2 '/2 '/2 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 13.5 13.5 13.5 J _ _ - _ _ 1/8 1% 11/8 23/4 - - - - - 3.3 34.8 47.0 70.1 K 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 1270 127.0 127.0 L 55/is 51/2 61/4 61/2 7 71/2 97A6 - - 135.1 140.5 158.2 165.9 178.6 191.0 240.3 - - M 101/2 266.7 101/2 266.7 101/2 266.7 101 266.7 101 266.7 10' 266.7 15 381.0 - - - - N 713A6 8 811/16 9 91/2 10 1415/16 165/8 2011/16 198.0 203.3 221.1 228.7 241.4 253.9 379.2 422.7 525.3 P 4 4 4 4 4 4 81/16 81A6 115/6 102.1 102.1 102.1 102.1 102.1 102.1 204.5 204.5 295.4 R 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 1'/2 11/2 25/s 25/16 29/16 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 58.5 58.5 65.5 S 2 2 2 2 2 2 25/8 2% 31/4 51.0 51.0 51.0 51.0 51.0 51.0 66.0 66.0 83.0 65/16 65/16 66/16 65/16 65/16 65/16 1073/16 1013/16 1313/16 T 160.3 160.3 160.3 160.3 160.3 160.3 275.3 275.3 350.3 5 5 5 5 5 5 12 12 18 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 304.8 304.8 457.2 Note: 3" or 5' handwheels may be included on valves sizes 2" - 4" Contact your Anvil Rep. for additional information. GL -6.11 MM.. VALVES & ACCESSORIES)?!.vwit4 SERIES 7700 Butterfly Valve Performance Data Maximum Working Pressure Rating: 300 PSI (Commercial Applications - Sizes 2" thru 12') Valve0 Size VALVE 0 CV VALUES Valve 50 PSIG Disc Position (degrees open) Size D'D' 25° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° '',i m''', 'In. me ss 5 72 90 100 120 * , . 2 2.375 4 7 19 44 48 80 111 158 50 60.3 0.3 0.5 1.3 3.0 3.3 5.5 7.7 10.9 21 2.875 9 14 34 78 84 142 196 280 65 73.0 0.6 1.0 2.3 5.4 5.8 9.8 13.5 19.3 3 3.500 14 20 50 112 128 215 285 400 80 88.9 1.0 1.4 3.4 7.7 8.8 14.8 19.7 27.6 4 4.500 29 41 100 239 250 420 582 826 100 114.3 2.0 2.8 6.9 16.5 17.2 29.0 40.1 57.0 5 5.563 62 76 182 415 445 780 1,100 1,480 125 141.3 4.3 5.2 12.5 28.6 30.7 53.8 75.8 102.0 6 6.625 96 141 325 755 809 1,370 1,920 2,678 150 168.3 6.6 9.7 22.4 52.1 55.8 94.5 132.4 184.6 8 8.625 172 252 592 1,365 1,460 2,430 3,410 4,819 200 219.1 11.9 17.4 40.8 94.1 100.7 167.5 235.1 332.3 10 10.750 230 328 792 1,825 1,962 3,260 4,590 6,431 250 273.1 15.9 22.6 54.6 125.8 135.3 224.8 316.5 443.4 12 12.750 418 604 1,440 3,350 3,590 5,980 8,750 11,947 300 323.9 28.8 41.6 99.3 231.0 247.5 412.3 603.3 823.7 Valve0 Size VALVE 0 WEIGHT * Approx Wt. Ea. AND TORQUE VALUES Operating Pressure 50 PSIG 100 PSIG 150 PSIG 200 PSIG 300 PSIG Iaimm,1n mm ` F' m. 4= = p:, : .. 9<. "ix, -,70- 2.... 2.375 2 2.375 5 72 90 100 120 200 50 60.3 2.3 8.1 10.2 11.3 13.6 22.6 2 /2 2.875 10 105 126 144 162 250 65 73.0 4.5 11.9 14.2 16.3 18.3 28.2 3 3.500 11 126 139 168 195 425 80 88.9 5.0 14.2 15.7 19.0 22.0 48.0 4 4.500 15 265 285 320 355 800 100 114.3 6.8 29.9 32.2 36.2 40.1 90.4 5 5.563 20 491 578 615 674 850 125 141.3 9.0 55.5 65.3 69.5 76.2 96.0 6 6.625 46 625 678 760 820 1,650 150 168.3 20.9 70.6 76.6 85.9 92.7 186.4 8 8,625 68 1,170 1,400 1,640 1,760 3,200 200 219.1 30.8 132.2 158.2 185.3 198.9 361.6 10 10.750 78 1,930 2,375 2,860 3,100 6,000 250 273.1 35.4 218.1 268.4 323.2 350.3 678.0 12 12.750 91 2,900 3,420 4,760 5,600 11,000 300 323.9 41.3 327.7 386.4 537.9 632.8 1,242.9 t These values are valid for water and ubricating fluid service on y. Contact Anvil for information on torques for dry and non-lubrica ing fluid service. * Weights may vary based on valve options selected. GL -3.14 50 4.0 3.0 z 2.0 a 1.o p 0.9 5 0.8 2 0.7 = 06 °¢ o5 0 0.4 m 0.3 5 0.2 z 0.1 HEADLOSS EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF PIPE Valve Size 0 D. Equivalent Feet of Pipe* C=120 Max. Insulating Thickness Sch. 10 Sch. 30 Sch. 40 Iaimm,1n mm ` F' m. 4= = p:, : .. 9<. "ix, -,70- 2.... 2.375 5.8 - 4.7 2 50 60.3 1.8 1.4 50 212 2.875 5.1 - 3.7 21/2 65 73.0 1.6 - 1.1 65 3 3.500 9.6 - 7.2 2 80 88.9 2.9 - 2.2 50 4 4.500 7.5 - 5.7 212 100 114.3 2.3 - 1.7 65 5 5.563 7.0 - 5.6 21/2 125 141.3 2.1 - 1.7 65 6 6.625 6.1 - 4.8 212 150 168.3 1.9 - 1.5 65 8 8.625 6.3 5.7 - 21/2 200 219.1 1.9 1.7 - 65 10 10.750 11.3 10.2 3 250 273.1 3.4 3.1 - 80 12 12.750 8.4 7.4 - 31/2 300 323.9 2.6 2.3 - 90 The equivalent feet of pipe is based on the Hazen and Williams formula and the flow rates typically used with each size valve. PRESSURE DROP (PSI) VS. (GPM) :O:NON:rr.I • 1 • .r ::::: ::: rr111C11 ro. rrr ,� �ro��1rYrr.r 1/11 V 1111 uNr ,/� rn..Yll/rrw 11.I UM 2:113.1 i• ■■ 1111 Iollr1■I rrr. rr' M11Yl1rrrl... 11. IN11Yl pp 1111 1..1. ■■ 11O1nrir 1051 ix r2:14mI11r x..1111811111111 1..11IO1 nrrnl101nWAMIII 11111,11IrAo11110 UMW I Ottl11 ..1 t11 C!rrnnlln�n111r1,-�Iwmnnu1IOU!n!n np 411I nn ornotii seu-a it rr a..... 'mr.m ran ::::-Ammai�:`g� �� rin� u uu Z�e O: l'1:„:Yl'I1r1 Ylll./ r.rrlrr :M%.: .I.I r Ilri rm�1rrArI11 .f1o..Yll1r..1Y'I1rr.N/ 1111111111 Ir ICAO l•rr• 1 1/ V/5 ' J1n 11 •Mrrrlw/I �JI 011111 �ClIA111 •111..1 1II•up! 1.1]uulu . ..11nI1/Irrrrl7/ rrr7ll C rrrlr:V• 10rrr?/IMAnnm 1111111•4111111111115h171111116/1lIour 1111D 1.V 11I rnr�yAIIMENIanu 11 u �rmnM/A122poli)19 ,nln�NM gmk,FA nue rre�wn1n n U8 'lIuIR7illela UUhIIU suiuIII !pili m lniii!R"�.'.�,,tjiimn a uiiG��e! iiiii !►"��ixl r"iiiuei 7rwt.a.wl..rtiy. rYo1Jr ■1011 r .1 .-I.Ir.IIN Ai Y11rIAJ r11r.}A M,1..1.1"I Q,Im...n, ai.AMY UI.bb' �1111�, 1Y1►��1A `IAM 11,'11 •eN1l1, rVr.rnlll7 r 7/rlwnc aa_A un .,7A11wn,�rao1� y Yn NI Ilya l a1/ moos rv:aiiu'i1 wl:::nu:11 0 oiu' leiir 1"h.�.�in:aiIx," ... --,, u rorNlmr��ErN..nr.- oNrjll:rrr�Y1Y11 !.1 .I.,� it :•1111 `, rrr.r/.1.I,r•U.lYYr'I. 8111o� .I. fl ..11II , I"lN dIW =}1__ rrrrf' it//rrrr.111MrGn n N..„,su A I Il/1W M ....,8 1.1111 1...471.1.....g.........."....... RUI'iW �irrr..111111 0 N Or/iii.rr.I..Y..rw tl / mr nnrnlmlwwln r 1minorr► n1r110 1r /111 n 1....up nrrl nlrrnr/11Y 11111111 1_nimmi _nangw 1.111 et t. 111:.'.1:: .:'W: Wil- Nr ;1111:: m--.....Y.r.........r.... �::u:::�1.111•11•••••••=1., 5e:...:. .11......3e r .IIY111rrr timeranrrmnnr wYn ...msgq1Y11 Ill N io0UI1111::Niilin,nii iwun Ilpo-ilYr14111N/NNMI1.11111 1.11:1 II 1..liilrroi 1 811 r..1O'■ 11►/11 in r.ulr■ 11►I1.w�qa rw111 1 ii iYliii•UR.IiiiilII 11111 ii 1i/ii i'hii%/rr1 U 1 Iii IS Iraimn IunlIni110riIuuuusuiuw►eu►JIuuu/iimumuuuu 100 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000 10000 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM) VALVES & ACCESSORIES ANVIL SERIES 7700 Butterfly Valve Resistance to various chemicals, as a function of temperature °F (Fahrenheit) NYLON COATING Coating Condition after 18 months immersion RESISTANCE 68T 104°F 140°F .176°FF benzyl alcohol L P PP L butanol G*** L P Limited ethanol (pure) G*** G L G glycerine (pure) GGLP 6 G G*'* glycol GG G GP GLPP methanol (pure) G*** L P G'** carbon tetrachloride P --- sodium hydroxide (10%) G methyl bromide G P sodium hydroxide (50%) acetic acid G L methyl chloride G P acetic anhydrie L perchloroethylene G G L P_ trichloroethane L P PP P trichloreothylene anethole G P G L P --- -_ PP 13 carbon disulphide G*" L** P phosphoric acid (50%) diacetone alcohol G G*** L P dimethyl formamide G G L L ethylene chlorhydrin P P agriculture sprays G ethylene oxide GGL L bleach solutions P furfurol G G*** L P glucose GG GG PP tetraethyllead G --- fluorine P tetrahydrofurare amyl acetate G GGGL G L GGGG butyl acetate 6 6 13 L diethyl ether 13 G mercury G dioctylphosphate GGGL 13 oxygen G6 dioctylphthalate GGGL P ozone L ethyl acetate G G G P fatty acid esters G G GG G methyl acetate G G G G 13 methyl sulfate G L G water tributylphosphaate GGGL 6 L ` L* tricresylphosphate GG G G L beer G --- 6*** L P cider G --- P cydohexanone crude petroleum G G formaldehyde (technical grade) G diesel fuel G G G*** 6 fruit Juices G G 6 L P fuel -oil G G G 6 greases 6 13 G 6 ground nut oil G G G G high octane gasoline G G G*" decaline kerosene (paraffin) G G G'"* G linseed cake (3 13 G 6 milk GG G GG G mustard 6 --- 6 L propane normal gasoline G G styrene G oils GGGG GL -7.16 RESISTANCE 68T 104°F 140°F 176°F 176: L xylene G G*** 'solutions or emulsions of D.D.T. or lindane hudroxy-quinoline , 6 (agricultural sprays) L ammonium hydroxide (concentrated) G soap solution G = Limited G stearin G G G G solvent naptha 6 G G*'* G natural gas G G GLPP turpentine G G G'** G vinegar G sodium hydroxide (10%) G L wine G sodium hydroxide (50%) acetic acid G L L PP P P P acetic anhydrie L chromic acid (10%) P P P P_ hydrochlorhic acid (1%) GL P PP P hydrochlorhic acid (10%) GL P PP 13 nitric acid (all concentrations) P P PP phosphoric acid (50%) GL PP sulphuric acid (1 %) GI_ LP sulphuric acid (10%) GL PP sulphur trioxide L PPP 1 E,'�tw* 9'60iti �".Ai9`=�. � . ggsi agriculture sprays G G 6 L bleach solutions L PPP bromine P P chlorine PP G PP aluminium sulphate fluorine P PPP 6 ammonium nitrate hydrogen GGGG G barium chloride hydrogen peroxide (20 volumes) G L 13 calcium arsenate (concentrated solutions or slurries) mercury G G 13 13 oxygen G6 6 L P ozone L PPP copper sulphate potassium permanganate (5%) P P 6 sea water G G G soda water 6 6 G 13 sulphur G G G water 6 6 6 L ` L* P P acetaldehyde G L P acetone G 6*** L P benzaldehyde G L P cydohexanone G L P formaldehyde (technical grade) G L P methylethylketone (MEI() 6 6 L P methylethylketone (MIRK) 6 6 L P 6 13 aniline (pure) acetylene 6 6 6 6 benzene G G*** L butane G G G cyclohexane 6 6 6 L decaline 6 6 6 L HFA (Forane®) G hexane G G 6 methane G G G naphthalene (3 6 6 L propane G 6 G styrene G G*** RESISTANCE i tulene 68°F G 104'F G'** s L 176: L xylene G G*** L L ammonium hydroxide (concentrated) G L = Limited G G 6 ammonia (liquid or gas) G G lime -wash G G G potassium hydroxide (50%) GLPP sodium hydroxide (5%) G G L sodium hydroxide (10%) G L L sodium hydroxide (50%) acetic acid G L L PP P P P acetic anhydrie L PP P citric acid 6 6 L P formic acid P PP P lactic acid 13 6 6 L oleic acid 6 6 6 L oxalic acid GGL P picric acid L PPP tartaric acid (saturated solution) 6 6 6 L uric acid GGGL alum G G G aluminium sulphate 6 G 13 6 ammonium nitrate G G G barium chloride (3 6 6 13 calcium arsenate (concentrated solutions or slurries) G G G ■ calcium chloride G 6 6 G calcium sulphate G G L copper sulphate G 6 6 6 diammonium phosphate G G L magnesium chloride (50%) GGGG potassium ferrocyanide G G G potassium nitrate G* L* P P potassium sulphate 13 6 6 G sodium carbonate GGL P sodium chloride (saturated) G 6 6 G sodium silicate G G G sodium sulphide G L L trisodium phosphate 6 6 6 13 aniline (pure) L PPP diethanolamine (20%) G G"' 6*** L pyridine (pure) L PPP urea GGL L * = LEGEND Slight Yellowing ** = Yellowing *** = Swelling observed G = Good L = Limited P = Poor LANSDALE INTERNATIONAL 1050 Broadway, Westville, NJ 08093 P. 800-908-0523 F. 856-456-9223 www.Iansdaleinternational.com 3 -WAY. VALVE D PRESSURE GAUGE } WATERFLOW DETECTOR R008 CORR& YALE MOM DRAIN LANSDALE B STREET ELBOW MANIFOLD) BODY NOT 7O E SCALE BALL VALVE oarrnw) OR TEST Aw DRAIN UL/FM* APPROVED BASIC ASSEMBLY (3" (80MM) VERSION SHOWN) LISTED RowTeetAesomblr DI15816 e2 MATERIAL LIST NO Description Qty 1 LANSDALE AIR /WATER - 3-1/2" DIA 0-300 PSI w/ STAINLESS STEEL CASE UL & FM approved 1 2 1/4" 3 -Way VALVE 1 3 System Sensor Water Flow Switch w retard UUFM Approved 1 4 1/4 x 2 Black Nipple 1 5 1/4 Black CI Plug 1 6 Commercial Riser Body Sch 40 A53 Steel Pipe 1 7 Black Nipple _x close 1 8 Galvanized Street Elbow (90 degree) 1 9A Ball Valve 300 PSI, 600 WOG UUFM approved 1 9B Lansdale International or equal, Test & Drain UUFM Approved 1 Nominal Size 2" 2.5 " 3" 4" 6" A 13" 13" 13" 13" 13" B (Ball Valve) 13" 133/4" 153/4" 191/2" 20" B (Test & Drain) 131/2" 141/4" 161/4" 19" 2203/4" C 51/4" 5" 51/2" / -7 " 01/4" D 91/4" 91/2" 91/2" 103/8" 11" E (Ball Valve) 5%8" 71/2" 97/8" 12%8" 131/2" E (Test & Drain) 10" 101/4" 121/4" 143/4" 141/2" F 31/2" 31/2" 31/2" 31/2" 31/2" G 41/2" 41/2" 41/2" 41/2" 41/2" H 31/2" 31/2" 31/2" 31/2" 31/2" * AVAILABLE WITH PRESSURE RELIEF OPTION Body Size 2" 2.5 " 3" 4" 6" Ball Valve Size 1" 1.25" 1.25" 2" 2" Test & Drain Size 1" 1.25" 1.25" 2" 2" NOTE: All tolerances (with exception of the grooves) plus or minus 1/4 of an inch. All Welds to be r" fillet surface prep of body - SSPC-SP-7 finished with 2.5 mils Bengal Red TGIC/ Acryllic Epoxy powder coat, electrostatically applied. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Data: Notes 1: Notes 2: NIBM :HE J' www.nibco.com Revision 1 1 / 14/2014 250 PSI WWP Iron Body Check Valves Reliable Automatic Sprinkler "G" Series Fire Protection Valve • Drilled & Tapped for Ball Drip Outlet • EPDM Seal • Bronze Seat • Stainless Steel Disc & Spring Actuated 250 PSI/17.2 Bar Non -Shock Cold Water GROOVES CONFORM TO ANSI AWWA C-606 FOR STEEL PIPE* UL/ULC LISTED • FM APPROVED • APPROVED BY THE NEW YORK CITY MEA 258-93-E MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION *1. Valve Body Cast Iron, ASTM A48 Class 30A 2. Seat Bronze C83600 or C93200, ASTM B505 3. Clapper Stainless Steel 304, ASTM A240 **4. Facing Seal EPDM Rubber 5. Clamping Ring Stainless Steel 304, ASTM A240 **6. Gasket EPDM Rubber 7. Spring Stainless Steel 302, ASTM A313 8. Hinge Pin Stainless Steel 303, ASTM A582 9. Bolt Stainless Steel 304, ASTM F593 **10. Locknut Stainless Steel 303, ASTM F594 11. Plug 1/8" NPT Steel 12. Plug 1/2" NPT Steel • Not field replaceable. ** Replacement seal kit. NOTE: All sizes are manufactured, listed and approved by Automatic Sprinkler and distributed by NIBCO. All sizes drilled and tapped 1/2" for a ball drip. DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES Dimension Size A Weight In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. 21/2 65 7.03 179 9 4 3 80 7.62 194 11 5 4 100 8.44 214 17 8 6 150 10.25 260 38 17 US LISTED APPROVED G -917-W (Reliable "G" Series) Grooved OPTIONAL G -917-W OPTIONAL Ball Drip An automatic ball drip is available for NIBCO Underwriter's check valves. The ball drip is installed at boss location "C" on the check valve of the fire department connection. It will close against pressure, but will open when pressure is off allowing water to drain from the fire department connection. �/2" Ball Drip # RG 22000 3/4" Ball Drip # RG 22100 90° Street Show #T046212 PP 30 NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574295.3327 • FAX +1.574295.3455 www.nibco.com HANGERS HORIZONTAL MOUNT SIDEWINDERS° for Wood Not less than 2" nominal width (1-1/2') up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3° (2-1/2') nominal width 4° & 5" pipe Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bottom for main Tines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2° or thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. FloorJoist Product Features • No pre -drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation cost. • Made in the U.S.A. Composite/Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. 'Pre -drilling may be required for Model SWG 25-380 (tools available on pg 10 ) #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 Approvals Rod Size Part Number Model Screw Descriptions Ultimate UL Test Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Box Qty 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 8018957 8019957 8020957 8021957 8073925 8022925 8023925 SWG 100 SWG 200 SWG 10 SWG 20 SWG 20 -SS SWG 25-380 SWG 30 1/4x1" 1/4 x 2" 1/4 x 1" 1/4 x 2" 1/4 x 2" 3/8 x 2-1/2' 1/4 x 3" 622 (Fir) 1725 (Fir) 622 (Fir) 1725 (Fir) 1725 (Fir) 2249 (Fir) 1884 (Fir) 300 1050 850 1500 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 VERTICAL 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8" or 1/2" portable drill. 2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14 (black) nut driver (p/n 8113910). Drill should be in a vertical position. 3. Push the face of the nut driver tight to the member. When the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop drill and remove. 4. The SAMMYS is now ready to receive 1/4", 3/8", 1/2" or metric all thread rod, bolt stock. (The 1/2" requires the #14SW red nut driver) Note: When installing DSTR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in purlin steel. HORIZONTAL 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8" or 1/2" portable drill. 2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14SW (red) nut driver (p/n 8114910). With drill unit in a horizontal position and at a right angle to the structural member, begin installation. 3. When the nut driver spins free on the SAMMYS, stop the drill and remove. 4. The unit is now ready to receive 1/4", 3/8" or metric all thread rod or bolt stock. Note: When installing SWDR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in purlin steel. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. To find a distributor near you, call 800-BUILDEX PIPE RINGS ANVIL Fig. 69 Adjustable Swivel Ring, Tapped Per NFPA Standards Size Range:1/2" through 8" Material: Carbon steel Finish: Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non -insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 650° F Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A -A -1192A (Type 10), WW -H -171-E (Type 10), ANSI/MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -58 (Type 10). UL Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3/4" - 8"). Features: • Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. • Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. • Captured swivel nut in the 1/3" through 6" sizes. The capture is permanent in the bottom portion of the band, allowing the hanger to be opened during installation if desired, but not allowing the nut to fall completely out. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450°F is at the discretion of the end user. Metric nut available upon request. Non -captured nut also available upon request. FIG. 69: LOADS (LBS) • WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) Pipe Size Max Load Weight RodASize B C F Width 1/2 300 0.10 3/8 27/8 2 11/26 5 /8 3/4 0.10 23/4 17/8 11/26 1 0.10 29A6 111/6 1 11/4 0.10 25/8 13/4 1/2 11/2 0.10 23/4 17/6 2 0.11 31/4 23/6 11/8 21/2 525 0.20 4 2% 15/6 3/4 3 0.20 313/,6 215/16 11/26 4 650 0.30 471/6 373/619/6 5 1,000 0.54 1/2 55/16 434 6 0.65 611/16 59/6 21/4 8 1.00 8 7 211/16 1 Note: Reflects changes in rod diameter from previously published data per recent revisions in MSS -SP -58 & 69 1/2" through 1" pipe — to 11/4" through 8" pipe PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PH -11.11 Seismic Bracing Fig. 4L - Longitudinal In -Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 51. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the tracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe° into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B -Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. . LSD Set Bolt & Hardware Included A Longitudinal Brace 4 -Way Riser Brace (plan view) Pipe Max. Rec. Load Approx. Part Size A C D Bolt Size (cULuc) Wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) •67/16" :(163.5) ; 21/2' {63.5) ° 23/4" (69:81 =- 1/2"-13 l 2015 ' (8.96) '253 (114.7) - 41-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) 41-4- 4" (100) 81/2" (215-.91': .)3/8".(85.) .311/16" (93.7) '.. "1/2" 13 " 2015 (8.96)`.. 348 (157.8): 4L-5 5" (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) 41-6 6'° (15() 111/2" (291.1)' 5° (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) - 640 (2903) 41-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) Eaton's B -Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B -Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B -Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B -Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B -Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B -Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B -Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B -Line Business. B -Line by iterti All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 50 Fire Protection Solutions •U!3l la 3IUISIOti Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1° (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre -engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 71. Finish: Plain or Electro -Galvanized. Contact B -Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 11/4° (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. ®TOLCCI c Set Bolts Included Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Approx. Wt./100 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 1" / 11/4" Sch. 7 Sch.10 Sch. 40 1" / 11/4" 1" / 11/4" 1" /11/4. 1" (25) 100171 X 1 _ • 100.0 _(45.3)@ _;1001-1-X 11/4 118:0 (53.5).`. - =-/ -- :.: _ 1000/1000 t 1000 / 1000 ;a 11/4" (32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 .11/2" (4(1) 1001-11/2 X 1 . 100:0.. (45.3) ; : 1001-11/2 X 11/4 . 115.0:(62,11;,. 1000 /.1000 s :,_1590/ 1500u ; 1500 / 1500 .' _ : 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.8) 1000 / 1000 2015 / 2015 2015 / 2015 21/2" (65) 101-21/2x 1 138.6. (62.8) : :1011::.21/Z,X 11/4 :160.4 (72.7) 1600!)66 2015 / 2765 - 2015 / 2765. 3" (80) J 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 4" (100) .. 1001-4 X 1 -, 160.9 (73.0)_- =; ' 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 kir: 1600/1600 2015/2765 .. .. 2015/2765' : 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) . 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) _ 1600 / 1600 2015 2765 2015 / 2765 - :` B -Line by Iii fE N IIS All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 5/9/2014 70 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing Fig. 909 - No -Thread Swivel Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 1" (25mm) bracing pipe. For brace pipe sizes larger than 1" (25mm), use Fig. 980. Available with holes for 3/8"-16 thru 3/4"-10 fastener attachment. Material: Steel, hardened cone point set bolt Function: The structural component of a sway and seismic bracing system. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. No threading of the bracing pipe is required. Open design allows for easy inspection of pipe engagement. Application Note: Fig. 909 is used in conjunction with the Fig. 1000, Fig. 1001, Fig. 4A or Fig. 4L or other approved TOLCO attachment to pipe, and joined together with bracing pipe. Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13. The required type, number and size of fasteners used for the structure attachment fitting shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Installation Instructions: Fig. 909 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe' and TOLCO "braced pipe° attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4A, or other approved TOLCO attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 909 onto the bracing pipe. Tighten the set bolt until the head bottoms out on surface. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain or Electro -Galvanized. Contact B -Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, fastener attachment size and finish. C USTED Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Part Mounting Hole Brace Max. Design Approx. Number D Pipe Size A B Load Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 9091/2.* ' 17/32" (13.5) 1" '(25) ' - 6" (152.4): `1.5/8"(41.3) 2015 (8.96) .91 (413) • 909-5/8 11/16" (17.5) 1" (25) 6" (152.4) 15/8" (41.3) 2015 (8.96) 90 (40.8) 909-3/4 . 13/16" (20.6) 1" (25) 6 (152.4) 15/8" (413) - 2015 (8.96) 89 (40.4) Other hole sizes are available, consult factory. * Standard size. Eaton's B -Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B -Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B -Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B -Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B -Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B -Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B -Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B -Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 63 B -dine ACCESSORIES Figure No. 6350-6365 Figure No. 6360-6365 ST©3Z LARGE D0&NE7EL3 FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION An auxiliary inlet connection to supplement the water supply to a fire protection system. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Aluminum adapter with storz inlet, female NPT outlet. Cast brass escutcheon plate. Hardcoated aluminum storz cap with attachment cable. Str. or 30 Degree units available. OPTIONAL: Storz with screen. BRANDING: "Standpipe", "Auto Spkr", "Standpipe -Sprinkler" and "Dry Standpipe" FINISH: Aluminum with Brass Plate OPTIONAL FINISH: Chrome Plated Figure No. Body Style Size 6350 30 Degree 4 x 4 6352 30 Degree 4 x 5 6353 30 Degree 6 x 4 6354 30 Degree 6 x 5 6355 30 Degree 6 x 6 6360 Str. 4 x 4 6361 Str. 5 x 5 6362 Str. 4 x 5 6363 Str. 6 x 4 6364 Str. 6 x 5 6365 Str. 6 x 6 Figure No. 6368-6371 S'T©QE FREESVAMDD OCA© FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION STANDARD EQUIPMENT: K -Brite aluminum 90 Degree adapter with 90 Degree Storz inlet, female NPT outlet. Polished Chrome sleeve, plate and cap with cable attachment. OPTIONAL: Storz with screen. BRANDING: "Standpipe", "Auto Spkr.", "Standpipe -Sprinkler" and "Dry Standpipe" FINISH: K -Brite aluminum adapter and cap with plated chrome sleeve and plate. Figure No. Size 6368 FNPT4 x 4STORZ 6369 FNPT4 x 5STORZ 6370 FNPT6 x 4STORZ 6371 FNPT6 x 5STORZ Page 6-14 SANDERSON FIRE PROTECTION SANDERSON FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 1101 S.E. Third Avenue • Portland, OR 97214 P: 503.889.3110 • F: 503.889.3192 • 800.452.9955 Visit Us Online: www.SandersonFire.com JOB NAME: SYSTEM INFORMATION Chick-Fil-A Store #4094 1733 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 98188 DATE: December 18, 2018 Design Manual: Ansul R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System Manual (Standard UL 300 Listed) SEPT 01, 2014 SYSTEM INSTALLED PER NFPA 17, 17A, & 96 INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. System is a 6 GALLON - FIRE SYSTEM: • Total maximum flow for 6 gallon system is: 22 . Total flows used: 17 . • Total number of nozzles used: o Appliance 5 o Plenum 3 o Duct 3 • Total number of detectors used: 7 • Total number of fusible links & temp. rating: Oea (x.360 deq; 2ea A450 deq;5ea (a.500 deq. NOTE: Detectors placed above each appliance. Appliances underneath duct share same detector. • Supply pipe size: 3/8" o Maximum supply line: 40' o Maximum duct branch line: 8' o Maximum plenum branch line: 4' o Maximum appliance branch line:12' NOTE: Pipe length does not exceed maximums allowed per Ansul R-102 Manual • Power shutdown: Micro -switches (manual reset) • Fuel shutdown: Mechanical Gas Valve • System tied to building fire alarms: Y / NA • Remote pull location: 10-20' from hood on path of egress • K -class extinguisher: Yes, Located within 30ft of hood OREGON WASHINGTON PORTLAND EUGENE • SEATTLE 1101 SE Third Avenue 97214 850 Conger Street 97402 774 Industry Drive 98188 (503) 889.3110 (541) 228.9950 (206) 735.3066 Ate After A DETECTI0_N_LINE SUPPLY #1 SUPPLY #I --o SUPPLY #2 ANSLL R-102 FIRE S"STEM A) SUPP1. 151" 9 GALLON SYSTEM (3 TANKS) (MOUNTED DN HOOD H-1) (FOR HOOD H-1) 3/8` BLACK IRON PIPING W/ 3/8' S.S. APPLIANCE DROPS 1W (1) SUPPLY #2 I C) (1) REGULATED RELEASE (2) EXTRA MICRO SWITCH ASSEMBLIES (MOUNTED IN REG. REL.) (1) DOUBLE TANK ENCLOSURE (3) 3 GALLON TANKS SUPPLY : r (1) 3N 3N 3N 3 — ( (3) (3) (3) (3) (33) (3)3) j ?5 35" 75 -3S" 25 35'' 2S -35' 2S-35' ZS -35'i 260 (2) 30 -so PRESSURE FRYER PRESSURE FRYER ALL WITH SWIVELS PRESSURE FRYER PRESSURE FRYER DUMP FUTURE PRESSURE FRYER ANSUL R-102 FIRE SYSTEM LAYOUT GRILL 240 GRILL As __: ❑ Without Comments O As Noted in Red Per The Attached Letter }e plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire Bureau for conformance with current City .,, =anis. Acceptance is subject to errors and sions which do not authorize violations of adopted •'dards and ordinances. The responsibility for the - enuacy of design rests totally with the designer. deletions Ur revisions to these drawings after abate will void this acceptance and will require a . suamittal of revised drawings for subsequent approval, nal acceptance is subject to fleld test and inspection I ne Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Date: /—/ � � By: A-1'"• S) 1 sia�� t LA F3)R4." DEP AR i I-4:Nj PP cease call 20.6-575-14V End gi4 i L this l Lu r•!.a j... -_ �iiA'. NO and ex'Z:t ' I t'ow'n ort Jra ien . pprovaI. ANSUL R-102 UL300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM !_ GALLON SYSTEM 33 FLOW POINTS ALLOWED 1-(0 FLOW POINTS USED PAID — 3 2019 TUKWILA FIRE INSTALLATION NOTES: • All piping is 3/8" Schedule 40 black pipe. • Fire system must connect to building fire alarm if present. • Remote Manual pull must be located in the path of egress between 10ft to 20ft from the kitchen exhaust hood, mounted 42in to 48in from the finished floor, with a maximum 14in pull to activate the system. • Upon activation of the fire extinguishing system, all sources of fuel & power to all appliance and outlets located under the ventilation system, shall be shut down. • Upon activation of the fire extinguishing system, Make-up Air supply shall shut down. • Upon activation of the fire extinguishing system, Exhaust Air supply shall stay on, or turn on in the event it is in the off position. • K -CLASS Portable fire extinguisher located along the path of egress within 30' of the kitchen exhaust hood. z woo aJyuosiapues@n jjoa6 5966 294'009 / 014£•699 COS 8HVdS ddO3J 44ZL6 2JO 'a7NVl1ZIOd 3AV Q:d£ 3S 1.0L NOIiO31O2Jd 32JId NOS2l3QNVS • 1 z r •I • ANSUL. NOZZLE COVERAGES R-102 RESTAURANT SYSTEM SUMMARY SHEET • Application Type Nozzle Type Flow Points Cooking Hazard Coverage WidthMinimum Multiple Length Max. Side Max. Side in. (mm) in. (mm) Multiple Nozzle w/o Drip Board Area in. (m2) Nozzle w/ Drip Board Area in. (m2) _ Nozzle Height in. (mm) Maximum Nozzle Height in. (mm) Fryers 1 without drip boards 230/290 1 2 14 (356) 15 (381) - - 27/13 (686/330) 47/16 (1194/406) Split or no Split Vat 245/2901 2 14/14.51356/368) 15/14 (381/356) - - 20/16 (508/406) 27/27 (686/686) Fryers with drip boards 290 2 19.5 (495) 19 (483) - - 13 (330) 16 (406) Non -Split Vat (ONLY) 3N 3 19.5 (495) 19 (483) - - 21' (533) 34 (864) See manual for more detail 3N 3 18 (457) 18 (457) - - 25 (635) 35 (889) Fryers 1 with drip boards Split or no Split Vat 3 230/290 1 2 14 (356) 21 (533) 210 (0.14) 294 ._ (0,19) 27/13 X686(330) 47/16 (1194/406) 245/2901 2 14/14.5 (356/368) 21/26.5 (533/673) 210/203 (0.14/0.13) 294/384.2 (0.19/0.25) 20/16 (508/406) 27/27 (686/686) Fryers with drip boards 290 2 14.5 (368) 16.5 (419) - 384.3 (0.25) 16 (406) 21 (533) 3N 3 18 (457) 27.75 (705) 324 10.21) 497 (0.32) 25 (635) 35 (889) Tilt Sldllet/Blaising Pan 4 Coverage limitation are based on fryer sizes including drip boards. Exception: lilt Skillets and Braising Pans may exceed the maximum of 6 ft2 (0.56m2) Range With or without back shelf 2 Without back shelf With back shelf 8 Without back shelf With back shelf 9 Longest Side in. (mm) Max. Area in? (fn2) 1N 1 12 (305) 32 (813) 384 (0.25) - 30 (762) 40 (1016) 1N 1 18 (457) 24 (610) - - - 15 (381) 20 (508) 1F 1 12 (305) 28 (711) 336 (0.22) - 30 (762) 50 (1270) 1F 1 12 (305) 28 (711) 336 (0.22) - 40 (1016) 48 (1219) 245 2 24 (610) 28 (711) - - 40 (1016) 50 (1270) 260 2 24 (610) 32 (813) 768 (0.50) - 30 (762) 40 (1016) 260 2 12 (305) 32 (813) 384 (0.25) - 30 (762) 40 (1016) 2 x 290 4 36 (914) 28 (711) 1008 (0.65) - 15 (381) 20 (508) Griddle 2W 2 30 (762) 36 (914) 1080 (0.70) - 10 (254) 20 (508) 1W 1 20.5 (521) 26 (660) - - 15 (381) 20 (508) 2120 2 48 (1219) 30 (762) - - 10 (254) 20 (508) IN 1 30 (762) 36 (914) 1080 (0.70) - 35 (889) 40 (1016) 290 2 24 (610) 30 (762) 720 (0.46) - 30 (762) 50 (1270) 290 2 30 (762) 48 11219) 1440 (0.92) - 20 (508) 30 (762) 260 2 30 (762) 48 (1219) 1440 (0.92) - 30 (762) 50 (1270) Chain Broilers (Overhead Protection) 2 x 1W 2 34 (864) 30 (762) - - 10 (254) 26 (660) Chain Broiler2 (Horizontal Protection) Char Broiler Gas -Radiant Electric Lava-Rock(Ceramic) Natural Charcoal 6 Alternate Ceramic/Natural Charcoal 6 Wood Fueled 7 x IN 2 31 (787) 43 (1092) - - Front edge; 1 in. to 3 in. (25 mm to 76 mm) above the chain 1N/1NSS 1 24 (610) 36 (914) - - 15 (381) 40 (1016) 1N/1NSS 1 20 (508) 34 (864) - - 20 (508) 50 (1270) 1N/1NSS 1 13 (330) 24 (610) - - 18 (457) 35 (889) 1N/1NSS 1 12 (305) 24 (610) - - 18 (457) 40 (1016) 3N 3 24 (610) 30 (762) - - 14 (356) 40 (1016) 3N 3 24 (610) 30 (762) - - 14 (356) 40 (1016) Upright Broiler Salamander Broiler Internal Chamber See manual for nozzle location 2 x 1/2N 1 30 (762) 32.5 (826) Front edge; above the grate 2 x 1/2N 1 30 (762) 32.5 (826) - - 1N 1 16 (406) 29 (737) - - - - 1 N nozzle location to be on the vertical edge 6 in. to 12 in. (152 mm to 305 mm) in front and 0 in. to 12 in. (0 mm to 305 mm) above the top of broiler 1F 1 31 (787) 15.5 (393) - - - - Wok 3.75 in. to 8 in. (95 mm to 203 mm) 3 in. to 6 in. (76 mm to 152 mm) deep 260 2 14 in. to 30 in. (356 mm to 762 mm) diameter - - 35 (889) 45 (1143) 1 N/1 NSS 1 11 in. to 24 in. (279 mm to 610 mm) diameter - - 30 (762) 40 (1016) t Low Proximity 2A back -shelf can only be utilized if the nozzles) is installed below the shelf. 3 For multiple nozzle protection of single fryers, see detailed information on pages 4-10 to 4-12 of manual. 4 See Figure 1 for nozzle location. 5 Minimum chain broiler exhaust opening -12 in. x 12 in. (305 mm x 305 mm), and not less than 60% of internal broiler size. 8 4 in. (102 mm) maximum fuel depth. t 6 in. (152 mm) maximum fuel depth. 8 Shelf can overhang burner(s) by maximum of 1 M. (279 mm) and height limitation of 20 M. (508 mm) from bottom of lowest part of shelf to the top of burner grate. 9 Shelf can overhang bumer(s) by maximum of 11 in. (279 mm) and height limitation of 18 in. (457 mm) from bottom of lowest part of shelf to the top of burner grate. R-102 RESTAURANT SYSTEM SUMMARY SHEET PAGE 2 NOZZLE COVERAGES (Continued) Plenum Nozzle Flow Pants Width Max. Side In. (mm) Length Max. Side In. (mm) Nozzle Placement (See manual for more detail) Min. Height In. (mm) Max. Height In. (mm) Horizontal Protection Single Bank 1N 1 48 (1219) 120 (3048) 0 M. to 6 in (0 mm to 152 mm) from end of plenum 2 (51) 4 (102) Perpendicular Protection Single Bank 1W 1 48 (1219) 48 (1219) See manual for more detail 1 (25) 20 (508) Horizontal Protection V -Bank 2 x 1 N 2 48 (1219) 120 (3048) 0 in. to 6 in (0 mm to 152 mm) from end of plenum 2 (51) 4 (102) Horizontal Protection V -Bank 1W 1 48 (1219) 72 (1829) 0 in. to 6 in (0 mm to 152 mm) from end of plenum 1/3 the he'ght of filter Perpendicular Protection V -Bank 1W 1 48 (1219) 48 (1219) See manual for more detail 1 (25) 20 (508) Duct Nozzle Type Flow Points Perimeter in. (mm) DiameterNostra in. (mm) Ptacemant (See manual for more detail) Duct Length In. (mm) Single Nozzle 1 Flow Nozzle 1W 1 50 (1270) - See manual for more detail Unlimited Single Nozzle 2 Flow Nozzle . 2W 2 100 (2540) 32 (813) See manual for more detail Unlimited Multiple Nozzle 2W + 1W 3 135 (3429) - See manual for more detail Unlimited Multiple 2W Nozzle 2W - >135 (3429) - See manual for more detail Unlimited Distribution Piping Requirements Requirements - 9.0 gal (34 L) System Supply Line Duct Branch Une Plenum ` Branch Une Appliance Branch Une Pipe Size Maximum Length Maximum Rise Maximum 90° Elbow Maximum Tees Maximum Flow Numbers *Exceptions: 1. Twelve (12) flow numbers 2. Twelve (12) flow numbers 3. Twelve (12) flow numbers Special Instructions: 1. Twelve (12) flow numbers 2. For certain McDonald's applications, electrostatic precipitator nozzle, Department for additional 3/8 in. 40 tt (12.1 m) 6 ft (1.8 m) 9 1 11° are allowed in any one tank for are allowed with any one tank are allowed with any one tank are allowed when four (4) Dean 11.5 flow numbers one (1) 1N plenum nozzle, information. 3/8 in. 8 ft (2.4 m) 4 ft (1.2 m) 4 2 4 hood and duct protection. using only two -flow appliance using only three -flow appliance Industries GTI Gas Fryers are allowed when using a combination and four (4) two -flow appliance 3/8 in. 4 ft(1.2 m) 2 ft (0.6 m) 4 2 2 nozzles. nozzles. are protected at low proximity. of one (1) 2W duct nozzles. Contact ANSUL 3/8 in. 12 ft (3.7 m) 2 ft (0.6 m) 6 4 4 nozzle, one (1) 1/2N Applications Engineering Distribution Piping Requirements - 9.0 gal (34 L) System 1. The maximum length between the start of the first branch line and the start of the last branch line must not exceed 24 ft (7.3m). When the supply line is split, the combined total of both legs of the supply line (from the start of the first branch line to the start of the last branch line) must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). 2. The total length of all branch lines must not exceed 36 ft (10.9 m). 3. Use a 3/8 in. union to connect the tank adaptor to the 3/8 in. supply line. General Piping Requirements 1. All R-102 system piping is straight line. Therefore, the need for critical lengths and balancing is minimized. 2. Two 45° elbows count as one 90° elbow. 3. Each branch line includes the tee or elbow leading to It, and all fittings within the branch line itself. 4. The minimum piping length of Schedule 40, 3/8 M. pipe from the tank outlet to any nozzle protecting a range, fryer, or wok must be 6 ft (1.8 m). 5. Pipe lengths are measured from center of fitting to center of fitting. 6. All distribution piping must be Schedule 40 black Iron, chromeplated, or stainless steel. Do not use hot dipped galvanized pipe on the distribution piping. 7. All threaded connections located in and above the protected area must be sealed with pipe tape. Tape should be applied to male threads only. Make certain tape does not extend over the end of the thread, as this could cause possible blockage of the agent distribution. Note: The converted values in this document are provided for dimensional reference only and do not reflect an actual measurement. ANSUL and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. woo eiguosJapues©n oa6 5566'Z5b'008 / OL L£'688'£OS 2IHVdS ddO30 42L6 210 'aNV112iOd 3AV all£ 3S 1.014 NO11O31O2ld 32IId NOS2l3aNvs 27/2 H-4 43" — - 1W (1) I Oven L... Oven I SUPPLY #? J 3' 9 LY 141 ANSUL R-102 FIRE SYSTEM SUPPLY #2 53" A) 6 GALLON SYSTEM (2 TANKS) (MOUNTED ON HOOD H-3) (FOR HOODS H-2, H-3, & H-4) B) 3/8' BLACK IRON PIPING W/ 3/8' SS, APPLIANCE DROPS (1) REGULATED RELEASE (2) EXTRA MICR❑ SWITCH ASSEMBLIES (MOUNTED IN REG, REL) (1) SINGLE TANK ENCLOSURE (2) 3 GALLON TANKS 3N 36.56. (3) 25-35" W/ SWIVELS GRIDDLE FRYER ANSUL R-102 FIRE SYSTEM LAYOUT SUPPLY #2 /fish%f/,f> ✓•/ H-2 3' ANSUL R-102 UL300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM GALLON SYSTEM - FLOW POINTS ALLOWED 11- Ft.bW?DINTS USED ) (1)3N t5 r3N (3) 25:35•'(3) W/ SWIVELS FRYER FRYER INSTALLATION NOTES; • All piping is 3/8" Schedule 40 black pipe. • Fire system must connect to building fire alarm if present. • Remote Manual pull must be located in the path of egress between 10ft to 20ft from the kitchen exhaust hood, mounted 42in to 48in from the finished floor, with a maximum 14in pull to activate the system. • Upon activation of the fire extinguishing system, all sources of fuel & power to all appliance and outlets located under the ventilation system, shall be shut down. • Upon activation of the fire extinguishing system, Make-up Air supply shall shut down. • Upori activation of the fire extinguishing system, Exhaust Air supply shall stay on, or turn on in the event it IS in the ott position. • K -CLASS Portable fire extinguisher located along the path of egress within 30' of the kitchen exhaust hood. woo•a iguosJapuesvn lloa6 503.889.3110 / 800.452.9955 aHVdS dd03J 46ZL6 2i0 'aNv1121Od AAV Ode 3S 1061. NOI1031Obd Rad NCS2f3GNVS z (1) r •�. ANSUL. 6 gallon system - piped as two individual 3 gallon tanks R-102TM RESTAURANT SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION PIPING REQUIREMENTS SHEET Distribution Piping Requirements - 3.0 Galion (11.3 Liter) System Requirements Supply Line Duct Branch Line Plenum Branch Line Appliance Branch Line Pipe Size Maximum Length Maximum Rise Maximum 90` Elbow Maximum Tees Maximum Flow Numbers 3/8 in. 40 ft (12.2 m) 6 ft (1.8 m) 9 1 11' 3/8 in. 8 ft (2.4 m) 4 ft (1.2 m) 4 2 4 3/8 in. 4 ft (1.2 m) 2 ft (0.6 m) 4 2 2 3/8 in. 12 ft (3.7 m) 2 ft (0.6 m) 6 4 4 *Exceptions: 1. Twelve (12) flow numbers are allowed in any one tank for hood and duct protection. 2. Twelve (12) flow numbers are allowed with any one tank using only two -flow appliance nozzles. 3. Twelve (12) flow numbers are allowed with any one tank using only three -flow appliance nozzles. Special instructions: t Twelve (12) flow numbers are allowed when four (4) Dean Industries GTI Gas Fryers are protected at low proximity. 2. For certain McDonald's applications, 11.5 flow numbers are allowed when using a combination of one (1) 2W duct nozzle, one (1) 1/2N electrostatic precipitator nozzle, one (1) 1N plenum nozzle, and four (4) two -flow appliance nozzles. Contact ANSUL Applications Engineering Department for additional information. Distribution Piping Requirements - 3.0 Gallon (11.3 Liter) System 1. The maximum length between the start of the first branch line and the start of the last branch line must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). When the supply line is split, the combined total of both legs of the supply line (from the start of the first branch line to the start of the last branch line) must not exceed 24 ft (7.3 m). 2, The total length of all branch lines must not exceed 36 ft (10.9 m). 3. Use a 3/8 in. union to connect the tank adaptor to the 3/8 in. supply line. Plenum Nozzle Type Flow Points Width In. (cm) Max. Side Length in. (cm) Max. Side Nozzle Placement (See Manual for More Detail) Duct Length in. (cm) Min. Heigld in. (cm) Max. Height M. (cm) Horizontal Protection Single Bank 111 1 48 (122) 120 (305) 0 in. to 6 in. (0 to 15.2 cm) from end of plenum 100 (254) 2 (5) 4 (10) Perpendicular Protection Single Bank 1W 1 48 (122) 48 (122) See Manual for more detail ' 1 (2.5) 20 (51) Horizontal Protection V -Bank 2 x 1N 2 48 (122) 120 (305) 0 in. to 6 in. (0 to 15.2 cm) from end of plenum 21 (53) 2 (5) 4 (10) Horizontal Protection V -Bank 1W 1 48 (122) 72 (183) 0 in. to 6 in. (0 to 15.2 cm) from end of plenum 2 14 (36) 1/3 the height of fitter Perpendicular Protection V -Bank 1W 1 48 (122) 48 (122) See Manual for more detail 210/203 (1355/1310) 1 (2.5) 20 , (51) Duct Nozzle type Flow Points Perimeter in. (cm) Diameter In. (em) Nozzle Placement (See Manual for More Detail) Duct Length in. (cm) Single Nozzle 1 Flow Nozzle 1W 1 50 (127) 16 (41) See Manual for more detail Unlimited Single Nozzle 2 Flow Nozzle 2W 2 100 (254) 31 7/8 (81) See Manual for more detail Unlimited Multiple Nozzle 2W + 1W 3 135 (343) 48 (122) See Manual for more detail Unlimited Multiple 2W Nozzle 2W - >135 (343) >135 (343) See Manual for more detail Unlimited 4 A ANSUL R-102 RESTAURANT SYSTEM NOZZLE COVERAGE/OVERLAPPING SUMMARY SHEET -,„_,p,VM--_.._ Appliance Nozzle Type Flow Points Width in. (cm) Max. Side Mutlpte Length in. (cm) Max. Side Multiple Nozzle w/o Drip Board Area 1112 (cm2) Nozzle w/ Drip Board Area int (cm2) Minimum Nozzle ill. in. (cm) Maximum Nozzle Ht. in. (cm) Fryers without drip boards Lew Pf° '43plit or No Split Vat Fryers without drip boards Non -Split Vat (ONLY) 230/290' 2 14 (36) 15 (38) - - 27/13 (69/33) 47/16 (119/41) 245290' 2 14/14.5 (3637) 15/14 (38/36) - - 20/16 (51/41) 27/27 (69/69) 290 2 19.5 (50) 19 (48.2) - - 13 (33) 16 (41) 3N 3 119.5 (50) 19 (48.2) - - 21 (53) 34 (86) 314 3 1 18 (45.7) 18 (45.7) - - 25 (64) 35 (89) Fryers with drip boards Law P` n'rySplit or No Split Vat' 230/290' 2 14 (36) 21 (53) 210 (1355) 294 (1897) 27/13 (69/33) 47/16 (119/411 245/290' 2 14/14.5 (36/37) 21/26.5 (53/67) 210/203 (1355/1310) 2943842 (18972419) 20/16 (51/41) 27/27 (69/69) Fryers will drip boards' Non -Split Vat (ONLY) 290 2 19.5 (50) 25 318 (65) 370.5 (2390) 495 (3194) 13 (33) 16 (41) 3N 3 19.5 (50) 25 3/8 (65) 370.5 (2390) 495 (3194) 21 (53) 34 (86) 3N 3 18 (45.7) 27 3/4 (70.5) 324 (2090) 497 (3206) 25 (64) 35 (89) Tilt Skillet/Walston Panz Coverage limitation aro based on fryer sizes including the drip boards. Exception: Tilt Skillets and Braising may exceed the maximum of 6 ft2 (0.56 rn2) Range With orwithout back sher' Without back shelf With back shelf* Without back shelf With back shelf Longest Side Max. Area In' (cm') 1N 1 12 (30.5) 32 (81) 384 (2477) - 30 (76) 40 (102) 1N 1 18 (45.7) 24 (61) - - - 15 (38.1) 20 (50.8) 1F 1 12 (30.5) 28 (71) 336 (2168) - 30 (76) 50 (127) 1F 1 12 (30.5) 28 (71) 336 (2168) - 40 (102) 48 (122) 245 2 24 (61) 28 (71) - - 40 (102) 50 (127) 260 2 24 (61) 32 (81) 768 (4955) - 30 (76) 40 (102) 260 2 12 (30.5) 32 (81) 384 (2477) - 30 (76) 40 (102) 2 x290 4 36 (91) 28 (71) 1008 (6503) - 15 (38) 20 (51) Griddle 1N/1NSS 1 36 (91) 30 (76) - - 35 (89) 40 (102) 290 2 30 (76) 24 (61) - - 30 (76) 50 (127) 260 2 48 (122) 30 (76) - - 30 (76) 50 (127) 290 2 48 (122) 30 (76) . - - 20 (51) 30 (78) 2120 2 48 (122) 30 (76) - - 10 (25) 20 (51) Chain Broiler' (Overhead Protection) 2 x 1W 2 34 (86) 30 (76) - - 10 (25) 26 (66) Chain Broiler (Horizontal Protection) Char Broiler Gas -Radiant Electric Lava -Rock Natural Charcoal' Lava -Rock or Natural Charcoal' Wood Fueled' 2 x 1N 2 31 (79) 43 (109) - - Front edge; 1 to 3 in. (3 to 8 cm) above the chain 1N/1NSS 1 24 (61) 36 (91) - - 15 (38) 40 -(102) 1WtNSS 1 20 (51) 34 (86) - - 20 (51) 50 (127) 1N/INSS 1 13 (33) 24 (61) - - 18 (46) 35 (89) 1W1NSS 1 12 (30.5) 24 (61) - - 18 (46) 40 (102) 3N 3 24 (61) 30 (76) - - 14 (36) 40 (102) 3N 3 24 (61) 30 (76) - - 14 (36) 40 (102) Upright Broiler Salamander Broiler See manual for nozzle location Intemal Chamber 2 x 12N 1 30 (76) 32.5 (82.5) int edge; above the grate 2 x 1/2N 1 30 (76) 32.5 (82.5) - - 114 1 16 (411 29 (74) - - - - 114 nozzle location to be on the vertical edge 6 to 12 in. (15.2 to 30.5 cm) in front and 0 to 12 in. (0 to 30.5 cm) above the top of broiler IF 1 31 (79) 15 (38) - - - - 1 114 1 16 (41) 29 (74) - - 6-12 in. above either end (15.2 to 30.5 cm) Wok 3.75 to 8 in. deep (9.5 to 20.3 cm) 3 to 6 in. (7.6 to 15.2 cm) deep 260 2 14 to 30 in. (36 to 76 cm) diameter - - 35 (89) 45 (1 14) 1 W1 NSS 1 11 to 241n. (28 to 61 cm) diameter - - 30 (76) 40 (102) ' For multiple nozzle protection of single fryers, see detailed inftuy0allon on pages 4-8 to 4.11 a1 manual. ' See Figure 1 for nozzle location. ' Minimum chain broiler exhaust opening -12 in. x 12 M. (30.5 cm x 30.5 cm). and net less than 60% of internal broiler Sire. • 4 in. (10 em) maximtern fuel depth. '6 M. (15 cm) maximum fuel depth °Shelf can overhung borne*) by maximum 01 11 in. (28 cm) and height limitation el 20 in. (51 cm) from bottom of lowest part of shed to the top of burner grate. Shelf can overhang bemer(s) by maximum o1 11 In. (28 an) and height Ihntnbon at 18 M. (45.7 cm) from bottom of /Desi part of shelf to the top of bunter grata. ' Low Proximity A back -shelf can only be utlared it the nortle(s) is Installed berm the shelf. 2.1% xikb m mtp m n 1% 2 u) c 1 ~~ iD^'vuu / 0 > CD o zfnw > 9 -I 0 GO rn >'‘);' C 0 cA Z 0 z -o 0 cn m z o —fm0 b -oc r.r173 -71 2 7-4 o 2! =E u) m5; u) c0 m zi :q rn rn Ori 0 z (11 c o rri z 0 3LIES **SH❑P N❑TE*x PR❑VIDE A QUANTITY ❑F TW❑ REMOTE PULL STATI❑NS F❑R FIRE SYSTEM F❑R H❑❑DS H-2, H-3, & H-4. ❑N.E PULL STATION REQUIRED FOR H❑OD H-1 PR❑VIDE A TOTAL ❑F THREE PULL STATI❑NS!! 0 ANON -COMBUSTIBLE CANOPY SPRINKLER PROTECTION NOT REQUIRED BELOW PER NFPA 13 = SEC. 8.15.7.2, TYP Design Area 11:1 HAZARD:ORD GR1 Zone: 1 System Type:WET Locatidn: SERVING Flowintl Outlets:12 Density: 0.15 Remote Area: 947 Flow 504.5 gpm 0 131.9 psi Calculation Safety: 16.7 psi Includes 250 gpm Hose allowance NOTE: 1500 S.F. REDUCED BY 39.5% TO 908 S.F. PER NFPA 13 FIG. 11.2.3.2.3.1 DUE TO USE OF QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS AND 10'-4" CEILINGS NOTE: ALL PENDENT SPRINKLERS WILL BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER DROPS MAX 36" LONG. SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED ACCORDING TO LENGTH SERVICE WOMEN -10'-0" i 2-14 3-0 _ __ 7-0 9'=8^ 3-8 I 3-10 a 1 24" t (D. FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN SCALE:Y" = 1'-0" f_12"H 1 12" + 24" 2x2 BLANK TILES 1_ LOCATE SPRINKLER AT CENTER OF TILE 61 + + Tr24. 1 24"-.1 2x2 SCORED TILES LOCATE SPRINKLER 6 INCHES FROM TWO GRID LINES + + + 48" 2x4 TILES LOCATE SPRINKLER AT CENTER OR 12 INCHES FROM THE TWO ADJACENT GRID LINES SPRINKLER PLACEMENT DETAIL GENERAL NOTES INSTALLATION DETAILS FLEXIBLE DROP LENGTH BASED ON CALCULATIONS Mite BRANCHUNE SEE SUBMITTAL FOR MAXIMUM/TOTAL BENDS SUSPENDED CEIUNG-/ X PENDENT W/ ESCT. FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER DROP ASSEMBLY 1. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2015) 1.1. OCCUPANCY: TYPE A2, DINING 1.2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: V -B (UNPROTECTED, COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION) 1.3. SPRINKLERED AREAS (APPROXIMATE - SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ACTUAL) 1ST FLOOR = 4,800 S.F. CONCEALED SPACE = 4,800 S.F. 1.4. INSTALLATION STANDARDS: SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED AND INSTALLED PER NFPA-13 (2013) 2. SPRINKLER PIPE TYPES: -WET- 2.1. 1' BRANCH UNES TO BE BLK SCHEDULE 40 PIPING WITH THREADED FITTINGS 2.2. 1Y+ THROUGH 2)." MAIN & BRANCH LINES TO BE BLK SCHEDULE 10 PIPING WITH GROOVED FITTINGS 3. DESIGN CRITERIA 3.1. ENTIRE BUILDING HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1 PER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS= DESIGNED TO DELIVER 0.15 GPM/S.F. OVER THE MOST DEMANDING 1500 S.F. 3.2. REMOTE AREA REDUCTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN WHERE APPUCABLE PER NFPA 13 SEC. 11.2.3.2.3 4. NOTES: 4.1. ALL MATERIAL TO BE NEW AND MEET U.L STANDARDS 4.2. HANGERS TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 (2013) - SEE PLAN FOR HANGING REQUIR 5. SYMBOLS USED ON DRAWINGS: 4-9'6"1 PIPE ELEVATION A.F.F --(*12") PIPE ELEVATION BELOW B.O.D (MD ROOM HAZARD CLASSIFICATION (ALL ROOMS ARE CONSIDERED LIGHT HAZARD UNLESS NOTED) F1 HYDRAULIC CALCULATION JUNCTION POINT 10'-2' CEIUNG HEIGHT o II ; PIPE LEGEND BLACK STEEL SPRINKLER PIPING WATER SERVICE (BY OTHERS) RE SPRINKLER RISER SEE DETAIL 1 ON FP1 Gued surfaces • BUILDING SECTION 1. Hanger per NFPA 13 2. 2 -screw ceiling flange with two 18 gauge (0.294") x 11" wood screws into r predrilled pilot holes * For all double chord trusses, one screw must be positioned in the center of each chord ± }" tolerance * This detail may be used on top or bottom chord * If installing through a gypsum board ceiling, increase the fastener length by the gypsum board thickness 0 Pipe size at maximum hanger spacing: 2" FOR FORCES PERPENDICULAR TO OPEN -WEB TRUSSES A EQ1 A 4- 10' minimum 1. Vertical 2x4 biock notched at the bottom to clear webs 2" Y 2. Flat block. Glue top and bottom surfaces with four }" beads of approved elastomeric floor adhesive. Follow manufacturer's recommendations. Glued surfaces must be dean and dust free. 3. 4x10 or 4x12 Douglas fir or southem pine hanger block. Support as shown with two }" diameter machine bolts at each end. 4. Light gauge strap (similar to Simpson Strong -Tie LSTA24 strap). Install with three 8d (2j') common or 10d (3") common nails at the ends of the straps. 5. Make attachment per NFPA 13 at the center of the 4x_ hanger block. Other attachment locations are acceptable for one-half the allowable loads shown at right, provided that the attachment is made within the bolt pattem and at least 4' from the bolts. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN HANGERS (FT. -IN.) CNT --_ NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (IN.) V1 " 1 Y" 1 ) " 2" 2 Y)" 3" 4" 6" 8" 50 STEEL PIPE EXCEPT THREADED LIGHTWALL I - , NA 12-0 12-0 15-0 15-0 15-0 15-0 15-0 15-0 15-0 111 g ❑ Without Comments 12' As Noted in Red Per The Attached Leiter These plans have been revi9wed by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau for conformance with current City standards. Acceptance is subiect to errors and omissions which do ,th not authorize violations of adopted stan 3. c1s andOrd.. a. t rn e The es; onsibill 1 Jam_ responsibility for the ; de'�:u cy of totally design rests with � � i the designer._ F � '' S ions. C ; •eb ons or revisions to r r 146- - SIOt15 .ries drawings after this Oahe wit! void anis acceptance B ld will require a f .sUir r resub Itt of revtseo drawings for subsequent approval. ; Final accelawice is Subject to Pel; test and inspection by 1 I The Tukw_.ii„ -r, 2revendop Bureau. l 1 Date: 7-2----1 3 By: i "'1 ,5-'I 1 6. SCOPE OF WORK: 6.1. WE WILL BE INSTAWNG A WET TYPE FIRE SPRINKLE SYSTEM FOR THE NEW CHICK-F1L-A BUILDING. THE SYSTEM WILL CONSIST OF ONE WET ZONE WITH COVERAGE ABOVE AND BELOW THE CEIUNG. 6.2. ALL AREAS OF THE BUILDING TO BE INSTALLED AND COVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND PER NFPA 13 (2013) 3:_WIl...A P, ;t . t T �_ : 5-575-5 7 and 'St this Fire Perrrilt No. /dfress for shut- = - vn or re eeon approval. iI NFPA 13 HANGER SPACING HEAD . _ RISER LEGEND 1. 6" UNDERGROUND WATER SERVICE (BY OTHERS) (FLUSHING & TESTING OF THE UNDERGROUND SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM HOOKUP. UNDERGROUND PAPERS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED TO THE "FP" CONTRACTOR BY THE G.C.) 2. 6" FLANGE x GROOVE ADAPTER - 3. 6"x2) ' GROOVED CONC. REDUCER 4. 21c SPOOL PIECE 5. 2h" GROOVED BUTTERFLY VALVE w/ TAMPER 6. 2X" GROOVED COMMERCIAL RISER MANIF= w/ FLOW SWITCH, PRESSURE GAUGE, & TEST AND DRAIN 7 nL� to S 8. MAIN DR,&JN_PIPED OUTSIDE * ALL WIRING/INTERFACING OF ALARMS BY OTHERS * ALL PIPING PENETRATING THE EXTERIOR WALL TO BE GALVANIZED RISER DETAIL SCALE:Y2" = 1'-0" pct"ih detot, 4.0 LA..S-(d 4.) Sqh,�,;,,,, SCwC - 1. Y' steel plate 2. %" threaded U -bolt HANGER DETAILS Section A -A Pipe may also be placed on top side of bottom chord OPipe size at maximum hanger spacing: 2" 3 (may be increased to 4° with special truss design) r WASHINGTON STATE CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Darin Syverson 313S -0914-C Level 3 Brimstone Fire Safety Management, L.L.C. BRIMSFS918K0 SYM CNT POSITION FINISH TEMP K NPT SIN MFG. MODEL# ESCUTCHEON HEAD BOX (2 min) © 50 UPR BRASS 155 5.60 1/2" GL5615 Globe GL56 N/A - 2 ® 22 PEND WHITE 200 5.60 1/2" GL5601 Globe GL56 SEMI -RECESS 2 ® 2 PEND CHROME 200 5.60 1" GL5635 Globe GL56 STANDARD N/A ® 36 PEND WHITE 155 5.60 1/2" GL5606 Globe GL INCH CONCEALED 2 110 TOTAL HEADS ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL SEISMIC FORCES (lbs) - ANGLE TO VERTICAL (a) 30' 45' 60' 800 1400 1400 * The loads in the table are based on the controlling connection to the truss. ' The capacity of the brace fastener to the wood block may limit the capacity of the detail (see NFPA 13). • The forces indude a 1.33 duration factor adjustment. SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND EQ2 FOR FORCES PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO OPEN -WEB TRUSSES 1. Y' XIX" lag screw (requires X' diameter pilot hole) centered on the underside of the top chord 2.214" x 2Y" x ys steel angle (see sketch). Maximum length from joist to joist is 48 inches. 3.)4" diameter machine bolt centered between joists 4. Swivel sway brace fitting (equivalent to TOLCO Incorporated Figure 910) SEISMIC BRACING DETAILS FLOW TEST INFO: STATIC = 150 PSI RESID = 20 PSI FLOW = 6000 GPM LOCATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTER -5" FREE STANDING STORZ CONNECTION w/ 30' DOWNWARD BEND AND KNOX CAP 6" WATER SERVICE (BY OTHERS) ANGLE TO VERTICAL (a) 30' 45' 60' 190 240 240 bs) * The bads in the table are based on the controlling connection to the truss. * The forces indude a 1.33 duration factor adjustment -FIRE SPRINKLER RISER SEE DETAIL 1 ON FP1 i SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 50'-0" Signature Dat. PAID JUN 2', 2018 SYMBOLS Symbol Description - 10'-2' Ceiling Height •o'o• ) Elev. Below Top of Steel Elev. Above Finished Floor F1 Hydraulic Reference Points Common Connection Point Denotes Hanger Location Rise up or down Electrical Light call) Roam Hazard Classification Sprinkler Head Cage 0 WEST EAST REVISIONS Drawing Title FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Project No. Drawn By DS Scale 1/8" = 1' Date 8/13/2018 DWG Type SUBMITTAL DWG TUKWILA FIRI 212/ 77 j5'c� - This stamp implies thot-tlieesigning agency has submitted the plans and required s€ipportin's-eatca1ntions for profession'I review and the Idrawings/dations are_founLtel be in significan compliance with NFPA standards, specifically pamphlet NFPA 13 - 2013, subject to review comments noted in the June 19, 2018 review letter issued by this office. The review can be considered comprehensive only to the extent of the data supplied to the reviewer_ Project_ Tukwila Chick-Fil-A Brimstone Fire Safety Management LLC WOMER & ASSOCIATES FIRE PROTECTION CONSULTING ENGINEERS C4 mei la CO= w3 E "i o• W IN M U) N an it L3. N p 1 OF rFIELD LOCATE- ABOVE FDC OR AHJ APPROVED ( LOCATION 75Cd F2 12 EOL Y IrTHER7 ES I EQUIPMENT LIST TYPE MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY FACP FIRE LITE MS-9050UD ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 1 FAAP FIRE LITE ANN -80 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 1 BATTERY ENERSYS NP7-12 12 VOLT 7 AMP HOUR STORAGE BATTERY 2 COMM HONEYWELL GSM INTERNET AND DIGITAL CELLULAR COMMUNICATOR 1 PHOTO FIRE LITE SD355 ADDRESSABLE PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR 1 INPUT FIRE LITE MMF-300 ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE 5 DUAL INPUT FIRE LITE MDF -300 ADDRESSABLE DUAL MONITOR MODULE 6 PULL FIRE LITE BG-12LX ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATION 1 CST SYSTEM SENSOR SCRL SELECTABLE CANDELA CEILING MOUNT STROBE 4 CHS SYSTEM SENSOR PC2RL SELECTABLE CANDELA CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE 9 WPHS POTTER SASH -24 SELECTABLE CANDELA WEATHERPROOF HORN/STROBE 1 BATTERY CALCULATIONS FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL BATTERY CALCULATION QTY TYPE PART NUMBER STANDBY TOTAL STANDBY ALARM TOTAL ALARM 1 FACP MS-9050UD 0.1200 Amps 0.1200 Amps 0.2000 Amps 0.2000 Amps 1 FAAP ANN -80 0.0400 Amps 0.0400 Amps 0.0400 Amps 0.0400 Amps 1 PHOTO SD355 0.0003 Amps 0.0003 Amps 0.0065 Amps 0.0065 Amps 5 INPUT MMF-300 0.0004 Amps 0.0018 Amps 0.0050 Amps 0.0250 Amps 6 DUAL INPUT MDF -300 0.0008 Amps 0.0045 Amps 0.0064 Amps 0.0384 Amps 1 PULL BG-12LX 0.0002 Amps 0.0002 Amps 0.0002 Amps 0.0002 Amps 4 CST SCRL 0.0000 Amps 0.0000 Amps 0.0410 Amps 0.1640 Amps 4 CHS PC2RL - 0.0000 Amps 0.0000 Amps 0.0900 Amps 0.3600 Amps 5 CHS PC2RL 0.0000 Amps 0.0000 Amps 0.1430 Amps 0.7150 Amps 1 WPHS SASH -24 0.0000 Amps 0.0000 Amps 0.1400 Amps 0.1400 Amps O INSTALL 1" EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING / FM APPROVED "CENTRAL STATION' MONITORING SYSTEM. REFER TO THE 1 TOTAL 0.1668 Amps TOTAL 1.6891 Amps SEE VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS FOR DETAILS ON THE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS. PROVIDE 24 HOURS OF BATTERY BACKUP WITH 5MIN (.083 HRS) OF ALARM. _ 24 Hrs HOURS 0.083 Hrs 4.00 Ah AMP HOUR 0.14 Ah 1.20 DERATING 1.20 4.80 Ah TOTAL 0.17 Ah TOTAL REQUIRED 4.972 Ah SEE EQUIPMENT LIST FOR SIZE VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT SCHEDULE - CIRCUIT TYPE CANDELA PART NUMBER ALARM QTY TOTAL F1 CST 15Cd SCRL 0.041 Amps 4 0.164 Amps F1 CHS 30Cd PC2RL 0.090 Amps 4 0.360 Amps F1 CHS 75Cd PC2RL 0.143 Amps 5 0.715 Amps F2 WPHS 75Cd SASH -24 0.140 Amps 1 0.140 Amps 14 14 4110 4110 1 7 - 0.024 0.064 0 073 0.003 0.004 3.07 3.14 VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT TOTAL AMPS FOOTAGE OHMS PER 1K TOTAL OHMS VOLTAGE DROP F1 F1 1.239 Amps 500 3.19 1.60 Ohms 1.98 Vdc F1 F2 0.140 Amps 100 3.19 0.32 Ohms 0.04 Vdc FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT LAYOUT SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 0 8 16 24 32 * 1%044I% ) viUG' ?.i11 5-tg11-'o'+3 WI" � 4_44.cr►0+' 41 ;\44. 14.040,1 \ ty} tr;o r %JJ %411 /54+001,11. t4c:....� p.t X.tr*- 4 t$ SS)34 1.►ak4 \l (j rtAKty hi,4Ik 4,141"11 O I' dt,b uk FA L ;,� ,"4- � K4► "V' r � p r F DEPARTMENT t1 J.LF't ii cE DEP �a`'i 'e:�1yy >I .tet. 4 °1 2i:s _ ':V2 e !:.1 Fire Permit' o. - Jwn or restored= approval. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS INPUTS AND ACTIONS sA o.9 4)/ r t, ''`<c,6<'/\11 yo 11; vy F O) OUTPUTS AND CONTROLS DRY SYSTEM HIGH SWITCH INDICATES DRY SYSTEM ACTIVATION/FLOW �TF��94,9 -o. Y . L'T09 c102�A� oGI e91>90 10�Zry lr2r f%cSJ�iS)� S,� y91 I",5, low9 11(/ y lis 9s ls� �9 qIP L '10•4, l'4, Sic til ,A/0 chi oo c�,lL �F �/i` TOt Ge) 1(/- Glc& 11, 00 9i A11'TCSsT�OwA� Awc, A, OPERATE ALL AREA EVACUATION SIGNALS (TEMPORAL CODE 3) CONDUCTOR PROPERTIES CHART FlIOY IMM 70 MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS: SIZE AWG/ )(mil SIZE AWG/ kcm i CONDUCTORS DC RESISTANCE AT 75°C j167°f) STRANDING OVERALL COPPER ALUMINUM QUANTITY DIA. IN. DIA. IN. AREA IN. uzo°wa ' cmlm � ohm/ a -r 18 18 1620 1620 1 7 - 0.015 0 040 0.046 0.001 0.002 7.77 7.95 8.08 8 45 12.8 13 1 16 16 2580 2580 1 7 - 0.019 0.051 0.058 0.002 0 003 4.89 4.99 5.08 5.29 805 8.21 14 14 4110 4110 1 7 - 0.024 0.064 0 073 0.003 0.004 3.07 3.14 3.19 3.26 5.06 5.17 12 12 6530 6530 1 7 - 0.030 0.081 0092 0.005 0.006 1.93 1.98 2.01 2.05 3.18 3.25 • * 1%044I% ) viUG' ?.i11 5-tg11-'o'+3 WI" � 4_44.cr►0+' 41 ;\44. 14.040,1 \ ty} tr;o r %JJ %411 /54+001,11. t4c:....� p.t X.tr*- 4 t$ SS)34 1.►ak4 \l (j rtAKty hi,4Ik 4,141"11 O I' dt,b uk FA L ;,� ,"4- � K4► "V' r � p r F DEPARTMENT t1 J.LF't ii cE DEP �a`'i 'e:�1yy >I .tet. 4 °1 2i:s _ ':V2 e !:.1 Fire Permit' o. - Jwn or restored= approval. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS INPUTS AND ACTIONS sA o.9 4)/ r t, ''`<c,6<'/\11 yo 11; vy F O) OUTPUTS AND CONTROLS DRY SYSTEM HIGH SWITCH INDICATES DRY SYSTEM ACTIVATION/FLOW �TF��94,9 -o. Y . L'T09 c102�A� oGI e91>90 10�Zry lr2r f%cSJ�iS)� S,� y91 I",5, low9 11(/ y lis 9s ls� �9 qIP L '10•4, l'4, Sic til ,A/0 chi oo c�,lL �F �/i` TOt Ge) 1(/- Glc& 11, 00 9i A11'TCSsT�OwA� Awc, A, OPERATE ALL AREA EVACUATION SIGNALS (TEMPORAL CODE 3) • MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS: • AREA: • THE LIST WITHIN THIS SECTION ARE NOT PART OF THE SCOPE OF WORK OF - APPROX. SQUARE FOOTAGE: 4,858 sq. ft. THE "DESIGN STANDARDS" ON THESE DRAWINGS. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, BUT ARE VITAL FOR THE COMPLETION OF CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE SUPPORT BRACKET THE SYSTEM. THIS LIST SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OTHER TRADES AND SYSTEM TYPE: 2. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: • BASE HEAD SMOKE OR HEAT DETECTOR CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE • HORN/STROBE ■�A■1 In. wit ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 2.2. NO CLOSER THAN THREE (3) FEET FROM AN AIR MOVING REGISTER SOUND LOCAL PIEZO AT FACP AND FAAP • ••••••••••••••••••• DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (R=RETURN) (BY OTHER TRADES) DESCRIPTION: 80" ket / 2. ALL AIR HANDLING UNIT SHUTDOWN CONDUIT AND WIRING. SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) 3. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CERTIFIED BY OTHER SPRINKLER ( DRY/ WE7) TAMPER SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) ADDRESSABLE FIRE LITE MS-9050UD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, UTILIZING A TRADES. THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE MONITORED BY THE 3. ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, DETECTOR HOUSING, DETECTOR POWER, POWER LIMITED, FULLY SUPERVISED, MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC FACP. RELATED INSTALLATION LABOR, CONDUIT, AND WIRING. INITIATION/DETECTION SYSTEM. THIS SYSTEM SHALL MONITOR THE BUILDING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SEND AUTOMATIC SIGNALS TO A UL 4. MANUAL PULL STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: INDICATE DEVICE/ZONE AT FACP AND FAAP ••••• 4.1. 48" TO THE TOP OF THE DEVICE ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. DESIGN STANDARDS 4.2. WITHIN 5 OF THE EXIT DOOR WHERE POSSIBLE. 5. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS AND REMOTE LED/TEST STATIONS. 5. HORN/STROBE AND STROBE UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: 1_ MANUFACTURERS' GUIDELINES 5.1. SHALL BE MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS NOT LESS THAN • • • • • • • 5.4. SET ALL HORN STROBES TO HIGH dBA SETTING. SEND GENERAL ALARM SIGNAL TO CENTRAL STATION MONITORING • 5.5. SET CANDELA RATING AS NOTED ON PLANS. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX r1 CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT 1. INSTALL ONE (1) NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO PROVIDE TOTAL EVACUATION WIRE DAMAGE. FOR THE CHICK-FIL-A STORE # 04094. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES:INSTALL • 2. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL SEND AUTOMATIC SIGNALS TO A UL LISTED O INSTALL 1" EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING / FM APPROVED "CENTRAL STATION' MONITORING SYSTEM. REFER TO THE 1 ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE RISER DIAGRAM AND THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SPECIFIC STANDARDS LOCATED IN THE "DESIGN STANDARDS" ON THESE DRAWINGS. SEND TROUBLE SIGNAL TO CENTRAL STATION MONITORING SIGNALS TO BE TRANSMITTED. 2. REFER TO THE "WIRE CHART" LOCATED ON THESE DRAWINGS FOR • • a• • • • INSTALL 1' EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING LOCATED ON THESE DRAWINGS FOR THE STANDBY TIME AND SIZE OF 3. ALL SIGNAL LINE CIRCUITS (i.e. SLC DATA) SHALL BE CLASS "B"_ ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE BATTERIES REQUIRED. END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT WIRE DAMAGE. FOR RISERS LOCATED 4. ALL INITIATION DEVICES CIRCUITS (IDC) SHALL BE CLASS "B"_ SEND SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TO CENTRAL STATION MONITORING 4. THIS PROJECTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED UTILIZING THE • BOX 6" ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IMMEDIATELY ON THE INTERIOR • 5. ALL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NAC) SHALL BE CLASS B"_ OF THE BUILDING AND LOCATE ADDRESSABLE MODULE IN THIS DRAWINGS. JUNCTION BOX. 5. INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE FIRE 6. A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION, LABOR, CONDUIT, AND WIRING FOR ALL 120VAC POWER CIRCUITS O INSTALL A 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION BOX IN THE CENTER OF THE • 1 CEILING TILE. RIGIDLY MOUNT JUNCTION BOX WITH T -BAR FASTENER. • 7. A QUALIFIED TELEPHONE TECHNICIAN SHALL PERFORM THE INSTALLATION5 • • • SEND WATERFLOW ALARM SIGNAL TO CENTRAL STATION MONITORING 1. THIS PROJECTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A "WORKMAN STATION. • LIKE MANNER" UTILIZING "GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE". O CELLULAR/RADIO COMMUNICATION TO BE SOLE PATHWAY PER NFPA 8. ALL CABLE RUNS SHALL RUN PARALLEL TO THE BUILDING LINES, DIAGONAL GUIDELINES AND APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION 2. TO ENSURE THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, A RUNS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO THE FINAL • INSPECTION BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (A.H.J.). 9. ALL CABLE SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 3. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL CONNECTION TO CEILING GRID, CONDUIT, SPRINKLER PIPE, ETC. SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ALL CABLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH FIRE RATED ILLUMINATE LED ON DETECTOR/ MODULE •••• CABLE TIES AT 8'-0" ON CENTER. ALL SUPPORT SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE DESIGN STANDARDS ON THESE DRAWINGS. INSTALL A SINGLE -GANG DEEP JUNCTION BOX AT 60" AFF WITHIN WALL 9 O 11 INSTALL'!" ENTG CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING 4.UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL 10.ALL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED. JUNCTION ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE PROVIDE INSPECTION REPORTS, OPERATIONS MANUALS, AND SHOP BOXES WITHIN THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE SUPPORTED UTILIZING "T -BAR" • • • • • CONDUIT OR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PER THE DESIGN STANDARDS ON THESE WITH IN THE WALL STRUCTURE INSTALL A 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION THAT IS REQUIRED SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. DRAWINGS. ILLUMINATE LED ON REMOTE INDICATING DEVICE 6.ALL OF THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TERMINATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. • WEATHER PROOF HORN STROBE. INSTALL 1" EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT 7. THE FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE WIRE DAMAGE. PLANS. CHANGES IN DEVICES, LOCATIONS, AND/OR CIRCUITS MUST BE APPROVED. IF THE CHANGES ARE SUFFICIENT TO REQUIRE RE-ENGINEERING 11 NOT USED. A FEE MAY BE CHARGED TO THE CONTRACTOR REQUESTING THE CHANGES. 12 INSTALL WEATHER PROOF HORN STROBE DEVICE 10 FEET ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OVER THE FDC TO IDENTIFY LOCATION OF THE FDC _ - __-__ - - ` __ SHUTDOWN AIR HANDLER • TURN ON SPRINKLER BELL • - • PROJECT NOTES PROJECT GENERAL INFORMATION MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS: COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES: AREA: 1. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED UTILIZING THE STANDARDS LOCATED IN THE LIST WITHIN THIS SECTION ARE NOT PART OF THE SCOPE OF WORK OF - APPROX. SQUARE FOOTAGE: 4,858 sq. ft. THE "DESIGN STANDARDS" ON THESE DRAWINGS. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, BUT ARE VITAL FOR THE COMPLETION OF CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE SUPPORT BRACKET THE SYSTEM. THIS LIST SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OTHER TRADES AND SYSTEM TYPE: 2. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: COORDINATED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. BASE HEAD SMOKE OR HEAT DETECTOR CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE 2.1. CENTER OF CEILING TILES. HORN/STROBE ■�A■1 In. wit ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 2.2. NO CLOSER THAN THREE (3) FEET FROM AN AIR MOVING REGISTER 1. ALL 120VAC DEDICATED POWER CIRCUIT, CONDUIT, AND WIRING. REMOTE LED (BY OTHER TRADES) 2.3. NO LESS THAN 4" FROM A SIDE WALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (R=RETURN) (BY OTHER TRADES) DESCRIPTION: 80" ket / 2. ALL AIR HANDLING UNIT SHUTDOWN CONDUIT AND WIRING. SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) 3. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CERTIFIED BY OTHER SPRINKLER ( DRY/ WE7) TAMPER SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) ADDRESSABLE FIRE LITE MS-9050UD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, UTILIZING A TRADES. THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE MONITORED BY THE 3. ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, DETECTOR HOUSING, DETECTOR POWER, POWER LIMITED, FULLY SUPERVISED, MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC FACP. RELATED INSTALLATION LABOR, CONDUIT, AND WIRING. INITIATION/DETECTION SYSTEM. THIS SYSTEM SHALL MONITOR THE BUILDING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SEND AUTOMATIC SIGNALS TO A UL 4. MANUAL PULL STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: 4. DUCT SMOKE MANOMETER TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION. LISTED / FM APPROVED "CENTRAL STATION" MONITORING SYSTEM. 4.1. 48" TO THE TOP OF THE DEVICE ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. DESIGN STANDARDS 4.2. WITHIN 5 OF THE EXIT DOOR WHERE POSSIBLE. 5. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS AND REMOTE LED/TEST STATIONS. 5. HORN/STROBE AND STROBE UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: 6. DAMPER CONTROLS INSTALLATION, CONDUIT, AND WIRING. 1_ MANUFACTURERS' GUIDELINES 5.1. SHALL BE MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS NOT LESS THAN 2. NFPA 72 (2013) 3. NFPA 70 (2014) 80" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. 5.2. WHEN CEILING HEIGHTS ARE LESS THAN 80", MOUNT THE DEVICE 6" SPECIFIC NOTES: 4. IFC (2015) AS AMENDED BY THE AHJ BELOW THE CEILING. 5.3. ALL CEILING MOUNT DEVICES SHALL BE IN THE CENTER OF THE TILE. INSTALL TYPE 1 HOFFMAN ENCLOSURE 6X6X3 (ASG6X6X3NK) OR EQUAL 5.4. SET ALL HORN STROBES TO HIGH dBA SETTING. O AT 52" AFF WITHIN WALL. INSTALL 2" EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" SCOPE OF WORK: 5.5. SET CANDELA RATING AS NOTED ON PLANS. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT 1. INSTALL ONE (1) NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO PROVIDE TOTAL EVACUATION WIRE DAMAGE. FOR THE CHICK-FIL-A STORE # 04094. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES:INSTALL A SINGLE -GANG DEEP JUNCTION BOX AT 48" AFF WITHIN WALL 2. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL SEND AUTOMATIC SIGNALS TO A UL LISTED O INSTALL 1" EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING / FM APPROVED "CENTRAL STATION' MONITORING SYSTEM. REFER TO THE 1. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED UTILIZING THE ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE RISER DIAGRAM AND THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SPECIFIC STANDARDS LOCATED IN THE "DESIGN STANDARDS" ON THESE DRAWINGS. END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT WIRE DAMAGE. SIGNALS TO BE TRANSMITTED. 2. REFER TO THE "WIRE CHART" LOCATED ON THESE DRAWINGS FOR INSTALL A 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION BOX IN AN ACCESSIBLE AREA 3. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE BATTERY BACKUP AS A QUANTITY, TYPE & SIZE OF THE WIRE. O HALFWAY BETWEEN WATERFLOW SWITCH AND TAMPER SWITCH. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE. REFER TO THE BATTERY CALCULATIONS INSTALL 1' EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING LOCATED ON THESE DRAWINGS FOR THE STANDBY TIME AND SIZE OF 3. ALL SIGNAL LINE CIRCUITS (i.e. SLC DATA) SHALL BE CLASS "B"_ ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE BATTERIES REQUIRED. END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT WIRE DAMAGE. FOR RISERS LOCATED 4. ALL INITIATION DEVICES CIRCUITS (IDC) SHALL BE CLASS "B"_ ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING MOUNT 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION 4. THIS PROJECTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED UTILIZING THE BOX 6" ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IMMEDIATELY ON THE INTERIOR STANDARDS LOCATED IN THE "DESIGN STANDARDS" SECTION ON THESE 5. ALL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NAC) SHALL BE CLASS B"_ OF THE BUILDING AND LOCATE ADDRESSABLE MODULE IN THIS DRAWINGS. JUNCTION BOX. 5. INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE FIRE 6. A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION, LABOR, CONDUIT, AND WIRING FOR ALL 120VAC POWER CIRCUITS O INSTALL A 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION BOX IN THE CENTER OF THE MARSHAL TO OBTAIN A PERMIT_ CONNECTED TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. CEILING TILE. RIGIDLY MOUNT JUNCTION BOX WITH T -BAR FASTENER. GENERAL NOTES: 7. A QUALIFIED TELEPHONE TECHNICIAN SHALL PERFORM THE INSTALLATION5 120VAC 15A DEDICATED CIRCUIT REQUIRED TO BE HARD -WIRED TO THE OF ALL PHONE LINES NECESSARY TO SEND SIGNALS TO THE CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1. THIS PROJECTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A "WORKMAN STATION. LIKE MANNER" UTILIZING "GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE". O CELLULAR/RADIO COMMUNICATION TO BE SOLE PATHWAY PER NFPA 8. ALL CABLE RUNS SHALL RUN PARALLEL TO THE BUILDING LINES, DIAGONAL GUIDELINES AND APPROVAL BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION 2. TO ENSURE THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, A RUNS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO THE FINAL O AN EXTRAANSUL MICRO -SWITCH IS REQUIRED. INSPECTION BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (A.H.J.). 9. ALL CABLE SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 3. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL CONNECTION TO CEILING GRID, CONDUIT, SPRINKLER PIPE, ETC. SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ALL CABLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH FIRE RATED 8 O INSTALL A 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION BOX WITHIN DRYWALL CEILING.RIGIDLY MOUNT JUNCTION BOX PER NEC. TESTING WITH THE LOCAL A.H.J., GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ANY ASSOCIATED CONTRACTORS. CABLE TIES AT 8'-0" ON CENTER. ALL SUPPORT SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE DESIGN STANDARDS ON THESE DRAWINGS. INSTALL A SINGLE -GANG DEEP JUNCTION BOX AT 60" AFF WITHIN WALL 9 O INSTALL'!" ENTG CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING 4.UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL 10.ALL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED. JUNCTION ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE PROVIDE INSPECTION REPORTS, OPERATIONS MANUALS, AND SHOP BOXES WITHIN THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE SUPPORTED UTILIZING "T -BAR" END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT WIRE DAMAGE. CONSULT WITH THE DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. TYPE HANGERS. ALL CABLE WITHIN THE WALL SYSTEM SHALL BE IN PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT FOR EXACT LOCATION. 5. ALL OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PROGRAMMING CONDUIT OR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PER THE DESIGN STANDARDS ON THESE WITH IN THE WALL STRUCTURE INSTALL A 4 SQUARE DEEP JUNCTION THAT IS REQUIRED SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. DRAWINGS. 10 BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING IN AN ACCESSIBLE AREA ON AN O INTERIOR WALL AT 80" AFF WITH 1/2" SLEEVE TO EXTERIOR FOR 6.ALL OF THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TERMINATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. 11.ALL CABLE BELOW CEILING LEVEL SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN METALLIC SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAY (i.e. WIREMOLD, WALLTRAK, PANDUIT, ETC.) OR BE CONTAINED WITHIN WALL SYSTEM. WEATHER PROOF HORN STROBE. INSTALL 1" EMT CONDUIT EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING ("STUB UP") UTILIZE SUITABLE BOX CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT AT THE END OF THE STUB UP TO PREVENT 7. THE FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE WIRE DAMAGE. PLANS. CHANGES IN DEVICES, LOCATIONS, AND/OR CIRCUITS MUST BE APPROVED. IF THE CHANGES ARE SUFFICIENT TO REQUIRE RE-ENGINEERING 11 NOT USED. A FEE MAY BE CHARGED TO THE CONTRACTOR REQUESTING THE CHANGES. 12 INSTALL WEATHER PROOF HORN STROBE DEVICE 10 FEET ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OVER THE FDC TO IDENTIFY LOCATION OF THE FDC _ - __-__ - - ` __ u u P E Without Comments As Noted in Red Per The Attached Letter I €nese plans have been r ev;Cwea by The Tukwila °ire " Te,fention Bureau for carlformarce with current City 7incard.. AcLerr .•^cp -v s oje'c_ to errors an =�=nni sions white cc _ _ =i -,. _s'�1 1L vio atio's 1} na00r.e i - -Z-n>~ards and ord;F:er,cs_ resoons)b: IL,z the i=e ;uacy OF es gr _-Ers tot:an= with trsz Jesi i Ter. rE--v S to L"v== this date Will volci -=-1- : 7.-ep tncz end will re.duire 1esub1'lil: 4,i of rt-Nisect Final accep1arce is Suc_ec :.`Meld zest and inspectio io The TukwIla Fie Prevent -V: E- ; e u. Date: (0 -1(.° -18 Sy: A 1 1 RISER DIAGRAM r Fl EOL 75Cd 30Cd 15Cd 5 4 4 RED/BLACK PAIR (POWER) YELLOW/BLUE OR WHITE/GREEN PAIR (485) FAAP r --- ANTENNA INSTALL % - CONDUIT BETWEEN RACT AND FACP RACT CELLULAR/ RADIO 1 BATTERY SOLE PATHWAY L -I DEDICATED 120 VAC LABELED 'FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT" PER NFPA 72 NAC1 NAC2 FEED FEED FACP SLC#1 SEE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR SIGNALS TO BE SENT 75Cd F2 II:1 EOL BATTERY BATTERY 1 r 1 "1 FOR REFERENCE ONLY SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FIELD VERIFY LOCATION (BY OTHER TRADES) POWER SHUTDOWN 3 3 120VAC BELL PROVIDED BY SPRINKLER ONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL 1 CONTRACTOR J BFP 120VAC DEDICATED r 4 I BY OTHER I TRADES I J © El 1 01 ©3 E1 ©1 I ©1 LL't11 I © 0 I DRY SYSTEM WET SYSTEM 2 1 1 ---t t---� CO2 CO2 CONTROL POWER UNIT SUPPLY SEPARATE SUBMITTAL L J rs 4EWCE MOUNTING DETAIL SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FACP /ROOFZIECK / / / / / / / / 7 / / / / / I ' 000---... MOUNT To 0XXX STRUCTURE F XX CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE SUPPORT BRACKET ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE (XXX = ADDRESS) CEILING QAC [ O n PLASTER RING l'' IIMIMP ®S# BASE HEAD SMOKE OR HEAT DETECTOR CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBE pp, CdH 11194 HORN/STROBE ■�A■1 In. wit B WEATHER PROOF SPRINKLER WATERFLOW BELL (BY OTHER TRADES) II REMOTE LED (BY OTHER TRADES) 1*11 MANUAL PULL STATION DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (R=RETURN) (BY OTHER TRADES) BACK BOX MOUNTED TO WAL FRAMING 80" ket / 48" J 1 SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) SPRINKLER ( DRY/ WE7) TAMPER SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) - SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL I INTERNET AND DIGITAL CELLULAR COMMUNICATOR 0XXX ADDRESSABLE PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (XXX = ADDRESS) F XX ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATION(XX=ADDRESSXDUAL ACTION) Z XXX ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE (XXX = ADDRESS) XXX ADDRESSABLE DUAL MONITOR MODULE (XXX = ADDRESS) ®S# FIRE ALARM CEILING MOUNT HORN/STROBERctxrus pp, CdH 11194 WEATHER PROOF FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE Cd CIRNDELA CUIT 0 B WEATHER PROOF SPRINKLER WATERFLOW BELL (BY OTHER TRADES) II REMOTE LED (BY OTHER TRADES) e DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (R=RETURN) (BY OTHER TRADES) KITCHEN HOOD SYSTEM (BY OTHER TRADES) SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) SPRINKLER ( DRY/ WE7) TAMPER SWITCH (BY OTHER TRADES) WIRE SCHEDULE LINE TYPE TYPE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION -•-•-•- 2C/#14 - FPL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT 2C/#16 - FPL SLC CIRCUIT (DATA) TWISTED PAIR 2C/#16 - FPL INITIATION CIRCUIT EXAMPLE : 2C/#14 LINE TYPE - FPL - SH SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLAN TO IDENTIFY CABLE SOLID CABLE OF WIRE (#14 AWG ) POWER LIMITED CABLE CABLE - 2C = TWO CONDUCTOR #14 = GAUGE FPL = FIRE ALARM SH = SHIELDED CONSULTANT P fGi11� Syst€Ti - 3100 NORTHWOODS PLACE, SUITE B PEACHTREE CORNERS, GA 30071 PHONE: (770) 729-1199 FAX: (770) 729-9988 4.4 INSTALLING CONTRACTOR P: 206-436-6044 DESCRIPTION w cc 0 I 0 Z `w w w N E THOMAS A. BROOKS II (#95552) NICET LEVEL IV FIRE ALARM NICET LEVEL III SPECIAL HAZARDS EXPIRES: JANUARY 1, 2019 (THIS IS A VERIFICATION OF ACCURACY ALL CALCULATIONS TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE THIS DOES NOT REPRESENT OR 5 INTENDED TO REPRESENT AN ENGINEER SEAL OF APPROVAL) TOM@ETDFIRE.COM U 1- t) W O 0 Cl) CII w O 1- a fY 1J w ID AHJ: CITY OF TUKWILA, WA DRAWN BY: SCH DRAWN BY DATE: 5/15/2018 DESIGNED BY: SCH DESIGNED BY DATE: 5/15/2018 CHECKED BY: TAB II CHECKED BY DATE: 5/15/2018 JOB# : 1001-04049 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWING SIZE: D -SHEET (24 X 36) FILE NAME/NUMBER: SHEET: FP1.1 of 1 REV: (DATE: PAID GZTq Ro/5 TUKWILA F+c c 3 -